summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation/sound
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst2706
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/audigy-mixer.rst368
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/audiophile-usb.rst550
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/bt87x.rst83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/cmipci.rst272
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/emu10k1-jack.rst78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/hdspm.rst379
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/img-spdif-in.rst53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/index.rst19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/joystick.rst91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/maya44.rst186
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst110
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/sound/cards/multisound.sh1139
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/sb-live-mixer.rst373
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/serial-u16550.rst93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/cards/via82xx-mixer.rst8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/channel-mapping-api.rst164
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/compress-offload.rst328
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst142
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/jack-controls.rst48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/oss-emulation.rst336
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/powersave.rst43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/procfile.rst238
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/seq-oss.rst371
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/timestamping.rst215
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/designs/tracepoints.rst172
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/controls.rst121
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/dp-mst.rst101
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/index.rst11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/models.rst809
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/notes.rst887
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/hd-audio/realtek-pc-beep.rst129
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/index.rst20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/kernel-api/alsa-driver-api.rst135
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/kernel-api/index.rst8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst4310
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/clocking.rst46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst113
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst190
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/dapm.rst360
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst388
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/index.rst20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/jack.rst72
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/machine.rst97
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/overview.rst69
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/soc/pops-clicks.rst55
49 files changed, 16664 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32603db7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,2706 @@
+==============================================================
+Advanced Linux Sound Architecture - Driver Configuration guide
+==============================================================
+
+
+Kernel Configuration
+====================
+
+To enable ALSA support you need at least to build the kernel with
+primary sound card support (``CONFIG_SOUND``). Since ALSA can emulate
+OSS, you don't have to choose any of the OSS modules.
+
+Enable "OSS API emulation" (``CONFIG_SND_OSSEMUL``) and both OSS mixer
+and PCM supports if you want to run OSS applications with ALSA.
+
+If you want to support the WaveTable functionality on cards such as
+SB Live! then you need to enable "Sequencer support"
+(``CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER``).
+
+To make ALSA debug messages more verbose, enable the "Verbose printk"
+and "Debug" options. To check for memory leaks, turn on "Debug memory"
+too. "Debug detection" will add checks for the detection of cards.
+
+Please note that all the ALSA ISA drivers support the Linux isapnp API
+(if the card supports ISA PnP). You don't need to configure the cards
+using isapnptools.
+
+
+Module parameters
+=================
+
+The user can load modules with options. If the module supports more than
+one card and you have more than one card of the same type then you can
+specify multiple values for the option separated by commas.
+
+
+Module snd
+----------
+
+The core ALSA module. It is used by all ALSA card drivers.
+It takes the following options which have global effects.
+
+major
+ major number for sound driver;
+ Default: 116
+cards_limit
+ limiting card index for auto-loading (1-8);
+ Default: 1;
+ For auto-loading more than one card, specify this option
+ together with snd-card-X aliases.
+slots
+ Reserve the slot index for the given driver;
+ This option takes multiple strings.
+ See `Module Autoloading Support`_ section for details.
+debug
+ Specifies the debug message level;
+ (0 = disable debug prints, 1 = normal debug messages,
+ 2 = verbose debug messages);
+ This option appears only when ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y``.
+ This option can be dynamically changed via sysfs
+ /sys/modules/snd/parameters/debug file.
+
+Module snd-pcm-oss
+------------------
+
+The PCM OSS emulation module.
+This module takes options which change the mapping of devices.
+
+dsp_map
+ PCM device number maps assigned to the 1st OSS device;
+ Default: 0
+adsp_map
+ PCM device number maps assigned to the 2st OSS device;
+ Default: 1
+nonblock_open
+ Don't block opening busy PCM devices;
+ Default: 1
+
+For example, when ``dsp_map=2``, /dev/dsp will be mapped to PCM #2 of
+the card #0. Similarly, when ``adsp_map=0``, /dev/adsp will be mapped
+to PCM #0 of the card #0.
+For changing the second or later card, specify the option with
+commas, such like ``dsp_map=0,1``.
+
+``nonblock_open`` option is used to change the behavior of the PCM
+regarding opening the device. When this option is non-zero,
+opening a busy OSS PCM device won't be blocked but return
+immediately with EAGAIN (just like O_NONBLOCK flag).
+
+Module snd-rawmidi
+------------------
+
+This module takes options which change the mapping of devices.
+similar to those of the snd-pcm-oss module.
+
+midi_map
+ MIDI device number maps assigned to the 1st OSS device;
+ Default: 0
+amidi_map
+ MIDI device number maps assigned to the 2st OSS device;
+ Default: 1
+
+Common parameters for top sound card modules
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Each of top level sound card module takes the following options.
+
+index
+ index (slot #) of sound card;
+ Values: 0 through 31 or negative;
+ If nonnegative, assign that index number;
+ if negative, interpret as a bitmask of permissible indices;
+ the first free permitted index is assigned;
+ Default: -1
+id
+ card ID (identifier or name);
+ Can be up to 15 characters long;
+ Default: the card type;
+ A directory by this name is created under /proc/asound/
+ containing information about the card;
+ This ID can be used instead of the index number in
+ identifying the card
+enable
+ enable card;
+ Default: enabled, for PCI and ISA PnP cards
+
+Module snd-adlib
+----------------
+
+Module for AdLib FM cards.
+
+port
+ port # for OPL chip
+
+This module supports multiple cards. It does not support autoprobe, so
+the port must be specified. For actual AdLib FM cards it will be 0x388.
+Note that this card does not have PCM support and no mixer; only FM
+synthesis.
+
+Make sure you have ``sbiload`` from the alsa-tools package available and,
+after loading the module, find out the assigned ALSA sequencer port
+number through ``sbiload -l``.
+
+Example output:
+::
+
+ Port Client name Port name
+ 64:0 OPL2 FM synth OPL2 FM Port
+
+Load the ``std.sb`` and ``drums.sb`` patches also supplied by ``sbiload``:
+::
+
+ sbiload -p 64:0 std.sb drums.sb
+
+If you use this driver to drive an OPL3, you can use ``std.o3`` and ``drums.o3``
+instead. To have the card produce sound, use ``aplaymidi`` from alsa-utils:
+::
+
+ aplaymidi -p 64:0 foo.mid
+
+Module snd-ad1816a
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on Analog Devices AD1816A/AD1815 ISA chips.
+
+clockfreq
+ Clock frequency for AD1816A chip (default = 0, 33000Hz)
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+Module snd-ad1848
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on AD1848/AD1847/CS4248 ISA chips.
+
+port
+ port # for AD1848 chip
+irq
+ IRQ # for AD1848 chip
+dma1
+ DMA # for AD1848 chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports multiple cards. It does not support autoprobe
+thus main port must be specified!!! Other ports are optional.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-ad1889
+-----------------
+
+Module for Analog Devices AD1889 chips.
+
+ac97_quirk
+ AC'97 workaround for strange hardware;
+ See the description of intel8x0 module for details.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-ali5451
+------------------
+
+Module for ALi M5451 PCI chip.
+
+pcm_channels
+ Number of hardware channels assigned for PCM
+spdif
+ Support SPDIF I/O;
+ Default: disabled
+
+This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-als100
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on Avance Logic ALS100/ALS120 ISA chips.
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-als300
+-----------------
+
+Module for Avance Logic ALS300 and ALS300+
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-als4000
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on Avance Logic ALS4000 PCI chip.
+
+joystick_port
+ port # for legacy joystick support;
+ 0 = disabled (default), 1 = auto-detect
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-asihpi
+-----------------
+
+Module for AudioScience ASI soundcards
+
+enable_hpi_hwdep
+ enable HPI hwdep for AudioScience soundcard
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-atiixp
+-----------------
+
+Module for ATI IXP 150/200/250/400 AC97 controllers.
+
+ac97_clock
+ AC'97 clock (default = 48000)
+ac97_quirk
+ AC'97 workaround for strange hardware;
+ See `AC97 Quirk Option`_ section below.
+ac97_codec
+ Workaround to specify which AC'97 codec instead of probing.
+ If this works for you file a bug with your `lspci -vn` output.
+ (-2 = Force probing, -1 = Default behavior, 0-2 = Use the
+ specified codec.)
+spdif_aclink
+ S/PDIF transfer over AC-link (default = 1)
+
+This module supports one card and autoprobe.
+
+ATI IXP has two different methods to control SPDIF output. One is
+over AC-link and another is over the "direct" SPDIF output. The
+implementation depends on the motherboard, and you'll need to
+choose the correct one via spdif_aclink module option.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-atiixp-modem
+-----------------------
+
+Module for ATI IXP 150/200/250 AC97 modem controllers.
+
+This module supports one card and autoprobe.
+
+Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
+slot is excluded.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-au8810, snd-au8820, snd-au8830
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Module for Aureal Vortex, Vortex2 and Advantage device.
+
+pcifix
+ Control PCI workarounds;
+ 0 = Disable all workarounds,
+ 1 = Force the PCI latency of the Aureal card to 0xff,
+ 2 = Force the Extend PCI#2 Internal Master for Efficient
+ Handling of Dummy Requests on the VIA KT133 AGP Bridge,
+ 3 = Force both settings,
+ 255 = Autodetect what is required (default)
+
+This module supports all ADB PCM channels, ac97 mixer, SPDIF, hardware
+EQ, mpu401, gameport. A3D and wavetable support are still in development.
+Development and reverse engineering work is being coordinated at
+https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/openvortex/
+SPDIF output has a copy of the AC97 codec output, unless you use the
+``spdif`` pcm device, which allows raw data passthru.
+The hardware EQ hardware and SPDIF is only present in the Vortex2 and
+Advantage.
+
+Note: Some ALSA mixer applications don't handle the SPDIF sample rate
+control correctly. If you have problems regarding this, try
+another ALSA compliant mixer (alsamixer works).
+
+Module snd-azt1605
+------------------
+
+Module for Aztech Sound Galaxy soundcards based on the Aztech AZT1605
+chipset.
+
+port
+ port # for BASE (0x220,0x240,0x260,0x280)
+wss_port
+ port # for WSS (0x530,0x604,0xe80,0xf40)
+irq
+ IRQ # for WSS (7,9,10,11)
+dma1
+ DMA # for WSS playback (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ DMA # for WSS capture (0,1), -1 = disabled (default)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x330), -1 = disabled (default)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (3,5,7,9), -1 = disabled (default)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 (0x388), -1 = disabled (default)
+
+This module supports multiple cards. It does not support autoprobe:
+``port``, ``wss_port``, ``irq`` and ``dma1`` have to be specified.
+The other values are optional.
+
+``port`` needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240)
+or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and
+their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can
+be chosen freely from the options enumerated above.
+
+If ``dma2`` is specified and different from ``dma1``, the card will operate in
+full-duplex mode. When ``dma1=3``, only ``dma2=0`` is valid and the only way to
+enable capture since only channels 0 and 1 are available for capture.
+
+Generic settings are ``port=0x220 wss_port=0x530 irq=10 dma1=1 dma2=0
+mpu_port=0x330 mpu_irq=9 fm_port=0x388``.
+
+Whatever IRQ and DMA channels you pick, be sure to reserve them for
+legacy ISA in your BIOS.
+
+Module snd-azt2316
+------------------
+
+Module for Aztech Sound Galaxy soundcards based on the Aztech AZT2316
+chipset.
+
+port
+ port # for BASE (0x220,0x240,0x260,0x280)
+wss_port
+ port # for WSS (0x530,0x604,0xe80,0xf40)
+irq
+ IRQ # for WSS (7,9,10,11)
+dma1
+ DMA # for WSS playback (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ DMA # for WSS capture (0,1), -1 = disabled (default)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x330), -1 = disabled (default)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (5,7,9,10), -1 = disabled (default)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 (0x388), -1 = disabled (default)
+
+This module supports multiple cards. It does not support autoprobe:
+``port``, ``wss_port``, ``irq`` and ``dma1`` have to be specified.
+The other values are optional.
+
+``port`` needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240)
+or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and
+their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can
+be chosen freely from the options enumerated above.
+
+If ``dma2`` is specified and different from ``dma1``, the card will operate in
+full-duplex mode. When ``dma1=3``, only ``dma2=0`` is valid and the only way to
+enable capture since only channels 0 and 1 are available for capture.
+
+Generic settings are ``port=0x220 wss_port=0x530 irq=10 dma1=1 dma2=0
+mpu_port=0x330 mpu_irq=9 fm_port=0x388``.
+
+Whatever IRQ and DMA channels you pick, be sure to reserve them for
+legacy ISA in your BIOS.
+
+Module snd-aw2
+--------------
+
+Module for Audiowerk2 sound card
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-azt2320
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on Aztech System AZT2320 ISA chip (PnP only).
+
+This module supports multiple cards, PnP and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-azt3328
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on Aztech AZF3328 PCI chip.
+
+joystick
+ Enable joystick (default off)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-bt87x
+----------------
+
+Module for video cards based on Bt87x chips.
+
+digital_rate
+ Override the default digital rate (Hz)
+load_all
+ Load the driver even if the card model isn't known
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
+slot is excluded.
+
+Module snd-ca0106
+-----------------
+
+Module for Creative Audigy LS and SB Live 24bit
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+
+Module snd-cmi8330
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on C-Media CMI8330 ISA chips.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+wssport
+ port # for CMI8330 chip (WSS)
+wssirq
+ IRQ # for CMI8330 chip (WSS)
+wssdma
+ first DMA # for CMI8330 chip (WSS)
+sbport
+ port # for CMI8330 chip (SB16)
+sbirq
+ IRQ # for CMI8330 chip (SB16)
+sbdma8
+ 8bit DMA # for CMI8330 chip (SB16)
+sbdma16
+ 16bit DMA # for CMI8330 chip (SB16)
+fmport
+ (optional) OPL3 I/O port
+mpuport
+ (optional) MPU401 I/O port
+mpuirq
+ (optional) MPU401 irq #
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-cmipci
+-----------------
+
+Module for C-Media CMI8338/8738/8768/8770 PCI sound cards.
+
+mpu_port
+ port address of MIDI interface (8338 only):
+ 0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330 = legacy port,
+ 1 = integrated PCI port (default on 8738),
+ 0 = disable
+fm_port
+ port address of OPL-3 FM synthesizer (8x38 only):
+ 0x388 = legacy port,
+ 1 = integrated PCI port (default on 8738),
+ 0 = disable
+soft_ac3
+ Software-conversion of raw SPDIF packets (model 033 only) (default = 1)
+joystick_port
+ Joystick port address (0 = disable, 1 = auto-detect)
+
+This module supports autoprobe and multiple cards.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-cs4231
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on CS4231 ISA chips.
+
+port
+ port # for CS4231 chip
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (optional), -1 = disable
+irq
+ IRQ # for CS4231 chip
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART
+dma1
+ first DMA # for CS4231 chip
+dma2
+ second DMA # for CS4231 chip
+
+This module supports multiple cards. This module does not support autoprobe
+thus main port must be specified!!! Other ports are optional.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-cs4236
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on CS4232/CS4232A,
+CS4235/CS4236/CS4236B/CS4237B/CS4238B/CS4239 ISA chips.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for CS4236 chip (PnP setup - 0x534)
+cport
+ control port # for CS4236 chip (PnP setup - 0x120,0x210,0xf00)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (PnP setup - 0x300), -1 = disable
+fm_port
+ FM port # for CS4236 chip (PnP setup - 0x388), -1 = disable
+irq
+ IRQ # for CS4236 chip (5,7,9,11,12,15)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (9,11,12,15)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for CS4236 chip (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ second DMA # for CS4236 chip (0,1,3), -1 = disable
+
+This module supports multiple cards. This module does not support autoprobe
+(if ISA PnP is not used) thus main port and control port must be
+specified!!! Other ports are optional.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+This module is aliased as snd-cs4232 since it provides the old
+snd-cs4232 functionality, too.
+
+Module snd-cs4281
+-----------------
+
+Module for Cirrus Logic CS4281 soundchip.
+
+dual_codec
+ Secondary codec ID (0 = disable, default)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-cs46xx
+-----------------
+
+Module for PCI sound cards based on CS4610/CS4612/CS4614/CS4615/CS4622/
+CS4624/CS4630/CS4280 PCI chips.
+
+external_amp
+ Force to enable external amplifier.
+thinkpad
+ Force to enable Thinkpad's CLKRUN control.
+mmap_valid
+ Support OSS mmap mode (default = 0).
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+Usually external amp and CLKRUN controls are detected automatically
+from PCI sub vendor/device ids. If they don't work, give the options
+above explicitly.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-cs5530
+-----------------
+
+Module for Cyrix/NatSemi Geode 5530 chip.
+
+Module snd-cs5535audio
+----------------------
+
+Module for multifunction CS5535 companion PCI device
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-ctxfi
+----------------
+
+Module for Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi boards (20k1 / 20k2 chips)
+
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Titanium Fatal1ty Champion Series
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Titanium Fatal1ty Professional Series
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Titanium Professional Audio
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Titanium
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Elite Pro
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Platinum
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi Fatal1ty
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi XtremeGamer
+* Creative Sound Blaster X-Fi XtremeMusic
+
+reference_rate
+ reference sample rate, 44100 or 48000 (default)
+multiple
+ multiple to ref. sample rate, 1 or 2 (default)
+subsystem
+ override the PCI SSID for probing;
+ the value consists of SSVID << 16 | SSDID.
+ The default is zero, which means no override.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-darla20
+------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Darla20
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-darla24
+------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Darla24
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-dt019x
+-----------------
+
+Module for Diamond Technologies DT-019X / Avance Logic ALS-007 (PnP
+only)
+
+This module supports multiple cards. This module is enabled only with
+ISA PnP support.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-dummy
+----------------
+
+Module for the dummy sound card. This "card" doesn't do any output
+or input, but you may use this module for any application which
+requires a sound card (like RealPlayer).
+
+pcm_devs
+ Number of PCM devices assigned to each card (default = 1, up to 4)
+pcm_substreams
+ Number of PCM substreams assigned to each PCM (default = 8, up to 128)
+hrtimer
+ Use hrtimer (=1, default) or system timer (=0)
+fake_buffer
+ Fake buffer allocations (default = 1)
+
+When multiple PCM devices are created, snd-dummy gives different
+behavior to each PCM device:
+* 0 = interleaved with mmap support
+* 1 = non-interleaved with mmap support
+* 2 = interleaved without mmap
+* 3 = non-interleaved without mmap
+
+As default, snd-dummy drivers doesn't allocate the real buffers
+but either ignores read/write or mmap a single dummy page to all
+buffer pages, in order to save the resources. If your apps need
+the read/ written buffer data to be consistent, pass fake_buffer=0
+option.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-echo3g
+-----------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio 3G cards (Gina3G/Layla3G)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-emu10k1
+------------------
+
+Module for EMU10K1/EMU10k2 based PCI sound cards.
+
+* Sound Blaster Live!
+* Sound Blaster PCI 512
+* Emu APS (partially supported)
+* Sound Blaster Audigy
+
+extin
+ bitmap of available external inputs for FX8010 (see bellow)
+extout
+ bitmap of available external outputs for FX8010 (see bellow)
+seq_ports
+ allocated sequencer ports (4 by default)
+max_synth_voices
+ limit of voices used for wavetable (64 by default)
+max_buffer_size
+ specifies the maximum size of wavetable/pcm buffers given in MB
+ unit. Default value is 128.
+enable_ir
+ enable IR
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+Input & Output configurations [extin/extout]
+* Creative Card wo/Digital out [0x0003/0x1f03]
+* Creative Card w/Digital out [0x0003/0x1f0f]
+* Creative Card w/Digital CD in [0x000f/0x1f0f]
+* Creative Card wo/Digital out + LiveDrive [0x3fc3/0x1fc3]
+* Creative Card w/Digital out + LiveDrive [0x3fc3/0x1fcf]
+* Creative Card w/Digital CD in + LiveDrive [0x3fcf/0x1fcf]
+* Creative Card wo/Digital out + Digital I/O 2 [0x0fc3/0x1f0f]
+* Creative Card w/Digital out + Digital I/O 2 [0x0fc3/0x1f0f]
+* Creative Card w/Digital CD in + Digital I/O 2 [0x0fcf/0x1f0f]
+* Creative Card 5.1/w Digital out + LiveDrive [0x3fc3/0x1fff]
+* Creative Card 5.1 (c) 2003 [0x3fc3/0x7cff]
+* Creative Card all ins and outs [0x3fff/0x7fff]
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-emu10k1x
+-------------------
+
+Module for Creative Emu10k1X (SB Live Dell OEM version)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-ens1370
+------------------
+
+Module for Ensoniq AudioPCI ES1370 PCI sound cards.
+
+* SoundBlaster PCI 64
+* SoundBlaster PCI 128
+
+joystick
+ Enable joystick (default off)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-ens1371
+------------------
+
+Module for Ensoniq AudioPCI ES1371 PCI sound cards.
+
+* SoundBlaster PCI 64
+* SoundBlaster PCI 128
+* SoundBlaster Vibra PCI
+
+joystick_port
+ port # for joystick (0x200,0x208,0x210,0x218), 0 = disable
+ (default), 1 = auto-detect
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-es1688
+-----------------
+
+Module for ESS AudioDrive ES-1688 and ES-688 sound cards.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 port (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330), -1 = disable (default)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 port (5,7,9,10)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 (option; share the same port as default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following additional options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for ES-1688 chip (0x220,0x240,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for ES-1688 chip (5,7,9,10)
+dma8
+ DMA # for ES-1688 chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe (without MPU-401 port)
+and PnP with the ES968 chip.
+
+Module snd-es18xx
+-----------------
+
+Module for ESS AudioDrive ES-18xx sound cards.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for ES-18xx chip (0x220,0x240,0x260)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 port (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330), -1 = disable (default)
+fm_port
+ port # for FM (optional, not used)
+irq
+ IRQ # for ES-18xx chip (5,7,9,10)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for ES-18xx chip (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ first DMA # for ES-18xx chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports multiple cards, ISA PnP and autoprobe (without MPU-401
+port if native ISA PnP routines are not used).
+When ``dma2`` is equal with ``dma1``, the driver works as half-duplex.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-es1938
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on ESS Solo-1 (ES1938,ES1946) chips.
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-es1968
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on ESS Maestro-1/2/2E (ES1968/ES1978) chips.
+
+total_bufsize
+ total buffer size in kB (1-4096kB)
+pcm_substreams_p
+ playback channels (1-8, default=2)
+pcm_substreams_c
+ capture channels (1-8, default=0)
+clock
+ clock (0 = auto-detection)
+use_pm
+ support the power-management (0 = off, 1 = on, 2 = auto (default))
+enable_mpu
+ enable MPU401 (0 = off, 1 = on, 2 = auto (default))
+joystick
+ enable joystick (default off)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-fm801
+----------------
+
+Module for ForteMedia FM801 based PCI sound cards.
+
+tea575x_tuner
+ Enable TEA575x tuner;
+ 1 = MediaForte 256-PCS,
+ 2 = MediaForte 256-PCPR,
+ 3 = MediaForte 64-PCR
+ High 16-bits are video (radio) device number + 1;
+ example: 0x10002 (MediaForte 256-PCPR, device 1)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-gina20
+-----------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Gina20
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-gina24
+-----------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Gina24
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-gusclassic
+---------------------
+
+Module for Gravis UltraSound Classic sound card.
+
+port
+ port # for GF1 chip (0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for GF1 chip (3,5,9,11,12,15)
+dma1
+ DMA # for GF1 chip (1,3,5,6,7)
+dma2
+ DMA # for GF1 chip (1,3,5,6,7,-1=disable)
+joystick_dac
+ 0 to 31, (0.59V-4.52V or 0.389V-2.98V)
+voices
+ GF1 voices limit (14-32)
+pcm_voices
+ reserved PCM voices
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+Module snd-gusextreme
+---------------------
+
+Module for Gravis UltraSound Extreme (Synergy ViperMax) sound card.
+
+port
+ port # for ES-1688 chip (0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+gf1_port
+ port # for GF1 chip (0x210,0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260,0x270)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 port (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330), -1 = disable
+irq
+ IRQ # for ES-1688 chip (5,7,9,10)
+gf1_irq
+ IRQ # for GF1 chip (3,5,9,11,12,15)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 port (5,7,9,10)
+dma8
+ DMA # for ES-1688 chip (0,1,3)
+dma1
+ DMA # for GF1 chip (1,3,5,6,7)
+joystick_dac
+ 0 to 31, (0.59V-4.52V or 0.389V-2.98V)
+voices
+ GF1 voices limit (14-32)
+pcm_voices
+ reserved PCM voices
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe (without MPU-401 port).
+
+Module snd-gusmax
+-----------------
+
+Module for Gravis UltraSound MAX sound card.
+
+port
+ port # for GF1 chip (0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for GF1 chip (3,5,9,11,12,15)
+dma1
+ DMA # for GF1 chip (1,3,5,6,7)
+dma2
+ DMA # for GF1 chip (1,3,5,6,7,-1=disable)
+joystick_dac
+ 0 to 31, (0.59V-4.52V or 0.389V-2.98V)
+voices
+ GF1 voices limit (14-32)
+pcm_voices
+ reserved PCM voices
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+Module snd-hda-intel
+--------------------
+
+Module for Intel HD Audio (ICH6, ICH6M, ESB2, ICH7, ICH8, ICH9, ICH10,
+PCH, SCH), ATI SB450, SB600, R600, RS600, RS690, RS780, RV610, RV620,
+RV630, RV635, RV670, RV770, VIA VT8251/VT8237A, SIS966, ULI M5461
+
+[Multiple options for each card instance]
+
+model
+ force the model name
+position_fix
+ Fix DMA pointer;
+ -1 = system default: choose appropriate one per controller hardware,
+ 0 = auto: falls back to LPIB when POSBUF doesn't work,
+ 1 = use LPIB,
+ 2 = POSBUF: use position buffer,
+ 3 = VIACOMBO: VIA-specific workaround for capture,
+ 4 = COMBO: use LPIB for playback, auto for capture stream
+ 5 = SKL+: apply the delay calculation available on recent Intel chips
+ 6 = FIFO: correct the position with the fixed FIFO size, for recent AMD chips
+probe_mask
+ Bitmask to probe codecs (default = -1, meaning all slots);
+ When the bit 8 (0x100) is set, the lower 8 bits are used
+ as the "fixed" codec slots; i.e. the driver probes the
+ slots regardless what hardware reports back
+probe_only
+ Only probing and no codec initialization (default=off);
+ Useful to check the initial codec status for debugging
+bdl_pos_adj
+ Specifies the DMA IRQ timing delay in samples.
+ Passing -1 will make the driver to choose the appropriate
+ value based on the controller chip.
+patch
+ Specifies the early "patch" files to modify the HD-audio setup
+ before initializing the codecs.
+ This option is available only when ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y``
+ is set. See hd-audio/notes.rst for details.
+beep_mode
+ Selects the beep registration mode (0=off, 1=on);
+ default value is set via ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_INPUT_BEEP_MODE`` kconfig.
+
+[Single (global) options]
+
+single_cmd
+ Use single immediate commands to communicate with codecs
+ (for debugging only)
+enable_msi
+ Enable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) (default = off)
+power_save
+ Automatic power-saving timeout (in second, 0 = disable)
+power_save_controller
+ Reset HD-audio controller in power-saving mode (default = on)
+align_buffer_size
+ Force rounding of buffer/period sizes to multiples of 128 bytes.
+ This is more efficient in terms of memory access but isn't
+ required by the HDA spec and prevents users from specifying
+ exact period/buffer sizes. (default = on)
+snoop
+ Enable/disable snooping (default = on)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+See hd-audio/notes.rst for more details about HD-audio driver.
+
+Each codec may have a model table for different configurations.
+If your machine isn't listed there, the default (usually minimal)
+configuration is set up. You can pass ``model=<name>`` option to
+specify a certain model in such a case. There are different
+models depending on the codec chip. The list of available models
+is found in hd-audio/models.rst.
+
+The model name ``generic`` is treated as a special case. When this
+model is given, the driver uses the generic codec parser without
+"codec-patch". It's sometimes good for testing and debugging.
+
+If the default configuration doesn't work and one of the above
+matches with your device, report it together with alsa-info.sh
+output (with ``--no-upload`` option) to kernel bugzilla or alsa-devel
+ML (see the section `Links and Addresses`_).
+
+``power_save`` and ``power_save_controller`` options are for power-saving
+mode. See powersave.rst for details.
+
+Note 2: If you get click noises on output, try the module option
+``position_fix=1`` or ``2``. ``position_fix=1`` will use the SD_LPIB
+register value without FIFO size correction as the current
+DMA pointer. ``position_fix=2`` will make the driver to use
+the position buffer instead of reading SD_LPIB register.
+(Usually SD_LPIB register is more accurate than the
+position buffer.)
+
+``position_fix=3`` is specific to VIA devices. The position
+of the capture stream is checked from both LPIB and POSBUF
+values. ``position_fix=4`` is a combination mode, using LPIB
+for playback and POSBUF for capture.
+
+NB: If you get many ``azx_get_response timeout`` messages at
+loading, it's likely a problem of interrupts (e.g. ACPI irq
+routing). Try to boot with options like ``pci=noacpi``. Also, you
+can try ``single_cmd=1`` module option. This will switch the
+communication method between HDA controller and codecs to the
+single immediate commands instead of CORB/RIRB. Basically, the
+single command mode is provided only for BIOS, and you won't get
+unsolicited events, too. But, at least, this works independently
+from the irq. Remember this is a last resort, and should be
+avoided as much as possible...
+
+MORE NOTES ON ``azx_get_response timeout`` PROBLEMS:
+On some hardware, you may need to add a proper probe_mask option
+to avoid the ``azx_get_response timeout`` problem above, instead.
+This occurs when the access to non-existing or non-working codec slot
+(likely a modem one) causes a stall of the communication via HD-audio
+bus. You can see which codec slots are probed by enabling
+``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE``, or simply from the file name of the codec
+proc files. Then limit the slots to probe by probe_mask option.
+For example, ``probe_mask=1`` means to probe only the first slot, and
+``probe_mask=4`` means only the third slot.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-hdsp
+---------------
+
+Module for RME Hammerfall DSP audio interface(s)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Note: The firmware data can be automatically loaded via hotplug
+when ``CONFIG_FW_LOADER`` is set. Otherwise, you need to load
+the firmware via hdsploader utility included in alsa-tools
+package.
+The firmware data is found in alsa-firmware package.
+
+Note: snd-page-alloc module does the job which snd-hammerfall-mem
+module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance
+when any HDSP cards are found. To make the buffer
+allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early
+stage of boot sequence. See `Early Buffer Allocation`_
+section.
+
+Module snd-hdspm
+----------------
+
+Module for RME HDSP MADI board.
+
+precise_ptr
+ Enable precise pointer, or disable.
+line_outs_monitor
+ Send playback streams to analog outs by default.
+enable_monitor
+ Enable Analog Out on Channel 63/64 by default.
+
+See hdspm.rst for details.
+
+Module snd-ice1712
+------------------
+
+Module for Envy24 (ICE1712) based PCI sound cards.
+
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta 1010
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta 1010LT
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta DiO 2496
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta 66
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta 44
+* MidiMan M Audio Delta 410
+* MidiMan M Audio Audiophile 2496
+* TerraTec EWS 88MT
+* TerraTec EWS 88D
+* TerraTec EWX 24/96
+* TerraTec DMX 6Fire
+* TerraTec Phase 88
+* Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24
+* Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Value
+* Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Media 7.1
+* Event Electronics, EZ8
+* Digigram VX442
+* Lionstracs, Mediastaton
+* Terrasoniq TS 88
+
+model
+ Use the given board model, one of the following:
+ delta1010, dio2496, delta66, delta44, audiophile, delta410,
+ delta1010lt, vx442, ewx2496, ews88mt, ews88mt_new, ews88d,
+ dmx6fire, dsp24, dsp24_value, dsp24_71, ez8,
+ phase88, mediastation
+omni
+ Omni I/O support for MidiMan M-Audio Delta44/66
+cs8427_timeout
+ reset timeout for the CS8427 chip (S/PDIF transceiver) in msec
+ resolution, default value is 500 (0.5 sec)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+Note: The consumer part is not used with all Envy24 based cards (for
+example in the MidiMan Delta siree).
+
+Note: The supported board is detected by reading EEPROM or PCI
+SSID (if EEPROM isn't available). You can override the
+model by passing ``model`` module option in case that the
+driver isn't configured properly or you want to try another
+type for testing.
+
+Module snd-ice1724
+------------------
+
+Module for Envy24HT (VT/ICE1724), Envy24PT (VT1720) based PCI sound cards.
+
+* MidiMan M Audio Revolution 5.1
+* MidiMan M Audio Revolution 7.1
+* MidiMan M Audio Audiophile 192
+* AMP Ltd AUDIO2000
+* TerraTec Aureon 5.1 Sky
+* TerraTec Aureon 7.1 Space
+* TerraTec Aureon 7.1 Universe
+* TerraTec Phase 22
+* TerraTec Phase 28
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 LT
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 XT
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 HIFI
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 HD2
+* AudioTrak Prodigy 192
+* Pontis MS300
+* Albatron K8X800 Pro II
+* Chaintech ZNF3-150
+* Chaintech ZNF3-250
+* Chaintech 9CJS
+* Chaintech AV-710
+* Shuttle SN25P
+* Onkyo SE-90PCI
+* Onkyo SE-200PCI
+* ESI Juli@
+* ESI Maya44
+* Hercules Fortissimo IV
+* EGO-SYS WaveTerminal 192M
+
+model
+ Use the given board model, one of the following:
+ revo51, revo71, amp2000, prodigy71, prodigy71lt,
+ prodigy71xt, prodigy71hifi, prodigyhd2, prodigy192,
+ juli, aureon51, aureon71, universe, ap192, k8x800,
+ phase22, phase28, ms300, av710, se200pci, se90pci,
+ fortissimo4, sn25p, WT192M, maya44
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+Note: The supported board is detected by reading EEPROM or PCI
+SSID (if EEPROM isn't available). You can override the
+model by passing ``model`` module option in case that the
+driver isn't configured properly or you want to try another
+type for testing.
+
+Module snd-indigo
+-----------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Indigo
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-indigodj
+-------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Indigo DJ
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-indigoio
+-------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Indigo IO
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-intel8x0
+-------------------
+
+Module for AC'97 motherboards from Intel and compatibles.
+
+* Intel i810/810E, i815, i820, i830, i84x, MX440 ICH5, ICH6, ICH7,
+ 6300ESB, ESB2
+* SiS 7012 (SiS 735)
+* NVidia NForce, NForce2, NForce3, MCP04, CK804 CK8, CK8S, MCP501
+* AMD AMD768, AMD8111
+* ALi m5455
+
+ac97_clock
+ AC'97 codec clock base (0 = auto-detect)
+ac97_quirk
+ AC'97 workaround for strange hardware;
+ See `AC97 Quirk Option`_ section below.
+buggy_irq
+ Enable workaround for buggy interrupts on some motherboards
+ (default yes on nForce chips, otherwise off)
+buggy_semaphore
+ Enable workaround for hardware with buggy semaphores (e.g. on some
+ ASUS laptops) (default off)
+spdif_aclink
+ Use S/PDIF over AC-link instead of direct connection from the
+ controller chip (0 = off, 1 = on, -1 = default)
+
+This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
+
+Note: the latest driver supports auto-detection of chip clock.
+if you still encounter too fast playback, specify the clock
+explicitly via the module option ``ac97_clock=41194``.
+
+Joystick/MIDI ports are not supported by this driver. If your
+motherboard has these devices, use the ns558 or snd-mpu401
+modules, respectively.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-intel8x0m
+--------------------
+
+Module for Intel ICH (i8x0) chipset MC97 modems.
+
+* Intel i810/810E, i815, i820, i830, i84x, MX440 ICH5, ICH6, ICH7
+* SiS 7013 (SiS 735)
+* NVidia NForce, NForce2, NForce2s, NForce3
+* AMD AMD8111
+* ALi m5455
+
+ac97_clock
+ AC'97 codec clock base (0 = auto-detect)
+
+This module supports one card and autoprobe.
+
+Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
+slot is excluded.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-interwave
+--------------------
+
+Module for Gravis UltraSound PnP, Dynasonic 3-D/Pro, STB Sound Rage 32
+and other sound cards based on AMD InterWave (tm) chip.
+
+joystick_dac
+ 0 to 31, (0.59V-4.52V or 0.389V-2.98V)
+midi
+ 1 = MIDI UART enable, 0 = MIDI UART disable (default)
+pcm_voices
+ reserved PCM voices for the synthesizer (default 2)
+effect
+ 1 = InterWave effects enable (default 0); requires 8 voices
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for InterWave chip (0x210,0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for InterWave chip (3,5,9,11,12,15)
+dma1
+ DMA # for InterWave chip (0,1,3,5,6,7)
+dma2
+ DMA # for InterWave chip (0,1,3,5,6,7,-1=disable)
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and ISA PnP.
+
+Module snd-interwave-stb
+------------------------
+
+Module for UltraSound 32-Pro (sound card from STB used by Compaq)
+and other sound cards based on AMD InterWave (tm) chip with TEA6330T
+circuit for extended control of bass, treble and master volume.
+
+joystick_dac
+ 0 to 31, (0.59V-4.52V or 0.389V-2.98V)
+midi
+ 1 = MIDI UART enable, 0 = MIDI UART disable (default)
+pcm_voices
+ reserved PCM voices for the synthesizer (default 2)
+effect
+ 1 = InterWave effects enable (default 0); requires 8 voices
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for InterWave chip (0x210,0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+port_tc
+ tone control (i2c bus) port # for TEA6330T chip (0x350,0x360,0x370,0x380)
+irq
+ IRQ # for InterWave chip (3,5,9,11,12,15)
+dma1
+ DMA # for InterWave chip (0,1,3,5,6,7)
+dma2
+ DMA # for InterWave chip (0,1,3,5,6,7,-1=disable)
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and ISA PnP.
+
+Module snd-jazz16
+-------------------
+
+Module for Media Vision Jazz16 chipset. The chipset consists of 3 chips:
+MVD1216 + MVA416 + MVA514.
+
+port
+ port # for SB DSP chip (0x210,0x220,0x230,0x240,0x250,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for SB DSP chip (3,5,7,9,10,15)
+dma8
+ DMA # for SB DSP chip (1,3)
+dma16
+ DMA # for SB DSP chip (5,7)
+mpu_port
+ MPU-401 port # (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330)
+mpu_irq
+ MPU-401 irq # (2,3,5,7)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-korg1212
+-------------------
+
+Module for Korg 1212 IO PCI card
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-layla20
+------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Layla20
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-layla24
+------------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Layla24
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-lola
+---------------
+
+Module for Digigram Lola PCI-e boards
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-lx6464es
+-------------------
+
+Module for Digigram LX6464ES boards
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-maestro3
+-------------------
+
+Module for Allegro/Maestro3 chips
+
+external_amp
+ enable external amp (enabled by default)
+amp_gpio
+ GPIO pin number for external amp (0-15) or -1 for default pin (8
+ for allegro, 1 for others)
+
+This module supports autoprobe and multiple chips.
+
+Note: the binding of amplifier is dependent on hardware.
+If there is no sound even though all channels are unmuted, try to
+specify other gpio connection via amp_gpio option.
+For example, a Panasonic notebook might need ``amp_gpio=0x0d``
+option.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-mia
+---------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Mia
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-miro
+---------------
+
+Module for Miro soundcards: miroSOUND PCM 1 pro, miroSOUND PCM 12,
+miroSOUND PCM 20 Radio.
+
+port
+ Port # (0x530,0x604,0xe80,0xf40)
+irq
+ IRQ # (5,7,9,10,11)
+dma1
+ 1st dma # (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ 2nd dma # (0,1)
+mpu_port
+ MPU-401 port # (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330)
+mpu_irq
+ MPU-401 irq # (5,7,9,10)
+fm_port
+ FM Port # (0x388)
+wss
+ enable WSS mode
+ide
+ enable onboard ide support
+
+Module snd-mixart
+-----------------
+
+Module for Digigram miXart8 sound cards.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+Note: One miXart8 board will be represented as 4 alsa cards.
+See Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst for details.
+
+When the driver is compiled as a module and the hotplug firmware
+is supported, the firmware data is loaded via hotplug automatically.
+Install the necessary firmware files in alsa-firmware package.
+When no hotplug fw loader is available, you need to load the
+firmware via mixartloader utility in alsa-tools package.
+
+Module snd-mona
+---------------
+
+Module for Echoaudio Mona
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-mpu401
+-----------------
+
+Module for MPU-401 UART devices.
+
+port
+ port number or -1 (disable)
+irq
+ IRQ number or -1 (disable)
+pnp
+ PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+This module supports multiple devices and PnP.
+
+Module snd-msnd-classic
+-----------------------
+
+Module for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or Monterey
+soundcards.
+
+io
+ Port # for msnd-classic card
+irq
+ IRQ # for msnd-classic card
+mem
+ Memory address (0xb0000, 0xc8000, 0xd0000, 0xd8000, 0xe0000 or 0xe8000)
+write_ndelay
+ enable write ndelay (default = 1)
+calibrate_signal
+ calibrate signal (default = 0)
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+digital
+ Digital daughterboard present (default = 0)
+cfg
+ Config port (0x250, 0x260 or 0x270) default = PnP
+reset
+ Reset all devices
+mpu_io
+ MPU401 I/O port
+mpu_irq
+ MPU401 irq#
+ide_io0
+ IDE port #0
+ide_io1
+ IDE port #1
+ide_irq
+ IDE irq#
+joystick_io
+ Joystick I/O port
+
+The driver requires firmware files ``turtlebeach/msndinit.bin`` and
+``turtlebeach/msndperm.bin`` in the proper firmware directory.
+
+See Documentation/sound/cards/multisound.sh for important information
+about this driver. Note that it has been discontinued, but the
+Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available
+at
+https://www.turtlebeach.com
+
+Module snd-msnd-pinnacle
+------------------------
+
+Module for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle/Fiji soundcards.
+
+io
+ Port # for pinnacle/fiji card
+irq
+ IRQ # for pinnalce/fiji card
+mem
+ Memory address (0xb0000, 0xc8000, 0xd0000, 0xd8000, 0xe0000 or 0xe8000)
+write_ndelay
+ enable write ndelay (default = 1)
+calibrate_signal
+ calibrate signal (default = 0)
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+The driver requires firmware files ``turtlebeach/pndspini.bin`` and
+``turtlebeach/pndsperm.bin`` in the proper firmware directory.
+
+Module snd-mtpav
+----------------
+
+Module for MOTU MidiTimePiece AV multiport MIDI (on the parallel
+port).
+
+port
+ I/O port # for MTPAV (0x378,0x278, default=0x378)
+irq
+ IRQ # for MTPAV (7,5, default=7)
+hwports
+ number of supported hardware ports, default=8.
+
+Module supports only 1 card. This module has no enable option.
+
+Module snd-mts64
+----------------
+
+Module for Ego Systems (ESI) Miditerminal 4140
+
+This module supports multiple devices.
+Requires parport (``CONFIG_PARPORT``).
+
+Module snd-nm256
+----------------
+
+Module for NeoMagic NM256AV/ZX chips
+
+playback_bufsize
+ max playback frame size in kB (4-128kB)
+capture_bufsize
+ max capture frame size in kB (4-128kB)
+force_ac97
+ 0 or 1 (disabled by default)
+buffer_top
+ specify buffer top address
+use_cache
+ 0 or 1 (disabled by default)
+vaio_hack
+ alias buffer_top=0x25a800
+reset_workaround
+ enable AC97 RESET workaround for some laptops
+reset_workaround2
+ enable extended AC97 RESET workaround for some other laptops
+
+This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Note: on some notebooks the buffer address cannot be detected
+automatically, or causes hang-up during initialization.
+In such a case, specify the buffer top address explicitly via
+the buffer_top option.
+For example,
+Sony F250: buffer_top=0x25a800
+Sony F270: buffer_top=0x272800
+The driver supports only ac97 codec. It's possible to force
+to initialize/use ac97 although it's not detected. In such a
+case, use ``force_ac97=1`` option - but *NO* guarantee whether it
+works!
+
+Note: The NM256 chip can be linked internally with non-AC97
+codecs. This driver supports only the AC97 codec, and won't work
+with machines with other (most likely CS423x or OPL3SAx) chips,
+even though the device is detected in lspci. In such a case, try
+other drivers, e.g. snd-cs4232 or snd-opl3sa2. Some has ISA-PnP
+but some doesn't have ISA PnP. You'll need to specify ``isapnp=0``
+and proper hardware parameters in the case without ISA PnP.
+
+Note: some laptops need a workaround for AC97 RESET. For the
+known hardware like Dell Latitude LS and Sony PCG-F305, this
+workaround is enabled automatically. For other laptops with a
+hard freeze, you can try ``reset_workaround=1`` option.
+
+Note: Dell Latitude CSx laptops have another problem regarding
+AC97 RESET. On these laptops, reset_workaround2 option is
+turned on as default. This option is worth to try if the
+previous reset_workaround option doesn't help.
+
+Note: This driver is really crappy. It's a porting from the
+OSS driver, which is a result of black-magic reverse engineering.
+The detection of codec will fail if the driver is loaded *after*
+X-server as described above. You might be able to force to load
+the module, but it may result in hang-up. Hence, make sure that
+you load this module *before* X if you encounter this kind of
+problem.
+
+Module snd-opl3sa2
+------------------
+
+Module for Yamaha OPL3-SA2/SA3 sound cards.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ control port # for OPL3-SA chip (0x370)
+sb_port
+ SB port # for OPL3-SA chip (0x220,0x240)
+wss_port
+ WSS port # for OPL3-SA chip (0x530,0xe80,0xf40,0x604)
+midi_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x330), -1 = disable
+fm_port
+ FM port # for OPL3-SA chip (0x388), -1 = disable
+irq
+ IRQ # for OPL3-SA chip (5,7,9,10)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for Yamaha OPL3-SA chip (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ second DMA # for Yamaha OPL3-SA chip (0,1,3), -1 = disable
+
+This module supports multiple cards and ISA PnP. It does not support
+autoprobe (if ISA PnP is not used) thus all ports must be specified!!!
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-opti92x-ad1848
+-------------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on OPTi 82c92x and Analog Devices AD1848 chips.
+Module works with OAK Mozart cards as well.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for WSS chip (0x530,0xe80,0xf40,0x604)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 device (0x388)
+irq
+ IRQ # for WSS chip (5,7,9,10,11)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (5,7,9,10)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for WSS chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports only one card, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+Module snd-opti92x-cs4231
+-------------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on OPTi 82c92x and Crystal CS4231 chips.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for WSS chip (0x530,0xe80,0xf40,0x604)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 device (0x388)
+irq
+ IRQ # for WSS chip (5,7,9,10,11)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (5,7,9,10)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for WSS chip (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ second DMA # for WSS chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports only one card, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+Module snd-opti93x
+------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on OPTi 82c93x chips.
+
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with ``isapnp=0``, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for WSS chip (0x530,0xe80,0xf40,0x604)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330)
+fm_port
+ port # for OPL3 device (0x388)
+irq
+ IRQ # for WSS chip (5,7,9,10,11)
+mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for MPU-401 UART (5,7,9,10)
+dma1
+ first DMA # for WSS chip (0,1,3)
+dma2
+ second DMA # for WSS chip (0,1,3)
+
+This module supports only one card, autoprobe and PnP.
+
+Module snd-oxygen
+-----------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on the C-Media CMI8786/8787/8788 chip:
+
+* Asound A-8788
+* Asus Xonar DG/DGX
+* AuzenTech X-Meridian
+* AuzenTech X-Meridian 2G
+* Bgears b-Enspirer
+* Club3D Theatron DTS
+* HT-Omega Claro (plus)
+* HT-Omega Claro halo (XT)
+* Kuroutoshikou CMI8787-HG2PCI
+* Razer Barracuda AC-1
+* Sondigo Inferno
+* TempoTec HiFier Fantasia
+* TempoTec HiFier Serenade
+
+This module supports autoprobe and multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-pcsp
+---------------
+
+Module for internal PC-Speaker.
+
+nopcm
+ Disable PC-Speaker PCM sound. Only beeps remain.
+nforce_wa
+ enable NForce chipset workaround. Expect bad sound.
+
+This module supports system beeps, some kind of PCM playback and
+even a few mixer controls.
+
+Module snd-pcxhr
+----------------
+
+Module for Digigram PCXHR boards
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-portman2x4
+---------------------
+
+Module for Midiman Portman 2x4 parallel port MIDI interface
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-powermac (on ppc only)
+---------------------------------
+
+Module for PowerMac, iMac and iBook on-board soundchips
+
+enable_beep
+ enable beep using PCM (enabled as default)
+
+Module supports autoprobe a chip.
+
+Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianness.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-pxa2xx-ac97 (on arm only)
+------------------------------------
+
+Module for AC97 driver for the Intel PXA2xx chip
+
+For ARM architecture only.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-riptide
+------------------
+
+Module for Conexant Riptide chip
+
+joystick_port
+ Joystick port # (default: 0x200)
+mpu_port
+ MPU401 port # (default: 0x330)
+opl3_port
+ OPL3 port # (default: 0x388)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+You need to install the firmware file ``riptide.hex`` to the standard
+firmware path (e.g. /lib/firmware).
+
+Module snd-rme32
+----------------
+
+Module for RME Digi32, Digi32 Pro and Digi32/8 (Sek'd Prodif32,
+Prodif96 and Prodif Gold) sound cards.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-rme96
+----------------
+
+Module for RME Digi96, Digi96/8 and Digi96/8 PRO/PAD/PST sound cards.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-rme9652
+------------------
+
+Module for RME Digi9652 (Hammerfall, Hammerfall-Light) sound cards.
+
+precise_ptr
+ Enable precise pointer (doesn't work reliably). (default = 0)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Note: snd-page-alloc module does the job which snd-hammerfall-mem
+module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance
+when any RME9652 cards are found. To make the buffer
+allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early
+stage of boot sequence. See `Early Buffer Allocation`_
+section.
+
+Module snd-sa11xx-uda1341 (on arm only)
+---------------------------------------
+
+Module for Philips UDA1341TS on Compaq iPAQ H3600 sound card.
+
+Module supports only one card.
+Module has no enable and index options.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-sb8
+--------------
+
+Module for 8-bit SoundBlaster cards: SoundBlaster 1.0, SoundBlaster 2.0,
+SoundBlaster Pro
+
+port
+ port # for SB DSP chip (0x220,0x240,0x260)
+irq
+ IRQ # for SB DSP chip (5,7,9,10)
+dma8
+ DMA # for SB DSP chip (1,3)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-sb16 and snd-sbawe
+-----------------------------
+
+Module for 16-bit SoundBlaster cards: SoundBlaster 16 (PnP),
+SoundBlaster AWE 32 (PnP), SoundBlaster AWE 64 PnP
+
+mic_agc
+ Mic Auto-Gain-Control - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+csp
+ ASP/CSP chip support - 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with isapnp=0, the following options are available:
+
+port
+ port # for SB DSP 4.x chip (0x220,0x240,0x260)
+mpu_port
+ port # for MPU-401 UART (0x300,0x330), -1 = disable
+awe_port
+ base port # for EMU8000 synthesizer (0x620,0x640,0x660) (snd-sbawe
+ module only)
+irq
+ IRQ # for SB DSP 4.x chip (5,7,9,10)
+dma8
+ 8-bit DMA # for SB DSP 4.x chip (0,1,3)
+dma16
+ 16-bit DMA # for SB DSP 4.x chip (5,6,7)
+
+This module supports multiple cards, autoprobe and ISA PnP.
+
+Note: To use Vibra16X cards in 16-bit half duplex mode, you must
+disable 16bit DMA with dma16 = -1 module parameter.
+Also, all Sound Blaster 16 type cards can operate in 16-bit
+half duplex mode through 8-bit DMA channel by disabling their
+16-bit DMA channel.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-sc6000
+-----------------
+
+Module for Gallant SC-6000 soundcard and later models: SC-6600 and
+SC-7000.
+
+port
+ Port # (0x220 or 0x240)
+mss_port
+ MSS Port # (0x530 or 0xe80)
+irq
+ IRQ # (5,7,9,10,11)
+mpu_irq
+ MPU-401 IRQ # (5,7,9,10) ,0 - no MPU-401 irq
+dma
+ DMA # (1,3,0)
+joystick
+ Enable gameport - 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+This card is also known as Audio Excel DSP 16 or Zoltrix AV302.
+
+Module snd-sscape
+-----------------
+
+Module for ENSONIQ SoundScape cards.
+
+port
+ Port # (PnP setup)
+wss_port
+ WSS Port # (PnP setup)
+irq
+ IRQ # (PnP setup)
+mpu_irq
+ MPU-401 IRQ # (PnP setup)
+dma
+ DMA # (PnP setup)
+dma2
+ 2nd DMA # (PnP setup, -1 to disable)
+joystick
+ Enable gameport - 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
+
+Module snd-sun-amd7930 (on sparc only)
+--------------------------------------
+
+Module for AMD7930 sound chips found on Sparcs.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-sun-cs4231 (on sparc only)
+-------------------------------------
+
+Module for CS4231 sound chips found on Sparcs.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-sun-dbri (on sparc only)
+-----------------------------------
+
+Module for DBRI sound chips found on Sparcs.
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-wavefront
+--------------------
+
+Module for Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez and Tropez+ sound cards.
+
+use_cs4232_midi
+ Use CS4232 MPU-401 interface
+ (inaccessibly located inside your computer)
+isapnp
+ ISA PnP detection - 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default)
+
+with isapnp=0, the following options are available:
+
+cs4232_pcm_port
+ Port # for CS4232 PCM interface.
+cs4232_pcm_irq
+ IRQ # for CS4232 PCM interface (5,7,9,11,12,15).
+cs4232_mpu_port
+ Port # for CS4232 MPU-401 interface.
+cs4232_mpu_irq
+ IRQ # for CS4232 MPU-401 interface (9,11,12,15).
+ics2115_port
+ Port # for ICS2115
+ics2115_irq
+ IRQ # for ICS2115
+fm_port
+ FM OPL-3 Port #
+dma1
+ DMA1 # for CS4232 PCM interface.
+dma2
+ DMA2 # for CS4232 PCM interface.
+
+The below are options for wavefront_synth features:
+
+wf_raw
+ Assume that we need to boot the OS (default:no);
+ If yes, then during driver loading, the state of the board is
+ ignored, and we reset the board and load the firmware anyway.
+fx_raw
+ Assume that the FX process needs help (default:yes);
+ If false, we'll leave the FX processor in whatever state it is
+ when the driver is loaded. The default is to download the
+ microprogram and associated coefficients to set it up for
+ "default" operation, whatever that means.
+debug_default
+ Debug parameters for card initialization
+wait_usecs
+ How long to wait without sleeping, usecs (default:150);
+ This magic number seems to give pretty optimal throughput
+ based on my limited experimentation.
+ If you want to play around with it and find a better value, be
+ my guest. Remember, the idea is to get a number that causes us
+ to just busy wait for as many WaveFront commands as possible,
+ without coming up with a number so large that we hog the whole
+ CPU.
+ Specifically, with this number, out of about 134,000 status
+ waits, only about 250 result in a sleep.
+sleep_interval
+ How long to sleep when waiting for reply (default: 100)
+sleep_tries
+ How many times to try sleeping during a wait (default: 50)
+ospath
+ Pathname to processed ICS2115 OS firmware (default:wavefront.os);
+ The path name of the ISC2115 OS firmware. In the recent
+ version, it's handled via firmware loader framework, so it
+ must be installed in the proper path, typically,
+ /lib/firmware.
+reset_time
+ How long to wait for a reset to take effect (default:2)
+ramcheck_time
+ How many seconds to wait for the RAM test (default:20)
+osrun_time
+ How many seconds to wait for the ICS2115 OS (default:10)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and ISA PnP.
+
+Note: the firmware file ``wavefront.os`` was located in the earlier
+version in /etc. Now it's loaded via firmware loader, and
+must be in the proper firmware path, such as /lib/firmware.
+Copy (or symlink) the file appropriately if you get an error
+regarding firmware downloading after upgrading the kernel.
+
+Module snd-sonicvibes
+---------------------
+
+Module for S3 SonicVibes PCI sound cards.
+* PINE Schubert 32 PCI
+
+reverb
+ Reverb Enable - 1 = enable, 0 = disable (default);
+ SoundCard must have onboard SRAM for this.
+mge
+ Mic Gain Enable - 1 = enable, 0 = disable (default)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+Module snd-serial-u16550
+------------------------
+
+Module for UART16550A serial MIDI ports.
+
+port
+ port # for UART16550A chip
+irq
+ IRQ # for UART16550A chip, -1 = poll mode
+speed
+ speed in bauds (9600,19200,38400,57600,115200)
+ 38400 = default
+base
+ base for divisor in bauds (57600,115200,230400,460800)
+ 115200 = default
+outs
+ number of MIDI ports in a serial port (1-4)
+ 1 = default
+adaptor
+ Type of adaptor.
+ 0 = Soundcanvas, 1 = MS-124T, 2 = MS-124W S/A,
+ 3 = MS-124W M/B, 4 = Generic
+
+This module supports multiple cards. This module does not support autoprobe
+thus the main port must be specified!!! Other options are optional.
+
+Module snd-trident
+------------------
+
+Module for Trident 4DWave DX/NX sound cards.
+* Best Union Miss Melody 4DWave PCI
+* HIS 4DWave PCI
+* Warpspeed ONSpeed 4DWave PCI
+* AzTech PCI 64-Q3D
+* Addonics SV 750
+* CHIC True Sound 4Dwave
+* Shark Predator4D-PCI
+* Jaton SonicWave 4D
+* SiS SI7018 PCI Audio
+* Hoontech SoundTrack Digital 4DWave NX
+
+pcm_channels
+ max channels (voices) reserved for PCM
+wavetable_size
+ max wavetable size in kB (4-?kb)
+
+This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-ua101
+----------------
+
+Module for the Edirol UA-101/UA-1000 audio/MIDI interfaces.
+
+This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging.
+
+Module snd-usb-audio
+--------------------
+
+Module for USB audio and USB MIDI devices.
+
+vid
+ Vendor ID for the device (optional)
+pid
+ Product ID for the device (optional)
+nrpacks
+ Max. number of packets per URB (default: 8)
+device_setup
+ Device specific magic number (optional);
+ Influence depends on the device
+ Default: 0x0000
+ignore_ctl_error
+ Ignore any USB-controller regarding mixer interface (default: no)
+autoclock
+ Enable auto-clock selection for UAC2 devices (default: yes)
+quirk_alias
+ Quirk alias list, pass strings like ``0123abcd:5678beef``, which
+ applies the existing quirk for the device 5678:beef to a new
+ device 0123:abcd.
+use_vmalloc
+ Use vmalloc() for allocations of the PCM buffers (default: yes).
+ For architectures with non-coherent memory like ARM or MIPS, the
+ mmap access may give inconsistent results with vmalloc'ed
+ buffers. If mmap is used on such architectures, turn off this
+ option, so that the DMA-coherent buffers are allocated and used
+ instead.
+delayed_register
+ The option is needed for devices that have multiple streams
+ defined in multiple USB interfaces. The driver may invoke
+ registrations multiple times (once per interface) and this may
+ lead to the insufficient device enumeration.
+ This option receives an array of strings, and you can pass
+ ID:INTERFACE like ``0123abcd:4`` for performing the delayed
+ registration to the given device. In this example, when a USB
+ device 0123:abcd is probed, the driver waits the registration
+ until the USB interface 4 gets probed.
+ The driver prints a message like "Found post-registration device
+ assignment: 1234abcd:04" for such a device, so that user can
+ notice the need.
+
+This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging.
+
+NB: ``nrpacks`` parameter can be modified dynamically via sysfs.
+Don't put the value over 20. Changing via sysfs has no sanity
+check.
+
+NB: ``ignore_ctl_error=1`` may help when you get an error at accessing
+the mixer element such as URB error -22. This happens on some
+buggy USB device or the controller.
+
+NB: quirk_alias option is provided only for testing / development.
+If you want to have a proper support, contact to upstream for
+adding the matching quirk in the driver code statically.
+
+Module snd-usb-caiaq
+--------------------
+
+Module for caiaq UB audio interfaces,
+
+* Native Instruments RigKontrol2
+* Native Instruments Kore Controller
+* Native Instruments Audio Kontrol 1
+* Native Instruments Audio 8 DJ
+
+This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging.
+
+Module snd-usb-usx2y
+--------------------
+
+Module for Tascam USB US-122, US-224 and US-428 devices.
+
+This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging.
+
+Note: you need to load the firmware via ``usx2yloader`` utility included
+in alsa-tools and alsa-firmware packages.
+
+Module snd-via82xx
+------------------
+
+Module for AC'97 motherboards based on VIA 82C686A/686B, 8233, 8233A,
+8233C, 8235, 8237 (south) bridge.
+
+mpu_port
+ 0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330, otherwise obtain BIOS setup
+ [VIA686A/686B only]
+joystick
+ Enable joystick (default off) [VIA686A/686B only]
+ac97_clock
+ AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz)
+dxs_support
+ support DXS channels, 0 = auto (default), 1 = enable, 2 = disable,
+ 3 = 48k only, 4 = no VRA, 5 = enable any sample rate and different
+ sample rates on different channels [VIA8233/C, 8235, 8237 only]
+ac97_quirk
+ AC'97 workaround for strange hardware;
+ See `AC97 Quirk Option`_ section below.
+
+This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
+
+Note: on some SMP motherboards like MSI 694D the interrupts might
+not be generated properly. In such a case, please try to
+set the SMP (or MPS) version on BIOS to 1.1 instead of
+default value 1.4. Then the interrupt number will be
+assigned under 15. You might also upgrade your BIOS.
+
+Note: VIA8233/5/7 (not VIA8233A) can support DXS (direct sound)
+channels as the first PCM. On these channels, up to 4
+streams can be played at the same time, and the controller
+can perform sample rate conversion with separate rates for
+each channel.
+As default (``dxs_support = 0``), 48k fixed rate is chosen
+except for the known devices since the output is often
+noisy except for 48k on some mother boards due to the
+bug of BIOS.
+Please try once ``dxs_support=5`` and if it works on other
+sample rates (e.g. 44.1kHz of mp3 playback), please let us
+know the PCI subsystem vendor/device id's (output of
+``lspci -nv``).
+If ``dxs_support=5`` does not work, try ``dxs_support=4``; if it
+doesn't work too, try dxs_support=1. (dxs_support=1 is
+usually for old motherboards. The correct implemented
+board should work with 4 or 5.) If it still doesn't
+work and the default setting is ok, ``dxs_support=3`` is the
+right choice. If the default setting doesn't work at all,
+try ``dxs_support=2`` to disable the DXS channels.
+In any cases, please let us know the result and the
+subsystem vendor/device ids. See `Links and Addresses`_
+below.
+
+Note: for the MPU401 on VIA823x, use snd-mpu401 driver
+additionally. The mpu_port option is for VIA686 chips only.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-via82xx-modem
+------------------------
+
+Module for VIA82xx AC97 modem
+
+ac97_clock
+ AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz)
+
+This module supports one card and autoprobe.
+
+Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
+slot is excluded.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-virmidi
+------------------
+
+Module for virtual rawmidi devices.
+This module creates virtual rawmidi devices which communicate
+to the corresponding ALSA sequencer ports.
+
+midi_devs
+ MIDI devices # (1-4, default=4)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-virtuoso
+-------------------
+
+Module for sound cards based on the Asus AV66/AV100/AV200 chips,
+i.e., Xonar D1, DX, D2, D2X, DS, DSX, Essence ST (Deluxe),
+Essence STX (II), HDAV1.3 (Deluxe), and HDAV1.3 Slim.
+
+This module supports autoprobe and multiple cards.
+
+Module snd-vx222
+----------------
+
+Module for Digigram VX-Pocket VX222, V222 v2 and Mic cards.
+
+mic
+ Enable Microphone on V222 Mic (NYI)
+ibl
+ Capture IBL size. (default = 0, minimum size)
+
+This module supports multiple cards.
+
+When the driver is compiled as a module and the hotplug firmware
+is supported, the firmware data is loaded via hotplug automatically.
+Install the necessary firmware files in alsa-firmware package.
+When no hotplug fw loader is available, you need to load the
+firmware via vxloader utility in alsa-tools package. To invoke
+vxloader automatically, add the following to /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf
+
+::
+
+ install snd-vx222 /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i snd-vx222\
+ && /usr/bin/vxloader
+
+(for 2.2/2.4 kernels, add ``post-install /usr/bin/vxloader`` to
+/etc/modules.conf, instead.)
+IBL size defines the interrupts period for PCM. The smaller size
+gives smaller latency but leads to more CPU consumption, too.
+The size is usually aligned to 126. As default (=0), the smallest
+size is chosen. The possible IBL values can be found in
+/proc/asound/cardX/vx-status proc file.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-vxpocket
+-------------------
+
+Module for Digigram VX-Pocket VX2 and 440 PCMCIA cards.
+
+ibl
+ Capture IBL size. (default = 0, minimum size)
+
+This module supports multiple cards. The module is compiled only when
+PCMCIA is supported on kernel.
+
+With the older 2.6.x kernel, to activate the driver via the card
+manager, you'll need to set up /etc/pcmcia/vxpocket.conf. See the
+sound/pcmcia/vx/vxpocket.c. 2.6.13 or later kernel requires no
+longer require a config file.
+
+When the driver is compiled as a module and the hotplug firmware
+is supported, the firmware data is loaded via hotplug automatically.
+Install the necessary firmware files in alsa-firmware package.
+When no hotplug fw loader is available, you need to load the
+firmware via vxloader utility in alsa-tools package.
+
+About capture IBL, see the description of snd-vx222 module.
+
+Note: snd-vxp440 driver is merged to snd-vxpocket driver since
+ALSA 1.0.10.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-ymfpci
+-----------------
+
+Module for Yamaha PCI chips (YMF72x, YMF74x & YMF75x).
+
+mpu_port
+ 0x300,0x330,0x332,0x334, 0 (disable) by default,
+ 1 (auto-detect for YMF744/754 only)
+fm_port
+ 0x388,0x398,0x3a0,0x3a8, 0 (disable) by default
+ 1 (auto-detect for YMF744/754 only)
+joystick_port
+ 0x201,0x202,0x204,0x205, 0 (disable) by default,
+ 1 (auto-detect)
+rear_switch
+ enable shared rear/line-in switch (bool)
+
+This module supports autoprobe and multiple chips.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+Module snd-pdaudiocf
+--------------------
+
+Module for Sound Core PDAudioCF sound card.
+
+The power-management is supported.
+
+
+AC97 Quirk Option
+=================
+
+The ac97_quirk option is used to enable/override the workaround for
+specific devices on drivers for on-board AC'97 controllers like
+snd-intel8x0. Some hardware have swapped output pins between Master
+and Headphone, or Surround (thanks to confusion of AC'97
+specifications from version to version :-)
+
+The driver provides the auto-detection of known problematic devices,
+but some might be unknown or wrongly detected. In such a case, pass
+the proper value with this option.
+
+The following strings are accepted:
+
+default
+ Don't override the default setting
+none
+ Disable the quirk
+hp_only
+ Bind Master and Headphone controls as a single control
+swap_hp
+ Swap headphone and master controls
+swap_surround
+ Swap master and surround controls
+ad_sharing
+ For AD1985, turn on OMS bit and use headphone
+alc_jack
+ For ALC65x, turn on the jack sense mode
+inv_eapd
+ Inverted EAPD implementation
+mute_led
+ Bind EAPD bit for turning on/off mute LED
+
+For backward compatibility, the corresponding integer value -1, 0, ...
+are accepted, too.
+
+For example, if ``Master`` volume control has no effect on your device
+but only ``Headphone`` does, pass ac97_quirk=hp_only module option.
+
+
+Configuring Non-ISAPNP Cards
+============================
+
+When the kernel is configured with ISA-PnP support, the modules
+supporting the isapnp cards will have module options ``isapnp``.
+If this option is set, *only* the ISA-PnP devices will be probed.
+For probing the non ISA-PnP cards, you have to pass ``isapnp=0`` option
+together with the proper i/o and irq configuration.
+
+When the kernel is configured without ISA-PnP support, isapnp option
+will be not built in.
+
+
+Module Autoloading Support
+==========================
+
+The ALSA drivers can be loaded automatically on demand by defining
+module aliases. The string ``snd-card-%1`` is requested for ALSA native
+devices where ``%i`` is sound card number from zero to seven.
+
+To auto-load an ALSA driver for OSS services, define the string
+``sound-slot-%i`` where ``%i`` means the slot number for OSS, which
+corresponds to the card index of ALSA. Usually, define this
+as the same card module.
+
+An example configuration for a single emu10k1 card is like below:
+::
+
+ ----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf
+ alias snd-card-0 snd-emu10k1
+ alias sound-slot-0 snd-emu10k1
+ ----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf
+
+The available number of auto-loaded sound cards depends on the module
+option ``cards_limit`` of snd module. As default it's set to 1.
+To enable the auto-loading of multiple cards, specify the number of
+sound cards in that option.
+
+When multiple cards are available, it'd better to specify the index
+number for each card via module option, too, so that the order of
+cards is kept consistent.
+
+An example configuration for two sound cards is like below:
+::
+
+ ----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf
+ # ALSA portion
+ options snd cards_limit=2
+ alias snd-card-0 snd-interwave
+ alias snd-card-1 snd-ens1371
+ options snd-interwave index=0
+ options snd-ens1371 index=1
+ # OSS/Free portion
+ alias sound-slot-0 snd-interwave
+ alias sound-slot-1 snd-ens1371
+ ----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf
+
+In this example, the interwave card is always loaded as the first card
+(index 0) and ens1371 as the second (index 1).
+
+Alternative (and new) way to fixate the slot assignment is to use
+``slots`` option of snd module. In the case above, specify like the
+following:
+::
+
+ options snd slots=snd-interwave,snd-ens1371
+
+Then, the first slot (#0) is reserved for snd-interwave driver, and
+the second (#1) for snd-ens1371. You can omit index option in each
+driver if slots option is used (although you can still have them at
+the same time as long as they don't conflict).
+
+The slots option is especially useful for avoiding the possible
+hot-plugging and the resultant slot conflict. For example, in the
+case above again, the first two slots are already reserved. If any
+other driver (e.g. snd-usb-audio) is loaded before snd-interwave or
+snd-ens1371, it will be assigned to the third or later slot.
+
+When a module name is given with '!', the slot will be given for any
+modules but that name. For example, ``slots=!snd-pcsp`` will reserve
+the first slot for any modules but snd-pcsp.
+
+
+ALSA PCM devices to OSS devices mapping
+=======================================
+::
+
+ /dev/snd/pcmC0D0[c|p] -> /dev/audio0 (/dev/audio) -> minor 4
+ /dev/snd/pcmC0D0[c|p] -> /dev/dsp0 (/dev/dsp) -> minor 3
+ /dev/snd/pcmC0D1[c|p] -> /dev/adsp0 (/dev/adsp) -> minor 12
+ /dev/snd/pcmC1D0[c|p] -> /dev/audio1 -> minor 4+16 = 20
+ /dev/snd/pcmC1D0[c|p] -> /dev/dsp1 -> minor 3+16 = 19
+ /dev/snd/pcmC1D1[c|p] -> /dev/adsp1 -> minor 12+16 = 28
+ /dev/snd/pcmC2D0[c|p] -> /dev/audio2 -> minor 4+32 = 36
+ /dev/snd/pcmC2D0[c|p] -> /dev/dsp2 -> minor 3+32 = 39
+ /dev/snd/pcmC2D1[c|p] -> /dev/adsp2 -> minor 12+32 = 44
+
+The first number from ``/dev/snd/pcmC{X}D{Y}[c|p]`` expression means
+sound card number and second means device number. The ALSA devices
+have either ``c`` or ``p`` suffix indicating the direction, capture and
+playback, respectively.
+
+Please note that the device mapping above may be varied via the module
+options of snd-pcm-oss module.
+
+
+Proc interfaces (/proc/asound)
+==============================
+
+/proc/asound/card#/pcm#[cp]/oss
+-------------------------------
+erase
+ erase all additional information about OSS applications
+
+<app_name> <fragments> <fragment_size> [<options>]
+ <app_name>
+ name of application with (higher priority) or without path
+ <fragments>
+ number of fragments or zero if auto
+ <fragment_size>
+ size of fragment in bytes or zero if auto
+ <options>
+ optional parameters
+
+ disable
+ the application tries to open a pcm device for
+ this channel but does not want to use it.
+ (Cause a bug or mmap needs)
+ It's good for Quake etc...
+ direct
+ don't use plugins
+ block
+ force block mode (rvplayer)
+ non-block
+ force non-block mode
+ whole-frag
+ write only whole fragments (optimization affecting
+ playback only)
+ no-silence
+ do not fill silence ahead to avoid clicks
+ buggy-ptr
+ Returns the whitespace blocks in GETOPTR ioctl
+ instead of filled blocks
+
+Example:
+::
+
+ echo "x11amp 128 16384" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss
+ echo "squake 0 0 disable" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0c/oss
+ echo "rvplayer 0 0 block" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss
+
+
+Early Buffer Allocation
+=======================
+
+Some drivers (e.g. hdsp) require the large contiguous buffers, and
+sometimes it's too late to find such spaces when the driver module is
+actually loaded due to memory fragmentation. You can pre-allocate the
+PCM buffers by loading snd-page-alloc module and write commands to its
+proc file in prior, for example, in the early boot stage like
+``/etc/init.d/*.local`` scripts.
+
+Reading the proc file /proc/drivers/snd-page-alloc shows the current
+usage of page allocation. In writing, you can send the following
+commands to the snd-page-alloc driver:
+
+* add VENDOR DEVICE MASK SIZE BUFFERS
+
+VENDOR and DEVICE are PCI vendor and device IDs. They take
+integer numbers (0x prefix is needed for the hex).
+MASK is the PCI DMA mask. Pass 0 if not restricted.
+SIZE is the size of each buffer to allocate. You can pass
+k and m suffix for KB and MB. The max number is 16MB.
+BUFFERS is the number of buffers to allocate. It must be greater
+than 0. The max number is 4.
+
+* erase
+
+This will erase the all pre-allocated buffers which are not in
+use.
+
+
+Links and Addresses
+===================
+
+ALSA project homepage
+ http://www.alsa-project.org
+Kernel Bugzilla
+ http://bugzilla.kernel.org/
+ALSA Developers ML
+ mailto:alsa-devel@alsa-project.org
+alsa-info.sh script
+ https://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-info.sh
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/audigy-mixer.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/audigy-mixer.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3f4640ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/audigy-mixer.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+=============================================
+Sound Blaster Audigy mixer / default DSP code
+=============================================
+
+This is based on sb-live-mixer.rst.
+
+The EMU10K2 chips have a DSP part which can be programmed to support
+various ways of sample processing, which is described here.
+(This article does not deal with the overall functionality of the
+EMU10K2 chips. See the manuals section for further details.)
+
+The ALSA driver programs this portion of chip by default code
+(can be altered later) which offers the following functionality:
+
+
+Digital mixer controls
+======================
+
+These controls are built using the DSP instructions. They offer extended
+functionality. Only the default build-in code in the ALSA driver is described
+here. Note that the controls work as attenuators: the maximum value is the
+neutral position leaving the signal unchanged. Note that if the same destination
+is mentioned in multiple controls, the signal is accumulated and can be wrapped
+(set to maximal or minimal value without checking of overflow).
+
+
+Explanation of used abbreviations:
+
+DAC
+ digital to analog converter
+ADC
+ analog to digital converter
+I2S
+ one-way three wire serial bus for digital sound by Philips Semiconductors
+ (this standard is used for connecting standalone DAC and ADC converters)
+LFE
+ low frequency effects (subwoofer signal)
+AC97
+ a chip containing an analog mixer, DAC and ADC converters
+IEC958
+ S/PDIF
+FX-bus
+ the EMU10K2 chip has an effect bus containing 64 accumulators.
+ Each of the synthesizer voices can feed its output to these accumulators
+ and the DSP microcontroller can operate with the resulting sum.
+
+name='PCM Front Playback Volume',index=0
+----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right front PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 8 and 9 for left and right front PCM
+samples for 5.1 playback. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM
+slots of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='PCM Surround Playback Volume',index=0
+-------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right surround PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 2 and 3 for left and right surround PCM
+samples for 5.1 playback. The result samples are forwarded to the surround DAC PCM
+slots of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='PCM Center Playback Volume',index=0
+-----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for center PCM FX-bus accumulator.
+ALSA uses accumulator 6 for center PCM sample for 5.1 playback. The result sample
+is forwarded to the center DAC PCM slot of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='PCM LFE Playback Volume',index=0
+--------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate sample for LFE PCM FX-bus accumulator.
+ALSA uses accumulator 7 for LFE PCM sample for 5.1 playback. The result sample
+is forwarded to the LFE DAC PCM slot of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='PCM Playback Volume',index=0
+----------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM samples for
+stereo playback. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots
+of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='PCM Capture Volume',index=0
+---------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulator. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+name='Music Playback Volume',index=0
+------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right MIDI FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 4 and 5 for left and right MIDI samples.
+The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+name='Music Capture Volume',index=0
+-----------------------------------
+These controls are used to attenuate samples for left and right MIDI FX-bus
+accumulator. ALSA uses accumulators 4 and 5 for left and right PCM.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+name='Mic Playback Volume',index=0
+----------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right Mic input.
+For Mic input is used AC97 codec. The result samples are forwarded to
+the front DAC PCM slots of the Philips DAC. Samples are forwarded to Mic
+capture FIFO (device 1 - 16bit/8KHz mono) too without volume control.
+
+name='Mic Capture Volume',index=0
+---------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right Mic input.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+name='Audigy CD Playback Volume',index=0
+----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 TTL
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='Audigy CD Capture Volume',index=0
+---------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 TTL
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+name='IEC958 Optical Playback Volume',index=0
+---------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 optical
+digital input. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots
+of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='IEC958 Optical Capture Volume',index=0
+--------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 optical
+digital inputs. The result samples are forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO
+(thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+name='Line2 Playback Volume',index=0
+------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the AudigyDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the front
+DAC PCM slots of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='Line2 Capture Volume',index=1
+-----------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the AudigyDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the ADC
+capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+name='Analog Mix Playback Volume',index=0
+-----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs from Philips ADC. The result samples are forwarded to the front
+DAC PCM slots of the Philips DAC. This contains mix from analog sources
+like CD, Line In, Aux, ....
+
+name='Analog Mix Capture Volume',index=1
+----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs Philips ADC. The result samples are forwarded to the ADC
+capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+name='Aux2 Playback Volume',index=0
+-----------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the AudigyDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the front
+DAC PCM slots of the Philips DAC.
+
+name='Aux2 Capture Volume',index=1
+----------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the AudigyDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the ADC
+capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+name='Front Playback Volume',index=0
+------------------------------------
+All stereo signals are mixed together and mirrored to surround, center and LFE.
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right front speakers of
+this mix.
+
+name='Surround Playback Volume',index=0
+---------------------------------------
+All stereo signals are mixed together and mirrored to surround, center and LFE.
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right surround speakers of
+this mix.
+
+name='Center Playback Volume',index=0
+-------------------------------------
+All stereo signals are mixed together and mirrored to surround, center and LFE.
+This control is used to attenuate sample for center speaker of this mix.
+
+name='LFE Playback Volume',index=0
+----------------------------------
+All stereo signals are mixed together and mirrored to surround, center and LFE.
+This control is used to attenuate sample for LFE speaker of this mix.
+
+name='Tone Control - Switch',index=0
+------------------------------------
+This control turns the tone control on or off. The samples for front, rear
+and center / LFE outputs are affected.
+
+name='Tone Control - Bass',index=0
+----------------------------------
+This control sets the bass intensity. There is no neutral value!!
+When the tone control code is activated, the samples are always modified.
+The closest value to pure signal is 20.
+
+name='Tone Control - Treble',index=0
+------------------------------------
+This control sets the treble intensity. There is no neutral value!!
+When the tone control code is activated, the samples are always modified.
+The closest value to pure signal is 20.
+
+name='Master Playback Volume',index=0
+-------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for front, surround, center and
+LFE outputs.
+
+name='IEC958 Optical Raw Playback Switch',index=0
+-------------------------------------------------
+If this switch is on, then the samples for the IEC958 (S/PDIF) digital
+output are taken only from the raw FX8010 PCM, otherwise standard front
+PCM samples are taken.
+
+
+PCM stream related controls
+===========================
+
+name='EMU10K1 PCM Volume',index 0-31
+------------------------------------
+Channel volume attenuation in range 0-0xffff. The maximum value (no
+attenuation) is default. The channel mapping for three values is
+as follows:
+
+* 0 - mono, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+* 1 - left, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+* 2 - right, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+
+name='EMU10K1 PCM Send Routing',index 0-31
+------------------------------------------
+This control specifies the destination - FX-bus accumulators. There 24
+values with this mapping:
+
+* 0 - mono, A destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 1 - mono, B destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 1
+* 2 - mono, C destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 2
+* 3 - mono, D destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 3
+* 4 - mono, E destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 5 - mono, F destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 6 - mono, G destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 7 - mono, H destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 8 - left, A destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 9 - left, B destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 1
+* 10 - left, C destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 2
+* 11 - left, D destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 3
+* 12 - left, E destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 13 - left, F destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 14 - left, G destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 15 - left, H destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 16 - right, A destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 17 - right, B destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 1
+* 18 - right, C destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 2
+* 19 - right, D destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 3
+* 20 - right, E destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 21 - right, F destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 22 - right, G destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+* 23 - right, H destination (FX-bus 0-63), default 0
+
+Don't forget that it's illegal to assign a channel to the same FX-bus accumulator
+more than once (it means 0=0 && 1=0 is an invalid combination).
+
+name='EMU10K1 PCM Send Volume',index 0-31
+-----------------------------------------
+It specifies the attenuation (amount) for given destination in range 0-255.
+The channel mapping is following:
+
+* 0 - mono, A destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 1 - mono, B destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 2 - mono, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 3 - mono, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 4 - mono, E destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 5 - mono, F destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 6 - mono, G destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 7 - mono, H destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 8 - left, A destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 9 - left, B destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 10 - left, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 11 - left, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 12 - left, E destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 13 - left, F destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 14 - left, G destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 15 - left, H destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 16 - right, A destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 17 - right, B destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 18 - right, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 19 - right, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 20 - right, E destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 21 - right, F destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 22 - right, G destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 23 - right, H destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+
+
+
+MANUALS/PATENTS
+===============
+
+ftp://opensource.creative.com/pub/doc
+-------------------------------------
+
+LM4545.pdf
+ AC97 Codec
+
+m2049.pdf
+ The EMU10K1 Digital Audio Processor
+
+hog63.ps
+ FX8010 - A DSP Chip Architecture for Audio Effects
+
+
+WIPO Patents
+------------
+
+WO 9901813 (A1)
+ Audio Effects Processor with multiple asynchronous streams
+ (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+WO 9901814 (A1)
+ Processor with Instruction Set for Audio Effects (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+WO 9901953 (A1)
+ Audio Effects Processor having Decoupled Instruction
+ Execution and Audio Data Sequencing (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+
+US Patents (https://www.uspto.gov/)
+-----------------------------------
+
+US 5925841
+ Digital Sampling Instrument employing cache memory (Jul. 20, 1999)
+
+US 5928342
+ Audio Effects Processor integrated on a single chip
+ with a multiport memory onto which multiple asynchronous
+ digital sound samples can be concurrently loaded
+ (Jul. 27, 1999)
+
+US 5930158
+ Processor with Instruction Set for Audio Effects (Jul. 27, 1999)
+
+US 6032235
+ Memory initialization circuit (Tram) (Feb. 29, 2000)
+
+US 6138207
+ Interpolation looping of audio samples in cache connected to
+ system bus with prioritization and modification of bus transfers
+ in accordance with loop ends and minimum block sizes
+ (Oct. 24, 2000)
+
+US 6151670
+ Method for conserving memory storage using a
+ pool of short term memory registers
+ (Nov. 21, 2000)
+
+US 6195715
+ Interrupt control for multiple programs communicating with
+ a common interrupt by associating programs to GP registers,
+ defining interrupt register, polling GP registers, and invoking
+ callback routine associated with defined interrupt register
+ (Feb. 27, 2001)
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/audiophile-usb.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/audiophile-usb.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7bb56483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/audiophile-usb.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+========================================================
+Guide to using M-Audio Audiophile USB with ALSA and Jack
+========================================================
+
+v1.5
+
+Thibault Le Meur <Thibault.LeMeur@supelec.fr>
+
+This document is a guide to using the M-Audio Audiophile USB (tm) device with
+ALSA and JACK.
+
+History
+=======
+
+* v1.4 - Thibault Le Meur (2007-07-11)
+
+ - Added Low Endianness nature of 16bits-modes
+ found by Hakan Lennestal <Hakan.Lennestal@brfsodrahamn.se>
+ - Modifying document structure
+
+* v1.5 - Thibault Le Meur (2007-07-12)
+ - Added AC3/DTS passthru info
+
+
+Audiophile USB Specs and correct usage
+======================================
+
+This part is a reminder of important facts about the functions and limitations
+of the device.
+
+The device has 4 audio interfaces, and 2 MIDI ports:
+
+ * Analog Stereo Input (Ai)
+
+ - This port supports 2 pairs of line-level audio inputs (1/4" TS and RCA)
+ - When the 1/4" TS (jack) connectors are connected, the RCA connectors
+ are disabled
+
+ * Analog Stereo Output (Ao)
+ * Digital Stereo Input (Di)
+ * Digital Stereo Output (Do)
+ * Midi In (Mi)
+ * Midi Out (Mo)
+
+The internal DAC/ADC has the following characteristics:
+
+* sample depth of 16 or 24 bits
+* sample rate from 8kHz to 96kHz
+* Two interfaces can't use different sample depths at the same time.
+
+Moreover, the Audiophile USB documentation gives the following Warning:
+ Please exit any audio application running before switching between bit depths
+
+Due to the USB 1.1 bandwidth limitation, a limited number of interfaces can be
+activated at the same time depending on the audio mode selected:
+
+ * 16-bit/48kHz ==> 4 channels in + 4 channels out
+
+ - Ai+Ao+Di+Do
+
+ * 24-bit/48kHz ==> 4 channels in + 2 channels out,
+ or 2 channels in + 4 channels out
+
+ - Ai+Ao+Do or Ai+Di+Ao or Ai+Di+Do or Di+Ao+Do
+
+ * 24-bit/96kHz ==> 2 channels in _or_ 2 channels out (half duplex only)
+
+ - Ai or Ao or Di or Do
+
+Important facts about the Digital interface:
+--------------------------------------------
+
+ * The Do port additionally supports surround-encoded AC-3 and DTS passthrough,
+ though I haven't tested it under Linux
+
+ - Note that in this setup only the Do interface can be enabled
+
+ * Apart from recording an audio digital stream, enabling the Di port is a way
+ to synchronize the device to an external sample clock
+
+ - As a consequence, the Di port must be enable only if an active Digital
+ source is connected
+ - Enabling Di when no digital source is connected can result in a
+ synchronization error (for instance sound played at an odd sample rate)
+
+
+Audiophile USB MIDI support in ALSA
+===================================
+
+The Audiophile USB MIDI ports will be automatically supported once the
+following modules have been loaded:
+
+ * snd-usb-audio
+ * snd-seq-midi
+
+No additional setting is required.
+
+
+Audiophile USB Audio support in ALSA
+====================================
+
+Audio functions of the Audiophile USB device are handled by the snd-usb-audio
+module. This module can work in a default mode (without any device-specific
+parameter), or in an "advanced" mode with the device-specific parameter called
+``device_setup``.
+
+Default Alsa driver mode
+------------------------
+
+The default behavior of the snd-usb-audio driver is to list the device
+capabilities at startup and activate the required mode when required
+by the applications: for instance if the user is recording in a
+24bit-depth-mode and immediately after wants to switch to a 16bit-depth mode,
+the snd-usb-audio module will reconfigure the device on the fly.
+
+This approach has the advantage to let the driver automatically switch from sample
+rates/depths automatically according to the user's needs. However, those who
+are using the device under windows know that this is not how the device is meant to
+work: under windows applications must be closed before using the m-audio control
+panel to switch the device working mode. Thus as we'll see in next section, this
+Default Alsa driver mode can lead to device misconfigurations.
+
+Let's get back to the Default Alsa driver mode for now. In this case the
+Audiophile interfaces are mapped to alsa pcm devices in the following
+way (I suppose the device's index is 1):
+
+ * hw:1,0 is Ao in playback and Di in capture
+ * hw:1,1 is Do in playback and Ai in capture
+ * hw:1,2 is Do in AC3/DTS passthrough mode
+
+In this mode, the device uses Big Endian byte-encoding so that
+supported audio format are S16_BE for 16-bit depth modes and S24_3BE for
+24-bits depth mode.
+
+One exception is the hw:1,2 port which was reported to be Little Endian
+compliant (supposedly supporting S16_LE) but processes in fact only S16_BE streams.
+This has been fixed in kernel 2.6.23 and above and now the hw:1,2 interface
+is reported to be big endian in this default driver mode.
+
+Examples:
+
+ * playing a S24_3BE encoded raw file to the Ao port::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,0 -c2 -t raw -r48000 -fS24_3BE test.raw
+
+ * recording a S24_3BE encoded raw file from the Ai port::
+
+ % arecord -D hw:1,1 -c2 -t raw -r48000 -fS24_3BE test.raw
+
+ * playing a S16_BE encoded raw file to the Do port::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,1 -c2 -t raw -r48000 -fS16_BE test.raw
+
+ * playing an ac3 sample file to the Do port::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,2 --channels=6 ac3_S16_BE_encoded_file.raw
+
+If you're happy with the default Alsa driver mode and don't experience any
+issue with this mode, then you can skip the following chapter.
+
+Advanced module setup
+---------------------
+
+Due to the hardware constraints described above, the device initialization made
+by the Alsa driver in default mode may result in a corrupted state of the
+device. For instance, a particularly annoying issue is that the sound captured
+from the Ai interface sounds distorted (as if boosted with an excessive high
+volume gain).
+
+For people having this problem, the snd-usb-audio module has a new module
+parameter called ``device_setup`` (this parameter was introduced in kernel
+release 2.6.17)
+
+Initializing the working mode of the Audiophile USB
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As far as the Audiophile USB device is concerned, this value let the user
+specify:
+
+ * the sample depth
+ * the sample rate
+ * whether the Di port is used or not
+
+When initialized with ``device_setup=0x00``, the snd-usb-audio module has
+the same behaviour as when the parameter is omitted (see paragraph "Default
+Alsa driver mode" above)
+
+Others modes are described in the following subsections.
+
+16-bit modes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The two supported modes are:
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x01``
+
+ - 16bits 48kHz mode with Di disabled
+ - Ai,Ao,Do can be used at the same time
+ - hw:1,0 is not available in capture mode
+ - hw:1,2 is not available
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x11``
+
+ - 16bits 48kHz mode with Di enabled
+ - Ai,Ao,Di,Do can be used at the same time
+ - hw:1,0 is available in capture mode
+ - hw:1,2 is not available
+
+In this modes the device operates only at 16bits-modes. Before kernel 2.6.23,
+the devices where reported to be Big-Endian when in fact they were Little-Endian
+so that playing a file was a matter of using:
+::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,1 -c2 -t raw -r48000 -fS16_BE test_S16_LE.raw
+
+where "test_S16_LE.raw" was in fact a little-endian sample file.
+
+Thanks to Hakan Lennestal (who discovered the Little-Endiannes of the device in
+these modes) a fix has been committed (expected in kernel 2.6.23) and
+Alsa now reports Little-Endian interfaces. Thus playing a file now is as simple as
+using:
+::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,1 -c2 -t raw -r48000 -fS16_LE test_S16_LE.raw
+
+
+24-bit modes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The three supported modes are:
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x09``
+
+ - 24bits 48kHz mode with Di disabled
+ - Ai,Ao,Do can be used at the same time
+ - hw:1,0 is not available in capture mode
+ - hw:1,2 is not available
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x19``
+
+ - 24bits 48kHz mode with Di enabled
+ - 3 ports from {Ai,Ao,Di,Do} can be used at the same time
+ - hw:1,0 is available in capture mode and an active digital source must be
+ connected to Di
+ - hw:1,2 is not available
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x0D`` or ``0x10``
+
+ - 24bits 96kHz mode
+ - Di is enabled by default for this mode but does not need to be connected
+ to an active source
+ - Only 1 port from {Ai,Ao,Di,Do} can be used at the same time
+ - hw:1,0 is available in captured mode
+ - hw:1,2 is not available
+
+In these modes the device is only Big-Endian compliant (see "Default Alsa driver
+mode" above for an aplay command example)
+
+AC3 w/ DTS passthru mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Thanks to Hakan Lennestal, I now have a report saying that this mode works.
+
+ * ``device_setup=0x03``
+
+ - 16bits 48kHz mode with only the Do port enabled
+ - AC3 with DTS passthru
+ - Caution with this setup the Do port is mapped to the pcm device hw:1,0
+
+The command line used to playback the AC3/DTS encoded .wav-files in this mode:
+::
+
+ % aplay -D hw:1,0 --channels=6 ac3_S16_LE_encoded_file.raw
+
+How to use the ``device_setup`` parameter
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The parameter can be given:
+
+ * By manually probing the device (as root):::
+
+ # modprobe -r snd-usb-audio
+ # modprobe snd-usb-audio index=1 device_setup=0x09
+
+ * Or while configuring the modules options in your modules configuration file
+ (typically a .conf file in /etc/modprobe.d/ directory:::
+
+ alias snd-card-1 snd-usb-audio
+ options snd-usb-audio index=1 device_setup=0x09
+
+CAUTION when initializing the device
+-------------------------------------
+
+ * Correct initialization on the device requires that device_setup is given to
+ the module BEFORE the device is turned on. So, if you use the "manual probing"
+ method described above, take care to power-on the device AFTER this initialization.
+
+ * Failing to respect this will lead to a misconfiguration of the device. In this case
+ turn off the device, unprobe the snd-usb-audio module, then probe it again with
+ correct device_setup parameter and then (and only then) turn on the device again.
+
+ * If you've correctly initialized the device in a valid mode and then want to switch
+ to another mode (possibly with another sample-depth), please use also the following
+ procedure:
+
+ - first turn off the device
+ - de-register the snd-usb-audio module (modprobe -r)
+ - change the device_setup parameter by changing the device_setup
+ option in ``/etc/modprobe.d/*.conf``
+ - turn on the device
+
+ * A workaround for this last issue has been applied to kernel 2.6.23, but it may not
+ be enough to ensure the 'stability' of the device initialization.
+
+Technical details for hackers
+-----------------------------
+
+This section is for hackers, wanting to understand details about the device
+internals and how Alsa supports it.
+
+Audiophile USB's ``device_setup`` structure
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If you want to understand the device_setup magic numbers for the Audiophile
+USB, you need some very basic understanding of binary computation. However,
+this is not required to use the parameter and you may skip this section.
+
+The device_setup is one byte long and its structure is the following:
+::
+
+ +---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
+ | b7| b6| b5| b4| b3| b2| b1| b0|
+ +---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | Di|24B|96K|DTS|SET|
+ +---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
+
+Where:
+
+ * b0 is the ``SET`` bit
+
+ - it MUST be set if device_setup is initialized
+
+ * b1 is the ``DTS`` bit
+
+ - it is set only for Digital output with DTS/AC3
+ - this setup is not tested
+
+ * b2 is the Rate selection flag
+
+ - When set to ``1`` the rate range is 48.1-96kHz
+ - Otherwise the sample rate range is 8-48kHz
+
+ * b3 is the bit depth selection flag
+
+ - When set to ``1`` samples are 24bits long
+ - Otherwise they are 16bits long
+ - Note that b2 implies b3 as the 96kHz mode is only supported for 24 bits
+ samples
+
+ * b4 is the Digital input flag
+
+ - When set to ``1`` the device assumes that an active digital source is
+ connected
+ - You shouldn't enable Di if no source is seen on the port (this leads to
+ synchronization issues)
+ - b4 is implied by b2 (since only one port is enabled at a time no synch
+ error can occur)
+
+ * b5 to b7 are reserved for future uses, and must be set to ``0``
+
+ - might become Ao, Do, Ai, for b7, b6, b4 respectively
+
+Caution:
+
+ * there is no check on the value you will give to device_setup
+
+ - for instance choosing 0x05 (16bits 96kHz) will fail back to 0x09 since
+ b2 implies b3. But _there_will_be_no_warning_ in /var/log/messages
+
+ * Hardware constraints due to the USB bus limitation aren't checked
+
+ - choosing b2 will prepare all interfaces for 24bits/96kHz but you'll
+ only be able to use one at the same time
+
+USB implementation details for this device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You may safely skip this section if you're not interested in driver
+hacking.
+
+This section describes some internal aspects of the device and summarizes the
+data I got by usb-snooping the windows and Linux drivers.
+
+The M-Audio Audiophile USB has 7 USB Interfaces:
+a "USB interface":
+
+ * USB Interface nb.0
+ * USB Interface nb.1
+
+ - Audio Control function
+
+ * USB Interface nb.2
+
+ - Analog Output
+
+ * USB Interface nb.3
+
+ - Digital Output
+
+ * USB Interface nb.4
+
+ - Analog Input
+
+ * USB Interface nb.5
+
+ - Digital Input
+
+ * USB Interface nb.6
+
+ - MIDI interface compliant with the MIDIMAN quirk
+
+Each interface has 5 altsettings (AltSet 1,2,3,4,5) except:
+
+ * Interface 3 (Digital Out) has an extra Alset nb.6
+ * Interface 5 (Digital In) does not have Alset nb.3 and 5
+
+Here is a short description of the AltSettings capabilities:
+
+* AltSettings 1 corresponds to
+
+ - 24-bit depth, 48.1-96kHz sample mode
+ - Adaptive playback (Ao and Do), Synch capture (Ai), or Asynch capture (Di)
+
+* AltSettings 2 corresponds to
+
+ - 24-bit depth, 8-48kHz sample mode
+ - Asynch capture and playback (Ao,Ai,Do,Di)
+
+* AltSettings 3 corresponds to
+
+ - 24-bit depth, 8-48kHz sample mode
+ - Synch capture (Ai) and Adaptive playback (Ao,Do)
+
+* AltSettings 4 corresponds to
+
+ - 16-bit depth, 8-48kHz sample mode
+ - Asynch capture and playback (Ao,Ai,Do,Di)
+
+* AltSettings 5 corresponds to
+
+ - 16-bit depth, 8-48kHz sample mode
+ - Synch capture (Ai) and Adaptive playback (Ao,Do)
+
+* AltSettings 6 corresponds to
+
+ - 16-bit depth, 8-48kHz sample mode
+ - Synch playback (Do), audio format type III IEC1937_AC-3
+
+In order to ensure a correct initialization of the device, the driver
+*must* *know* how the device will be used:
+
+ * if DTS is chosen, only Interface 2 with AltSet nb.6 must be
+ registered
+ * if 96KHz only AltSets nb.1 of each interface must be selected
+ * if samples are using 24bits/48KHz then AltSet 2 must me used if
+ Digital input is connected, and only AltSet nb.3 if Digital input
+ is not connected
+ * if samples are using 16bits/48KHz then AltSet 4 must me used if
+ Digital input is connected, and only AltSet nb.5 if Digital input
+ is not connected
+
+When device_setup is given as a parameter to the snd-usb-audio module, the
+parse_audio_endpoints function uses a quirk called
+``audiophile_skip_setting_quirk`` in order to prevent AltSettings not
+corresponding to device_setup from being registered in the driver.
+
+Audiophile USB and Jack support
+===============================
+
+This section deals with support of the Audiophile USB device in Jack.
+
+There are 2 main potential issues when using Jackd with the device:
+
+* support for Big-Endian devices in 24-bit modes
+* support for 4-in / 4-out channels
+
+Direct support in Jackd
+-----------------------
+
+Jack supports big endian devices only in recent versions (thanks to
+Andreas Steinmetz for his first big-endian patch). I can't remember
+exactly when this support was released into jackd, let's just say that
+with jackd version 0.103.0 it's almost ok (just a small bug is affecting
+16bits Big-Endian devices, but since you've read carefully the above
+paragraphs, you're now using kernel >= 2.6.23 and your 16bits devices
+are now Little Endians ;-) ).
+
+You can run jackd with the following command for playback with Ao and
+record with Ai:
+::
+
+ % jackd -R -dalsa -Phw:1,0 -r48000 -p128 -n2 -D -Chw:1,1
+
+Using Alsa plughw
+-----------------
+
+If you don't have a recent Jackd installed, you can downgrade to using
+the Alsa ``plug`` converter.
+
+For instance here is one way to run Jack with 2 playback channels on Ao and 2
+capture channels from Ai:
+::
+
+ % jackd -R -dalsa -dplughw:1 -r48000 -p256 -n2 -D -Cplughw:1,1
+
+However you may see the following warning message:
+ You appear to be using the ALSA software "plug" layer, probably a result of
+ using the "default" ALSA device. This is less efficient than it could be.
+ Consider using a hardware device instead rather than using the plug layer.
+
+Getting 2 input and/or output interfaces in Jack
+------------------------------------------------
+
+As you can see, starting the Jack server this way will only enable 1 stereo
+input (Di or Ai) and 1 stereo output (Ao or Do).
+
+This is due to the following restrictions:
+
+* Jack can only open one capture device and one playback device at a time
+* The Audiophile USB is seen as 2 (or three) Alsa devices: hw:1,0, hw:1,1
+ (and optionally hw:1,2)
+
+If you want to get Ai+Di and/or Ao+Do support with Jack, you would need to
+combine the Alsa devices into one logical "complex" device.
+
+If you want to give it a try, I recommend reading the information from
+this page: http://www.sound-man.co.uk/linuxaudio/ice1712multi.html
+It is related to another device (ice1712) but can be adapted to suit
+the Audiophile USB.
+
+Enabling multiple Audiophile USB interfaces for Jackd will certainly require:
+
+* Making sure your Jackd version has the MMAP_COMPLEX patch (see the ice1712 page)
+* (maybe) patching the alsa-lib/src/pcm/pcm_multi.c file (see the ice1712 page)
+* define a multi device (combination of hw:1,0 and hw:1,1) in your .asoundrc
+ file
+* start jackd with this device
+
+I had no success in testing this for now, if you have any success with this kind
+of setup, please drop me an email.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/bt87x.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/bt87x.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..912732d3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/bt87x.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+=================
+ALSA BT87x Driver
+=================
+
+Intro
+=====
+
+You might have noticed that the bt878 grabber cards have actually
+*two* PCI functions:
+::
+
+ $ lspci
+ [ ... ]
+ 00:0a.0 Multimedia video controller: Brooktree Corporation Bt878 (rev 02)
+ 00:0a.1 Multimedia controller: Brooktree Corporation Bt878 (rev 02)
+ [ ... ]
+
+The first does video, it is backward compatible to the bt848. The second
+does audio. snd-bt87x is a driver for the second function. It's a sound
+driver which can be used for recording sound (and *only* recording, no
+playback). As most TV cards come with a short cable which can be plugged
+into your sound card's line-in you probably don't need this driver if all
+you want to do is just watching TV...
+
+Some cards do not bother to connect anything to the audio input pins of
+the chip, and some other cards use the audio function to transport MPEG
+video data, so it's quite possible that audio recording may not work
+with your card.
+
+
+Driver Status
+=============
+
+The driver is now stable. However, it doesn't know about many TV cards,
+and it refuses to load for cards it doesn't know.
+
+If the driver complains ("Unknown TV card found, the audio driver will
+not load"), you can specify the ``load_all=1`` option to force the driver to
+try to use the audio capture function of your card. If the frequency of
+recorded data is not right, try to specify the ``digital_rate`` option with
+other values than the default 32000 (often it's 44100 or 64000).
+
+If you have an unknown card, please mail the ID and board name to
+<alsa-devel@alsa-project.org>, regardless of whether audio capture works
+or not, so that future versions of this driver know about your card.
+
+
+Audio modes
+===========
+
+The chip knows two different modes (digital/analog). snd-bt87x
+registers two PCM devices, one for each mode. They cannot be used at
+the same time.
+
+
+Digital audio mode
+==================
+
+The first device (hw:X,0) gives you 16 bit stereo sound. The sample
+rate depends on the external source which feeds the Bt87x with digital
+sound via I2S interface.
+
+
+Analog audio mode (A/D)
+=======================
+
+The second device (hw:X,1) gives you 8 or 16 bit mono sound. Supported
+sample rates are between 119466 and 448000 Hz (yes, these numbers are
+that high). If you've set the CONFIG_SND_BT87X_OVERCLOCK option, the
+maximum sample rate is 1792000 Hz, but audio data becomes unusable
+beyond 896000 Hz on my card.
+
+The chip has three analog inputs. Consequently you'll get a mixer
+device to control these.
+
+
+Have fun,
+
+ Clemens
+
+
+Written by Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
+big parts copied from btaudio.txt by Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/cmipci.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/cmipci.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ea1de6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/cmipci.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+=================================================
+Brief Notes on C-Media 8338/8738/8768/8770 Driver
+=================================================
+
+Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+
+Front/Rear Multi-channel Playback
+---------------------------------
+
+CM8x38 chip can use ADC as the second DAC so that two different stereo
+channels can be used for front/rear playbacks. Since there are two
+DACs, both streams are handled independently unlike the 4/6ch multi-
+channel playbacks in the section below.
+
+As default, ALSA driver assigns the first PCM device (i.e. hw:0,0 for
+card#0) for front and 4/6ch playbacks, while the second PCM device
+(hw:0,1) is assigned to the second DAC for rear playback.
+
+There are slight differences between the two DACs:
+
+- The first DAC supports U8 and S16LE formats, while the second DAC
+ supports only S16LE.
+- The second DAC supports only two channel stereo.
+
+Please note that the CM8x38 DAC doesn't support continuous playback
+rate but only fixed rates: 5512, 8000, 11025, 16000, 22050, 32000,
+44100 and 48000 Hz.
+
+The rear output can be heard only when "Four Channel Mode" switch is
+disabled. Otherwise no signal will be routed to the rear speakers.
+As default it's turned on.
+
+.. WARNING::
+ When "Four Channel Mode" switch is off, the output from rear speakers
+ will be FULL VOLUME regardless of Master and PCM volumes [#]_.
+ This might damage your audio equipment. Please disconnect speakers
+ before your turn off this switch.
+
+
+.. [#]
+ Well.. I once got the output with correct volume (i.e. same with the
+ front one) and was so excited. It was even with "Four Channel" bit
+ on and "double DAC" mode. Actually I could hear separate 4 channels
+ from front and rear speakers! But.. after reboot, all was gone.
+ It's a very pity that I didn't save the register dump at that
+ time.. Maybe there is an unknown register to achieve this...
+
+If your card has an extra output jack for the rear output, the rear
+playback should be routed there as default. If not, there is a
+control switch in the driver "Line-In As Rear", which you can change
+via alsamixer or somewhat else. When this switch is on, line-in jack
+is used as rear output.
+
+There are two more controls regarding to the rear output.
+The "Exchange DAC" switch is used to exchange front and rear playback
+routes, i.e. the 2nd DAC is output from front output.
+
+
+4/6 Multi-Channel Playback
+--------------------------
+
+The recent CM8738 chips support for the 4/6 multi-channel playback
+function. This is useful especially for AC3 decoding.
+
+When the multi-channel is supported, the driver name has a suffix
+"-MC" such like "CMI8738-MC6". You can check this name from
+/proc/asound/cards.
+
+When the 4/6-ch output is enabled, the second DAC accepts up to 6 (or
+4) channels. While the dual DAC supports two different rates or
+formats, the 4/6-ch playback supports only the same condition for all
+channels. Since the multi-channel playback mode uses both DACs, you
+cannot operate with full-duplex.
+
+The 4.0 and 5.1 modes are defined as the pcm "surround40" and "surround51"
+in alsa-lib. For example, you can play a WAV file with 6 channels like
+::
+
+ % aplay -Dsurround51 sixchannels.wav
+
+For programming the 4/6 channel playback, you need to specify the PCM
+channels as you like and set the format S16LE. For example, for playback
+with 4 channels,
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_hw_params_set_access(pcm, hw, SND_PCM_ACCESS_RW_INTERLEAVED);
+ // or mmap if you like
+ snd_pcm_hw_params_set_format(pcm, hw, SND_PCM_FORMAT_S16_LE);
+ snd_pcm_hw_params_set_channels(pcm, hw, 4);
+
+and use the interleaved 4 channel data.
+
+There are some control switches affecting to the speaker connections:
+
+Line-In Mode
+ an enum control to change the behavior of line-in
+ jack. Either "Line-In", "Rear Output" or "Bass Output" can
+ be selected. The last item is available only with model 039
+ or newer.
+ When "Rear Output" is chosen, the surround channels 3 and 4
+ are output to line-in jack.
+Mic-In Mode
+ an enum control to change the behavior of mic-in
+ jack. Either "Mic-In" or "Center/LFE Output" can be
+ selected.
+ When "Center/LFE Output" is chosen, the center and bass
+ channels (channels 5 and 6) are output to mic-in jack.
+
+Digital I/O
+-----------
+
+The CM8x38 provides the excellent SPDIF capability with very cheap
+price (yes, that's the reason I bought the card :)
+
+The SPDIF playback and capture are done via the third PCM device
+(hw:0,2). Usually this is assigned to the PCM device "spdif".
+The available rates are 44100 and 48000 Hz.
+For playback with aplay, you can run like below:
+::
+
+ % aplay -Dhw:0,2 foo.wav
+
+or
+
+::
+
+ % aplay -Dspdif foo.wav
+
+24bit format is also supported experimentally.
+
+The playback and capture over SPDIF use normal DAC and ADC,
+respectively, so you cannot playback both analog and digital streams
+simultaneously.
+
+To enable SPDIF output, you need to turn on "IEC958 Output Switch"
+control via mixer or alsactl ("IEC958" is the official name of
+so-called S/PDIF). Then you'll see the red light on from the card so
+you know that's working obviously :)
+The SPDIF input is always enabled, so you can hear SPDIF input data
+from line-out with "IEC958 In Monitor" switch at any time (see
+below).
+
+You can play via SPDIF even with the first device (hw:0,0),
+but SPDIF is enabled only when the proper format (S16LE), sample rate
+(441100 or 48000) and channels (2) are used. Otherwise it's turned
+off. (Also don't forget to turn on "IEC958 Output Switch", too.)
+
+
+Additionally there are relevant control switches:
+
+IEC958 Mix Analog
+ Mix analog PCM playback and FM-OPL/3 streams and
+ output through SPDIF. This switch appears only on old chip
+ models (CM8738 033 and 037).
+
+ Note: without this control you can output PCM to SPDIF.
+ This is "mixing" of streams, so e.g. it's not for AC3 output
+ (see the next section).
+
+IEC958 In Select
+ Select SPDIF input, the internal CD-in (false)
+ and the external input (true).
+
+IEC958 Loop
+ SPDIF input data is loop back into SPDIF
+ output (aka bypass)
+
+IEC958 Copyright
+ Set the copyright bit.
+
+IEC958 5V
+ Select 0.5V (coax) or 5V (optical) interface.
+ On some cards this doesn't work and you need to change the
+ configuration with hardware dip-switch.
+
+IEC958 In Monitor
+ SPDIF input is routed to DAC.
+
+IEC958 In Phase Inverse
+ Set SPDIF input format as inverse.
+ [FIXME: this doesn't work on all chips..]
+
+IEC958 In Valid
+ Set input validity flag detection.
+
+Note: When "PCM Playback Switch" is on, you'll hear the digital output
+stream through analog line-out.
+
+
+The AC3 (RAW DIGITAL) OUTPUT
+----------------------------
+
+The driver supports raw digital (typically AC3) i/o over SPDIF. This
+can be toggled via IEC958 playback control, but usually you need to
+access it via alsa-lib. See alsa-lib documents for more details.
+
+On the raw digital mode, the "PCM Playback Switch" is automatically
+turned off so that non-audio data is heard from the analog line-out.
+Similarly the following switches are off: "IEC958 Mix Analog" and
+"IEC958 Loop". The switches are resumed after closing the SPDIF PCM
+device automatically to the previous state.
+
+On the model 033, AC3 is implemented by the software conversion in
+the alsa-lib. If you need to bypass the software conversion of IEC958
+subframes, pass the "soft_ac3=0" module option. This doesn't matter
+on the newer models.
+
+
+ANALOG MIXER INTERFACE
+----------------------
+
+The mixer interface on CM8x38 is similar to SB16.
+There are Master, PCM, Synth, CD, Line, Mic and PC Speaker playback
+volumes. Synth, CD, Line and Mic have playback and capture switches,
+too, as well as SB16.
+
+In addition to the standard SB mixer, CM8x38 provides more functions.
+- PCM playback switch
+- PCM capture switch (to capture the data sent to DAC)
+- Mic Boost switch
+- Mic capture volume
+- Aux playback volume/switch and capture switch
+- 3D control switch
+
+
+MIDI CONTROLLER
+---------------
+
+With CMI8338 chips, the MPU401-UART interface is disabled as default.
+You need to set the module option "mpu_port" to a valid I/O port address
+to enable MIDI support. Valid I/O ports are 0x300, 0x310, 0x320 and
+0x330. Choose a value that doesn't conflict with other cards.
+
+With CMI8738 and newer chips, the MIDI interface is enabled by default
+and the driver automatically chooses a port address.
+
+There is *no* hardware wavetable function on this chip (except for
+OPL3 synth below).
+What's said as MIDI synth on Windows is a software synthesizer
+emulation. On Linux use TiMidity or other softsynth program for
+playing MIDI music.
+
+
+FM OPL/3 Synth
+--------------
+
+The FM OPL/3 is also enabled as default only for the first card.
+Set "fm_port" module option for more cards.
+
+The output quality of FM OPL/3 is, however, very weird.
+I don't know why..
+
+CMI8768 and newer chips do not have the FM synth.
+
+
+Joystick and Modem
+------------------
+
+The legacy joystick is supported. To enable the joystick support, pass
+joystick_port=1 module option. The value 1 means the auto-detection.
+If the auto-detection fails, try to pass the exact I/O address.
+
+The modem is enabled dynamically via a card control switch "Modem".
+
+
+Debugging Information
+---------------------
+
+The registers are shown in /proc/asound/cardX/cmipci. If you have any
+problem (especially unexpected behavior of mixer), please attach the
+output of this proc file together with the bug report.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/emu10k1-jack.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/emu10k1-jack.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6597f1ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/emu10k1-jack.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+=================================================================
+Low latency, multichannel audio with JACK and the emu10k1/emu10k2
+=================================================================
+
+This document is a guide to using the emu10k1 based devices with JACK for low
+latency, multichannel recording functionality. All of my recent work to allow
+Linux users to use the full capabilities of their hardware has been inspired
+by the kX Project. Without their work I never would have discovered the true
+power of this hardware.
+
+ http://www.kxproject.com
+ - Lee Revell, 2005.03.30
+
+
+Until recently, emu10k1 users on Linux did not have access to the same low
+latency, multichannel features offered by the "kX ASIO" feature of their
+Windows driver. As of ALSA 1.0.9 this is no more!
+
+For those unfamiliar with kX ASIO, this consists of 16 capture and 16 playback
+channels. With a post 2.6.9 Linux kernel, latencies down to 64 (1.33 ms) or
+even 32 (0.66ms) frames should work well.
+
+The configuration is slightly more involved than on Windows, as you have to
+select the correct device for JACK to use. Actually, for qjackctl users it's
+fairly self explanatory - select Duplex, then for capture and playback select
+the multichannel devices, set the in and out channels to 16, and the sample
+rate to 48000Hz. The command line looks like this:
+::
+
+ /usr/local/bin/jackd -R -dalsa -r48000 -p64 -n2 -D -Chw:0,2 -Phw:0,3 -S
+
+This will give you 16 input ports and 16 output ports.
+
+The 16 output ports map onto the 16 FX buses (or the first 16 of 64, for the
+Audigy). The mapping from FX bus to physical output is described in
+sb-live-mixer.rst (or audigy-mixer.rst).
+
+The 16 input ports are connected to the 16 physical inputs. Contrary to
+popular belief, all emu10k1 cards are multichannel cards. Which of these
+input channels have physical inputs connected to them depends on the card
+model. Trial and error is highly recommended; the pinout diagrams
+for the card have been reverse engineered by some enterprising kX users and are
+available on the internet. Meterbridge is helpful here, and the kX forums are
+packed with useful information.
+
+Each input port will either correspond to a digital (SPDIF) input, an analog
+input, or nothing. The one exception is the SBLive! 5.1. On these devices,
+the second and third input ports are wired to the center/LFE output. You will
+still see 16 capture channels, but only 14 are available for recording inputs.
+
+This chart, borrowed from kxfxlib/da_asio51.cpp, describes the mapping of JACK
+ports to FXBUS2 (multitrack recording input) and EXTOUT (physical output)
+channels.
+
+JACK (& ASIO) mappings on 10k1 5.1 SBLive cards:
+
+============== ======== ============
+JACK Epilog FXBUS2(nr)
+============== ======== ============
+capture_1 asio14 FXBUS2(0xe)
+capture_2 asio15 FXBUS2(0xf)
+capture_3 asio0 FXBUS2(0x0)
+~capture_4 Center EXTOUT(0x11) // mapped to by Center
+~capture_5 LFE EXTOUT(0x12) // mapped to by LFE
+capture_6 asio3 FXBUS2(0x3)
+capture_7 asio4 FXBUS2(0x4)
+capture_8 asio5 FXBUS2(0x5)
+capture_9 asio6 FXBUS2(0x6)
+capture_10 asio7 FXBUS2(0x7)
+capture_11 asio8 FXBUS2(0x8)
+capture_12 asio9 FXBUS2(0x9)
+capture_13 asio10 FXBUS2(0xa)
+capture_14 asio11 FXBUS2(0xb)
+capture_15 asio12 FXBUS2(0xc)
+capture_16 asio13 FXBUS2(0xd)
+============== ======== ============
+
+TODO: describe use of ld10k1/qlo10k1 in conjunction with JACK
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/hdspm.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/hdspm.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5373e51ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/hdspm.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+=======================================
+Software Interface ALSA-DSP MADI Driver
+=======================================
+
+(translated from German, so no good English ;-),
+
+2004 - winfried ritsch
+
+
+Full functionality has been added to the driver. Since some of
+the Controls and startup-options are ALSA-Standard and only the
+special Controls are described and discussed below.
+
+
+Hardware functionality
+======================
+
+Audio transmission
+------------------
+
+* number of channels -- depends on transmission mode
+
+ The number of channels chosen is from 1..Nmax. The reason to
+ use for a lower number of channels is only resource allocation,
+ since unused DMA channels are disabled and less memory is
+ allocated. So also the throughput of the PCI system can be
+ scaled. (Only important for low performance boards).
+
+* Single Speed -- 1..64 channels
+
+.. note::
+ (Note: Choosing the 56channel mode for transmission or as
+ receiver, only 56 are transmitted/received over the MADI, but
+ all 64 channels are available for the mixer, so channel count
+ for the driver)
+
+* Double Speed -- 1..32 channels
+
+.. note::
+ Note: Choosing the 56-channel mode for
+ transmission/receive-mode , only 28 are transmitted/received
+ over the MADI, but all 32 channels are available for the mixer,
+ so channel count for the driver
+
+
+* Quad Speed -- 1..16 channels
+
+.. note::
+ Choosing the 56-channel mode for
+ transmission/receive-mode , only 14 are transmitted/received
+ over the MADI, but all 16 channels are available for the mixer,
+ so channel count for the driver
+
+* Format -- signed 32 Bit Little Endian (SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S32_LE)
+
+* Sample Rates --
+
+ Single Speed -- 32000, 44100, 48000
+
+ Double Speed -- 64000, 88200, 96000 (untested)
+
+ Quad Speed -- 128000, 176400, 192000 (untested)
+
+* access-mode -- MMAP (memory mapped), Not interleaved (PCM_NON-INTERLEAVED)
+
+* buffer-sizes -- 64,128,256,512,1024,2048,8192 Samples
+
+* fragments -- 2
+
+* Hardware-pointer -- 2 Modi
+
+
+ The Card supports the readout of the actual Buffer-pointer,
+ where DMA reads/writes. Since of the bulk mode of PCI it is only
+ 64 Byte accurate. SO it is not really usable for the
+ ALSA-mid-level functions (here the buffer-ID gives a better
+ result), but if MMAP is used by the application. Therefore it
+ can be configured at load-time with the parameter
+ precise-pointer.
+
+
+.. hint::
+ (Hint: Experimenting I found that the pointer is maximum 64 to
+ large never to small. So if you subtract 64 you always have a
+ safe pointer for writing, which is used on this mode inside
+ ALSA. In theory now you can get now a latency as low as 16
+ Samples, which is a quarter of the interrupt possibilities.)
+
+ * Precise Pointer -- off
+ interrupt used for pointer-calculation
+
+ * Precise Pointer -- on
+ hardware pointer used.
+
+Controller
+----------
+
+Since DSP-MADI-Mixer has 8152 Fader, it does not make sense to
+use the standard mixer-controls, since this would break most of
+(especially graphic) ALSA-Mixer GUIs. So Mixer control has be
+provided by a 2-dimensional controller using the
+hwdep-interface.
+
+Also all 128+256 Peak and RMS-Meter can be accessed via the
+hwdep-interface. Since it could be a performance problem always
+copying and converting Peak and RMS-Levels even if you just need
+one, I decided to export the hardware structure, so that of
+needed some driver-guru can implement a memory-mapping of mixer
+or peak-meters over ioctl, or also to do only copying and no
+conversion. A test-application shows the usage of the controller.
+
+* Latency Controls --- not implemented !!!
+
+.. note::
+ Note: Within the windows-driver the latency is accessible of a
+ control-panel, but buffer-sizes are controlled with ALSA from
+ hwparams-calls and should not be changed in run-state, I did not
+ implement it here.
+
+
+* System Clock -- suspended !!!!
+
+ * Name -- "System Clock Mode"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- "Master" "Slave"
+
+.. note::
+ !!!! This is a hardware-function but is in conflict with the
+ Clock-source controller, which is a kind of ALSA-standard. I
+ makes sense to set the card to a special mode (master at some
+ frequency or slave), since even not using an Audio-application
+ a studio should have working synchronisations setup. So use
+ Clock-source-controller instead !!!!
+
+* Clock Source
+
+ * Name -- "Sample Clock Source"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- "AutoSync", "Internal 32.0 kHz", "Internal 44.1 kHz",
+ "Internal 48.0 kHz", "Internal 64.0 kHz", "Internal 88.2 kHz",
+ "Internal 96.0 kHz"
+
+ Choose between Master at a specific Frequency and so also the
+ Speed-mode or Slave (Autosync). Also see "Preferred Sync Ref"
+
+.. warning::
+ !!!! This is no pure hardware function but was implemented by
+ ALSA by some ALSA-drivers before, so I use it also. !!!
+
+
+* Preferred Sync Ref
+
+ * Name -- "Preferred Sync Reference"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- "Word" "MADI"
+
+
+ Within the Auto-sync-Mode the preferred Sync Source can be
+ chosen. If it is not available another is used if possible.
+
+.. note::
+ Note: Since MADI has a much higher bit-rate than word-clock, the
+ card should synchronise better in MADI Mode. But since the
+ RME-PLL is very good, there are almost no problems with
+ word-clock too. I never found a difference.
+
+
+* TX 64 channel
+
+ * Name -- "TX 64 channels mode"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- 0 1
+
+ Using 64-channel-modus (1) or 56-channel-modus for
+ MADI-transmission (0).
+
+
+.. note::
+ Note: This control is for output only. Input-mode is detected
+ automatically from hardware sending MADI.
+
+
+* Clear TMS
+
+ * Name -- "Clear Track Marker"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- 0 1
+
+
+ Don't use to lower 5 Audio-bits on AES as additional Bits.
+
+
+* Safe Mode oder Auto Input
+
+ * Name -- "Safe Mode"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- 0 1 (default on)
+
+ If on (1), then if either the optical or coaxial connection
+ has a failure, there is a takeover to the working one, with no
+ sample failure. Its only useful if you use the second as a
+ backup connection.
+
+* Input
+
+ * Name -- "Input Select"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- optical coaxial
+
+
+ Choosing the Input, optical or coaxial. If Safe-mode is active,
+ this is the preferred Input.
+
+Mixer
+-----
+
+* Mixer
+
+ * Name -- "Mixer"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values - <channel-number 0-127> <Value 0-65535>
+
+
+ Here as a first value the channel-index is taken to get/set the
+ corresponding mixer channel, where 0-63 are the input to output
+ fader and 64-127 the playback to outputs fader. Value 0
+ is channel muted 0 and 32768 an amplification of 1.
+
+* Chn 1-64
+
+ fast mixer for the ALSA-mixer utils. The diagonal of the
+ mixer-matrix is implemented from playback to output.
+
+
+* Line Out
+
+ * Name -- "Line Out"
+
+ * Access -- Read Write
+
+ * Values -- 0 1
+
+ Switching on and off the analog out, which has nothing to do
+ with mixing or routing. the analog outs reflects channel 63,64.
+
+
+Information (only read access)
+------------------------------
+
+* Sample Rate
+
+ * Name -- "System Sample Rate"
+
+ * Access -- Read-only
+
+ getting the sample rate.
+
+
+* External Rate measured
+
+ * Name -- "External Rate"
+
+ * Access -- Read only
+
+
+ Should be "Autosync Rate", but Name used is
+ ALSA-Scheme. External Sample frequency liked used on Autosync is
+ reported.
+
+
+* MADI Sync Status
+
+ * Name -- "MADI Sync Lock Status"
+
+ * Access -- Read
+
+ * Values -- 0,1,2
+
+ MADI-Input is 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked, or 2=Synced.
+
+
+* Word Clock Sync Status
+
+ * Name -- "Word Clock Lock Status"
+
+ * Access -- Read
+
+ * Values -- 0,1,2
+
+ Word Clock Input is 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked, or 2=Synced.
+
+* AutoSync
+
+ * Name -- "AutoSync Reference"
+
+ * Access -- Read
+
+ * Values -- "WordClock", "MADI", "None"
+
+ Sync-Reference is either "WordClock", "MADI" or none.
+
+* RX 64ch --- noch nicht implementiert
+
+ MADI-Receiver is in 64 channel mode oder 56 channel mode.
+
+
+* AB_inp --- not tested
+
+ Used input for Auto-Input.
+
+
+* actual Buffer Position --- not implemented
+
+ !!! this is a ALSA internal function, so no control is used !!!
+
+
+
+Calling Parameter
+=================
+
+* index int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ Index value for RME HDSPM interface. card-index within ALSA
+
+ note: ALSA-standard
+
+* id string array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ ID string for RME HDSPM interface.
+
+ note: ALSA-standard
+
+* enable int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ Enable/disable specific HDSPM sound-cards.
+
+ note: ALSA-standard
+
+* precise_ptr int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ Enable precise pointer, or disable.
+
+.. note::
+ note: Use only when the application supports this (which is a special case).
+
+* line_outs_monitor int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ Send playback streams to analog outs by default.
+
+.. note::
+ note: each playback channel is mixed to the same numbered output
+ channel (routed). This is against the ALSA-convention, where all
+ channels have to be muted on after loading the driver, but was
+ used before on other cards, so i historically use it again)
+
+
+
+* enable_monitor int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+
+ Enable Analog Out on Channel 63/64 by default.
+
+.. note ::
+ note: here the analog output is enabled (but not routed).
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/img-spdif-in.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/img-spdif-in.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7df9f5ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/img-spdif-in.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+================================================
+Imagination Technologies SPDIF Input Controllers
+================================================
+
+The Imagination Technologies SPDIF Input controller contains the following
+controls:
+
+* name='IEC958 Capture Mask',index=0
+
+This control returns a mask that shows which of the IEC958 status bits
+can be read using the 'IEC958 Capture Default' control.
+
+* name='IEC958 Capture Default',index=0
+
+This control returns the status bits contained within the SPDIF stream that
+is being received. The 'IEC958 Capture Mask' shows which bits can be read
+from this control.
+
+* name='SPDIF In Multi Frequency Acquire',index=0
+* name='SPDIF In Multi Frequency Acquire',index=1
+* name='SPDIF In Multi Frequency Acquire',index=2
+* name='SPDIF In Multi Frequency Acquire',index=3
+
+This control is used to attempt acquisition of up to four different sample
+rates. The active rate can be obtained by reading the 'SPDIF In Lock Frequency'
+control.
+
+When the value of this control is set to {0,0,0,0}, the rate given to hw_params
+will determine the single rate the block will capture. Else, the rate given to
+hw_params will be ignored, and the block will attempt capture for each of the
+four sample rates set here.
+
+If less than four rates are required, the same rate can be specified more than
+once
+
+* name='SPDIF In Lock Frequency',index=0
+
+This control returns the active capture rate, or 0 if a lock has not been
+acquired
+
+* name='SPDIF In Lock TRK',index=0
+
+This control is used to modify the locking/jitter rejection characteristics
+of the block. Larger values increase the locking range, but reduce jitter
+rejection.
+
+* name='SPDIF In Lock Acquire Threshold',index=0
+
+This control is used to change the threshold at which a lock is acquired.
+
+* name='SPDIF In Lock Release Threshold',index=0
+
+This control is used to change the threshold at which a lock is released.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c016f8c3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Card-Specific Information
+=========================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ joystick
+ cmipci
+ sb-live-mixer
+ audigy-mixer
+ emu10k1-jack
+ via82xx-mixer
+ audiophile-usb
+ mixart
+ bt87x
+ maya44
+ hdspm
+ serial-u16550
+ img-spdif-in
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/joystick.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/joystick.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..488946fc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/joystick.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+=======================================
+Analog Joystick Support on ALSA Drivers
+=======================================
+
+Oct. 14, 2003
+
+Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+General
+-------
+
+First of all, you need to enable GAMEPORT support on Linux kernel for
+using a joystick with the ALSA driver. For the details of gameport
+support, refer to Documentation/input/joydev/joystick.rst.
+
+The joystick support of ALSA drivers is different between ISA and PCI
+cards. In the case of ISA (PnP) cards, it's usually handled by the
+independent module (ns558). Meanwhile, the ALSA PCI drivers have the
+built-in gameport support. Hence, when the ALSA PCI driver is built
+in the kernel, CONFIG_GAMEPORT must be 'y', too. Otherwise, the
+gameport support on that card will be (silently) disabled.
+
+Some adapter modules probe the physical connection of the device at
+the load time. It'd be safer to plug in the joystick device before
+loading the module.
+
+
+PCI Cards
+---------
+
+For PCI cards, the joystick is enabled when the appropriate module
+option is specified. Some drivers don't need options, and the
+joystick support is always enabled. In the former ALSA version, there
+was a dynamic control API for the joystick activation. It was
+changed, however, to the static module options because of the system
+stability and the resource management.
+
+The following PCI drivers support the joystick natively.
+
+============== ============= ============================================
+Driver Module Option Available Values
+============== ============= ============================================
+als4000 joystick_port 0 = disable (default), 1 = auto-detect,
+ manual: any address (e.g. 0x200)
+au88x0 N/A N/A
+azf3328 joystick 0 = disable, 1 = enable, -1 = auto (default)
+ens1370 joystick 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+ens1371 joystick_port 0 = disable (default), 1 = auto-detect,
+ manual: 0x200, 0x208, 0x210, 0x218
+cmipci joystick_port 0 = disable (default), 1 = auto-detect,
+ manual: any address (e.g. 0x200)
+cs4281 N/A N/A
+cs46xx N/A N/A
+es1938 N/A N/A
+es1968 joystick 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+sonicvibes N/A N/A
+trident N/A N/A
+via82xx [#f1]_ joystick 0 = disable (default), 1 = enable
+ymfpci joystick_port 0 = disable (default), 1 = auto-detect,
+ manual: 0x201, 0x202, 0x204, 0x205 [#f2]_
+============== ============= ============================================
+
+.. [#f1] VIA686A/B only
+.. [#f2] With YMF744/754 chips, the port address can be chosen arbitrarily
+
+The following drivers don't support gameport natively, but there are
+additional modules. Load the corresponding module to add the gameport
+support.
+
+======= =================
+Driver Additional Module
+======= =================
+emu10k1 emu10k1-gp
+fm801 fm801-gp
+======= =================
+
+Note: the "pcigame" and "cs461x" modules are for the OSS drivers only.
+These ALSA drivers (cs46xx, trident and au88x0) have the
+built-in gameport support.
+
+As mentioned above, ALSA PCI drivers have the built-in gameport
+support, so you don't have to load ns558 module. Just load "joydev"
+and the appropriate adapter module (e.g. "analog").
+
+
+ISA Cards
+---------
+
+ALSA ISA drivers don't have the built-in gameport support.
+Instead, you need to load "ns558" module in addition to "joydev" and
+the adapter module (e.g. "analog").
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/maya44.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/maya44.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf09a584b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/maya44.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+=================================
+Notes on Maya44 USB Audio Support
+=================================
+
+.. note::
+ The following is the original document of Rainer's patch that the
+ current maya44 code based on. Some contents might be obsoleted, but I
+ keep here as reference -- tiwai
+
+Feb 14, 2008
+
+Rainer Zimmermann <mail@lightshed.de>
+
+STATE OF DEVELOPMENT
+====================
+
+This driver is being developed on the initiative of Piotr Makowski (oponek@gmail.com) and financed by Lars Bergmann.
+Development is carried out by Rainer Zimmermann (mail@lightshed.de).
+
+ESI provided a sample Maya44 card for the development work.
+
+However, unfortunately it has turned out difficult to get detailed programming information, so I (Rainer Zimmermann) had to find out some card-specific information by experiment and conjecture. Some information (in particular, several GPIO bits) is still missing.
+
+This is the first testing version of the Maya44 driver released to the alsa-devel mailing list (Feb 5, 2008).
+
+
+The following functions work, as tested by Rainer Zimmermann and Piotr Makowski:
+
+- playback and capture at all sampling rates
+- input/output level
+- crossmixing
+- line/mic switch
+- phantom power switch
+- analogue monitor a.k.a bypass
+
+
+The following functions *should* work, but are not fully tested:
+
+- Channel 3+4 analogue - S/PDIF input switching
+- S/PDIF output
+- all inputs/outputs on the M/IO/DIO extension card
+- internal/external clock selection
+
+
+*In particular, we would appreciate testing of these functions by anyone who has access to an M/IO/DIO extension card.*
+
+
+Things that do not seem to work:
+
+- The level meters ("multi track") in 'alsamixer' do not seem to react to signals in (if this is a bug, it would probably be in the existing ICE1724 code).
+
+- Ardour 2.1 seems to work only via JACK, not using ALSA directly or via OSS. This still needs to be tracked down.
+
+
+DRIVER DETAILS
+==============
+
+the following files were added:
+
+* pci/ice1724/maya44.c - Maya44 specific code
+* pci/ice1724/maya44.h
+* pci/ice1724/ice1724.patch
+* pci/ice1724/ice1724.h.patch - PROPOSED patch to ice1724.h (see SAMPLING RATES)
+* i2c/other/wm8776.c - low-level access routines for Wolfson WM8776 codecs
+* include/wm8776.h
+
+
+Note that the wm8776.c code is meant to be card-independent and does not actually register the codec with the ALSA infrastructure.
+This is done in maya44.c, mainly because some of the WM8776 controls are used in Maya44-specific ways, and should be named appropriately.
+
+
+the following files were created in pci/ice1724, simply #including the corresponding file from the alsa-kernel tree:
+
+* wtm.h
+* vt1720_mobo.h
+* revo.h
+* prodigy192.h
+* pontis.h
+* phase.h
+* maya44.h
+* juli.h
+* aureon.h
+* amp.h
+* envy24ht.h
+* se.h
+* prodigy_hifi.h
+
+
+*I hope this is the correct way to do things.*
+
+
+SAMPLING RATES
+==============
+
+The Maya44 card (or more exactly, the Wolfson WM8776 codecs) allow a maximum sampling rate of 192 kHz for playback and 92 kHz for capture.
+
+As the ICE1724 chip only allows one global sampling rate, this is handled as follows:
+
+* setting the sampling rate on any open PCM device on the maya44 card will always set the *global* sampling rate for all playback and capture channels.
+
+* In the current state of the driver, setting rates of up to 192 kHz is permitted even for capture devices.
+
+*AVOID CAPTURING AT RATES ABOVE 96kHz*, even though it may appear to work. The codec cannot actually capture at such rates, meaning poor quality.
+
+
+I propose some additional code for limiting the sampling rate when setting on a capture pcm device. However because of the global sampling rate, this logic would be somewhat problematic.
+
+The proposed code (currently deactivated) is in ice1712.h.patch, ice1724.c and maya44.c (in pci/ice1712).
+
+
+SOUND DEVICES
+=============
+
+PCM devices correspond to inputs/outputs as follows (assuming Maya44 is card #0):
+
+* hw:0,0 input - stereo, analog input 1+2
+* hw:0,0 output - stereo, analog output 1+2
+* hw:0,1 input - stereo, analog input 3+4 OR S/PDIF input
+* hw:0,1 output - stereo, analog output 3+4 (and SPDIF out)
+
+
+NAMING OF MIXER CONTROLS
+========================
+
+(for more information about the signal flow, please refer to the block diagram on p.24 of the ESI Maya44 manual, or in the ESI windows software).
+
+
+PCM
+ (digital) output level for channel 1+2
+PCM 1
+ same for channel 3+4
+
+Mic Phantom+48V
+ switch for +48V phantom power for electrostatic microphones on input 1/2.
+
+ Make sure this is not turned on while any other source is connected to input 1/2.
+ It might damage the source and/or the maya44 card.
+
+Mic/Line input
+ if switch is on, input jack 1/2 is microphone input (mono), otherwise line input (stereo).
+
+Bypass
+ analogue bypass from ADC input to output for channel 1+2. Same as "Monitor" in the windows driver.
+Bypass 1
+ same for channel 3+4.
+
+Crossmix
+ cross-mixer from channels 1+2 to channels 3+4
+Crossmix 1
+ cross-mixer from channels 3+4 to channels 1+2
+
+IEC958 Output
+ switch for S/PDIF output.
+
+ This is not supported by the ESI windows driver.
+ S/PDIF should output the same signal as channel 3+4. [untested!]
+
+
+Digitial output selectors
+ These switches allow a direct digital routing from the ADCs to the DACs.
+ Each switch determines where the digital input data to one of the DACs comes from.
+ They are not supported by the ESI windows driver.
+ For normal operation, they should all be set to "PCM out".
+
+H/W
+ Output source channel 1
+H/W 1
+ Output source channel 2
+H/W 2
+ Output source channel 3
+H/W 3
+ Output source channel 4
+
+H/W 4 ... H/W 9
+ unknown function, left in to enable testing.
+
+ Possibly some of these control S/PDIF output(s).
+ If these turn out to be unused, they will go away in later driver versions.
+
+Selectable values for each of the digital output selectors are:
+
+PCM out
+ DAC output of the corresponding channel (default setting)
+Input 1 ... Input 4
+ direct routing from ADC output of the selected input channel
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48aba98b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+==============================================================
+Alsa driver for Digigram miXart8 and miXart8AES/EBU soundcards
+==============================================================
+
+Digigram <alsa@digigram.com>
+
+
+GENERAL
+=======
+
+The miXart8 is a multichannel audio processing and mixing soundcard
+that has 4 stereo audio inputs and 4 stereo audio outputs.
+The miXart8AES/EBU is the same with a add-on card that offers further
+4 digital stereo audio inputs and outputs.
+Furthermore the add-on card offers external clock synchronisation
+(AES/EBU, Word Clock, Time Code and Video Synchro)
+
+The mainboard has a PowerPC that offers onboard mpeg encoding and
+decoding, samplerate conversions and various effects.
+
+The driver don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares
+are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.
+Use the mixartloader that can be found in the alsa-tools package.
+
+
+VERSION 0.1.0
+=============
+
+One miXart8 board will be represented as 4 alsa cards, each with 1
+stereo analog capture 'pcm0c' and 1 stereo analog playback 'pcm0p' device.
+With a miXart8AES/EBU there is in addition 1 stereo digital input
+'pcm1c' and 1 stereo digital output 'pcm1p' per card.
+
+Formats
+-------
+U8, S16_LE, S16_BE, S24_3LE, S24_3BE, FLOAT_LE, FLOAT_BE
+Sample rates : 8000 - 48000 Hz continuously
+
+Playback
+--------
+For instance the playback devices are configured to have max. 4
+substreams performing hardware mixing. This could be changed to a
+maximum of 24 substreams if wished.
+Mono files will be played on the left and right channel. Each channel
+can be muted for each stream to use 8 analog/digital outputs separately.
+
+Capture
+-------
+There is one substream per capture device. For instance only stereo
+formats are supported.
+
+Mixer
+-----
+<Master> and <Master Capture>
+ analog volume control of playback and capture PCM.
+<PCM 0-3> and <PCM Capture>
+ digital volume control of each analog substream.
+<AES 0-3> and <AES Capture>
+ digital volume control of each AES/EBU substream.
+<Monitoring>
+ Loopback from 'pcm0c' to 'pcm0p' with digital volume
+ and mute control.
+
+Rem : for best audio quality try to keep a 0 attenuation on the PCM
+and AES volume controls which is set by 219 in the range from 0 to 255
+(about 86% with alsamixer)
+
+
+NOT YET IMPLEMENTED
+===================
+
+- external clock support (AES/EBU, Word Clock, Time Code, Video Sync)
+- MPEG audio formats
+- mono record
+- on-board effects and samplerate conversions
+- linked streams
+
+
+FIRMWARE
+========
+
+[As of 2.6.11, the firmware can be loaded automatically with hotplug
+ when CONFIG_FW_LOADER is set. The mixartloader is necessary only
+ for older versions or when you build the driver into kernel.]
+
+For loading the firmware automatically after the module is loaded, use a
+install command. For example, add the following entry to
+/etc/modprobe.d/mixart.conf for miXart driver:
+::
+
+ install snd-mixart /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i snd-mixart && \
+ /usr/bin/mixartloader
+
+
+(for 2.2/2.4 kernels, add "post-install snd-mixart /usr/bin/vxloader" to
+/etc/modules.conf, instead.)
+
+The firmware binaries are installed on /usr/share/alsa/firmware
+(or /usr/local/share/alsa/firmware, depending to the prefix option of
+configure). There will be a miXart.conf file, which define the dsp image
+files.
+
+The firmware files are copyright by Digigram SA
+
+
+COPYRIGHT
+=========
+
+Copyright (c) 2003 Digigram SA <alsa@digigram.com>
+Distributable under GPL.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/multisound.sh b/Documentation/sound/cards/multisound.sh
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..a915a1aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/multisound.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,1139 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# Turtle Beach MultiSound Driver Notes
+# -- Andrew Veliath <andrewtv@usa.net>
+#
+# Last update: September 10, 1998
+# Corresponding msnd driver: 0.8.3
+#
+# ** This file is a README (top part) and shell archive (bottom part).
+# The corresponding archived utility sources can be unpacked by
+# running `sh MultiSound' (the utilities are only needed for the
+# Pinnacle and Fiji cards). **
+#
+#
+# -=-=- Getting Firmware -=-=-
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# See the section `Obtaining and Creating Firmware Files' in this
+# document for instructions on obtaining the necessary firmware
+# files.
+#
+#
+# Supported Features
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# Currently, full-duplex digital audio (/dev/dsp only, /dev/audio is
+# not currently available) and mixer functionality (/dev/mixer) are
+# supported (memory mapped digital audio is not yet supported).
+# Digital transfers and monitoring can be done as well if you have
+# the digital daughterboard (see the section on using the S/PDIF port
+# for more information).
+#
+# Support for the Turtle Beach MultiSound Hurricane architecture is
+# composed of the following modules (these can also operate compiled
+# into the kernel):
+#
+# snd-msnd-lib - MultiSound base (requires snd)
+#
+# snd-msnd-classic - Base audio/mixer support for Classic, Monetery and
+# Tahiti cards
+#
+# snd-msnd-pinnacle - Base audio/mixer support for Pinnacle and Fiji cards
+#
+#
+# Important Notes - Read Before Using
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# The firmware files are not included (may change in future). You
+# must obtain these images from Turtle Beach (they are included in
+# the MultiSound Development Kits), and place them in /etc/sound for
+# example, and give the full paths in the Linux configuration. If
+# you are compiling in support for the MultiSound driver rather than
+# using it as a module, these firmware files must be accessible
+# during kernel compilation.
+#
+# Please note these files must be binary files, not assembler. See
+# the section later in this document for instructions to obtain these
+# files.
+#
+#
+# Configuring Card Resources
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# ** This section is very important, as your card may not work at all
+# or your machine may crash if you do not do this correctly. **
+#
+# * Classic/Monterey/Tahiti
+#
+# These cards are configured through the driver snd-msnd-classic. You must
+# know the io port, then the driver will select the irq and memory resources
+# on the card. It is up to you to know if these are free locations or now,
+# a conflict can lock the machine up.
+#
+# * Pinnacle/Fiji
+#
+# The Pinnacle and Fiji cards have an extra config port, either
+# 0x250, 0x260 or 0x270. This port can be disabled to have the card
+# configured strictly through PnP, however you lose the ability to
+# access the IDE controller and joystick devices on this card when
+# using PnP. The included pinnaclecfg program in this shell archive
+# can be used to configure the card in non-PnP mode, and in PnP mode
+# you can use isapnptools. These are described briefly here.
+#
+# pinnaclecfg is not required; you can use the snd-msnd-pinnacle module
+# to fully configure the card as well. However, pinnaclecfg can be
+# used to change the resource values of a particular device after the
+# snd-msnd-pinnacle module has been loaded. If you are compiling the
+# driver into the kernel, you must set these values during compile
+# time, however other peripheral resource values can be changed with
+# the pinnaclecfg program after the kernel is loaded.
+#
+#
+# *** PnP mode
+#
+# Use pnpdump to obtain a sample configuration if you can; I was able
+# to obtain one with the command `pnpdump 1 0x203' -- this may vary
+# for you (running pnpdump by itself did not work for me). Then,
+# edit this file and use isapnp to uncomment and set the card values.
+# Use these values when inserting the snd-msnd-pinnacle module. Using
+# this method, you can set the resources for the DSP and the Kurzweil
+# synth (Pinnacle). Since Linux does not directly support PnP
+# devices, you may have difficulty when using the card in PnP mode
+# when it the driver is compiled into the kernel. Using non-PnP mode
+# is preferable in this case.
+#
+# Here is an example mypinnacle.conf for isapnp that sets the card to
+# io base 0x210, irq 5 and mem 0xd8000, and also sets the Kurzweil
+# synth to 0x330 and irq 9 (may need editing for your system):
+#
+# (READPORT 0x0203)
+# (CSN 2)
+# (IDENTIFY *)
+#
+# # DSP
+# (CONFIGURE BVJ0440/-1 (LD 0
+# (INT 0 (IRQ 5 (MODE +E))) (IO 0 (BASE 0x0210)) (MEM 0 (BASE 0x0d8000))
+# (ACT Y)))
+#
+# # Kurzweil Synth (Pinnacle Only)
+# (CONFIGURE BVJ0440/-1 (LD 1
+# (IO 0 (BASE 0x0330)) (INT 0 (IRQ 9 (MODE +E)))
+# (ACT Y)))
+#
+# (WAITFORKEY)
+#
+#
+# *** Non-PnP mode
+#
+# The second way is by running the card in non-PnP mode. This
+# actually has some advantages in that you can access some other
+# devices on the card, such as the joystick and IDE controller. To
+# configure the card, unpack this shell archive and build the
+# pinnaclecfg program. Using this program, you can assign the
+# resource values to the card's devices, or disable the devices. As
+# an alternative to using pinnaclecfg, you can specify many of the
+# configuration values when loading the snd-msnd-pinnacle module (or
+# during kernel configuration when compiling the driver into the
+# kernel).
+#
+# If you specify cfg=0x250 for the snd-msnd-pinnacle module, it
+# automatically configure the card to the given io, irq and memory
+# values using that config port (the config port is jumper selectable
+# on the card to 0x250, 0x260 or 0x270).
+#
+# See the `snd-msnd-pinnacle Additional Options' section below for more
+# information on these parameters (also, if you compile the driver
+# directly into the kernel, these extra parameters can be useful
+# here).
+#
+#
+# ** It is very easy to cause problems in your machine if you choose a
+# resource value which is incorrect. **
+#
+#
+# Examples
+# ~~~~~~~~
+#
+# * MultiSound Classic/Monterey/Tahiti:
+#
+# modprobe snd
+# insmod snd-msnd-lib
+# insmod snd-msnd-classic io=0x290 irq=7 mem=0xd0000
+#
+# * MultiSound Pinnacle in PnP mode:
+#
+# modprobe snd
+# insmod snd-msnd-lib
+# isapnp mypinnacle.conf
+# insmod snd-msnd-pinnacle io=0x210 irq=5 mem=0xd8000 <-- match mypinnacle.conf values
+#
+# * MultiSound Pinnacle in non-PnP mode (replace 0x250 with your configuration port,
+# one of 0x250, 0x260 or 0x270):
+#
+# modprobe snd
+# insmod snd-msnd-lib
+# insmod snd-msnd-pinnacle cfg=0x250 io=0x290 irq=5 mem=0xd0000
+#
+# * To use the MPU-compatible Kurzweil synth on the Pinnacle in PnP
+# mode, add the following (assumes you did `isapnp mypinnacle.conf'):
+#
+# insmod snd
+# insmod mpu401 io=0x330 irq=9 <-- match mypinnacle.conf values
+#
+# * To use the MPU-compatible Kurzweil synth on the Pinnacle in non-PnP
+# mode, add the following. Note how we first configure the peripheral's
+# resources, _then_ install a Linux driver for it:
+#
+# insmod snd
+# pinnaclecfg 0x250 mpu 0x330 9
+# insmod mpu401 io=0x330 irq=9
+#
+# -- OR you can use the following sequence without pinnaclecfg in non-PnP mode:
+#
+# modprobe snd
+# insmod snd-msnd-lib
+# insmod snd-msnd-pinnacle cfg=0x250 io=0x290 irq=5 mem=0xd0000 mpu_io=0x330 mpu_irq=9
+# insmod snd
+# insmod mpu401 io=0x330 irq=9
+#
+# * To setup the joystick port on the Pinnacle in non-PnP mode (though
+# you have to find the actual Linux joystick driver elsewhere), you
+# can use pinnaclecfg:
+#
+# pinnaclecfg 0x250 joystick 0x200
+#
+# -- OR you can configure this using snd-msnd-pinnacle with the following:
+#
+# modprobe snd
+# insmod snd-msnd-lib
+# insmod snd-msnd-pinnacle cfg=0x250 io=0x290 irq=5 mem=0xd0000 joystick_io=0x200
+#
+#
+# snd-msnd-classic, snd-msnd-pinnacle Required Options
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# If the following options are not given, the module will not load.
+# Examine the kernel message log for informative error messages.
+# WARNING--probing isn't supported so try to make sure you have the
+# correct shared memory area, otherwise you may experience problems.
+#
+# io I/O base of DSP, e.g. io=0x210
+# irq IRQ number, e.g. irq=5
+# mem Shared memory area, e.g. mem=0xd8000
+#
+#
+# snd-msnd-classic, snd-msnd-pinnacle Additional Options
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# fifosize The digital audio FIFOs, in kilobytes. If not
+# specified, the default will be used. Increasing
+# this value will reduce the chance of a FIFO
+# underflow at the expense of increasing overall
+# latency. For example, fifosize=512 will
+# allocate 512kB read and write FIFOs (1MB total).
+# While this may reduce dropouts, a heavy machine
+# load will undoubtedly starve the FIFO of data
+# and you will eventually get dropouts. One
+# option is to alter the scheduling priority of
+# the playback process, using `nice' or some form
+# of POSIX soft real-time scheduling.
+#
+# calibrate_signal Setting this to one calibrates the ADCs to the
+# signal, zero calibrates to the card (defaults
+# to zero).
+#
+#
+# snd-msnd-pinnacle Additional Options
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# digital Specify digital=1 to enable the S/PDIF input
+# if you have the digital daughterboard
+# adapter. This will enable access to the
+# DIGITAL1 input for the soundcard in the mixer.
+# Some mixer programs might have trouble setting
+# the DIGITAL1 source as an input. If you have
+# trouble, you can try the setdigital.c program
+# at the bottom of this document.
+#
+# cfg Non-PnP configuration port for the Pinnacle
+# and Fiji (typically 0x250, 0x260 or 0x270,
+# depending on the jumper configuration). If
+# this option is omitted, then it is assumed
+# that the card is in PnP mode, and that the
+# specified DSP resource values are already
+# configured with PnP (i.e. it won't attempt to
+# do any sort of configuration).
+#
+# When the Pinnacle is in non-PnP mode, you can use the following
+# options to configure particular devices. If a full specification
+# for a device is not given, then the device is not configured. Note
+# that you still must use a Linux driver for any of these devices
+# once their resources are setup (such as the Linux joystick driver,
+# or the MPU401 driver from OSS for the Kurzweil synth).
+#
+# mpu_io I/O port of MPU (on-board Kurzweil synth)
+# mpu_irq IRQ of MPU (on-board Kurzweil synth)
+# ide_io0 First I/O port of IDE controller
+# ide_io1 Second I/O port of IDE controller
+# ide_irq IRQ IDE controller
+# joystick_io I/O port of joystick
+#
+#
+# Obtaining and Creating Firmware Files
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# For the Classic/Tahiti/Monterey
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# Download to /tmp and unzip the following file from Turtle Beach:
+#
+# ftp://ftp.voyetra.com/pub/tbs/msndcl/msndvkit.zip
+#
+# When unzipped, unzip the file named MsndFiles.zip. Then copy the
+# following firmware files to /etc/sound (note the file renaming):
+#
+# cp DSPCODE/MSNDINIT.BIN /etc/sound/msndinit.bin
+# cp DSPCODE/MSNDPERM.REB /etc/sound/msndperm.bin
+#
+# When configuring the Linux kernel, specify /etc/sound/msndinit.bin and
+# /etc/sound/msndperm.bin for the two firmware files (Linux kernel
+# versions older than 2.2 do not ask for firmware paths, and are
+# hardcoded to /etc/sound).
+#
+# If you are compiling the driver into the kernel, these files must
+# be accessible during compilation, but will not be needed later.
+# The files must remain, however, if the driver is used as a module.
+#
+#
+# For the Pinnacle/Fiji
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# Download to /tmp and unzip the following file from Turtle Beach (be
+# sure to use the entire URL; some have had trouble navigating to the
+# URL):
+#
+# ftp://ftp.voyetra.com/pub/tbs/pinn/pnddk100.zip
+#
+# Unpack this shell archive, and run make in the created directory
+# (you need a C compiler and flex to build the utilities). This
+# should give you the executables conv, pinnaclecfg and setdigital.
+# conv is only used temporarily here to create the firmware files,
+# while pinnaclecfg is used to configure the Pinnacle or Fiji card in
+# non-PnP mode, and setdigital can be used to set the S/PDIF input on
+# the mixer (pinnaclecfg and setdigital should be copied to a
+# convenient place, possibly run during system initialization).
+#
+# To generating the firmware files with the `conv' program, we create
+# the binary firmware files by doing the following conversion
+# (assuming the archive unpacked into a directory named PINNDDK):
+#
+# ./conv < PINNDDK/dspcode/pndspini.asm > /etc/sound/pndspini.bin
+# ./conv < PINNDDK/dspcode/pndsperm.asm > /etc/sound/pndsperm.bin
+#
+# The conv (and conv.l) program is not needed after conversion and can
+# be safely deleted. Then, when configuring the Linux kernel, specify
+# /etc/sound/pndspini.bin and /etc/sound/pndsperm.bin for the two
+# firmware files (Linux kernel versions older than 2.2 do not ask for
+# firmware paths, and are hardcoded to /etc/sound).
+#
+# If you are compiling the driver into the kernel, these files must
+# be accessible during compilation, but will not be needed later.
+# The files must remain, however, if the driver is used as a module.
+#
+#
+# Using Digital I/O with the S/PDIF Port
+# ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+#
+# If you have a Pinnacle or Fiji with the digital daughterboard and
+# want to set it as the input source, you can use this program if you
+# have trouble trying to do it with a mixer program (be sure to
+# insert the module with the digital=1 option, or say Y to the option
+# during compiled-in kernel operation). Upon selection of the S/PDIF
+# port, you should be able monitor and record from it.
+#
+# There is something to note about using the S/PDIF port. Digital
+# timing is taken from the digital signal, so if a signal is not
+# connected to the port and it is selected as recording input, you
+# will find PCM playback to be distorted in playback rate. Also,
+# attempting to record at a sampling rate other than the DAT rate may
+# be problematic (i.e. trying to record at 8000Hz when the DAT signal
+# is 44100Hz). If you have a problem with this, set the recording
+# input to analog if you need to record at a rate other than that of
+# the DAT rate.
+#
+#
+# -- Shell archive attached below, just run `sh MultiSound' to extract.
+# Contains Pinnacle/Fiji utilities to convert firmware, configure
+# in non-PnP mode, and select the DIGITAL1 input for the mixer.
+#
+#
+#!/bin/sh
+# This is a shell archive (produced by GNU sharutils 4.2).
+# To extract the files from this archive, save it to some FILE, remove
+# everything before the `!/bin/sh' line above, then type `sh FILE'.
+#
+# Made on 1998-12-04 10:07 EST by <andrewtv@ztransform.velsoft.com>.
+# Source directory was `/home/andrewtv/programming/pinnacle/pinnacle'.
+#
+# Existing files will *not* be overwritten unless `-c' is specified.
+#
+# This shar contains:
+# length mode name
+# ------ ---------- ------------------------------------------
+# 2064 -rw-rw-r-- MultiSound.d/setdigital.c
+# 10224 -rw-rw-r-- MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c
+# 106 -rw-rw-r-- MultiSound.d/Makefile
+# 146 -rw-rw-r-- MultiSound.d/conv.l
+# 1491 -rw-rw-r-- MultiSound.d/msndreset.c
+#
+save_IFS="${IFS}"
+IFS="${IFS}:"
+gettext_dir=FAILED
+locale_dir=FAILED
+first_param="$1"
+for dir in $PATH
+do
+ if test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/gettext \
+ && ($dir/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1)
+ then
+ set `$dir/gettext --version 2>&1`
+ if test "$3" = GNU
+ then
+ gettext_dir=$dir
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/shar \
+ && ($dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1)
+ then
+ locale_dir=`$dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir`
+ fi
+done
+IFS="$save_IFS"
+if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED || test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED
+then
+ echo=echo
+else
+ TEXTDOMAINDIR=$locale_dir
+ export TEXTDOMAINDIR
+ TEXTDOMAIN=sharutils
+ export TEXTDOMAIN
+ echo="$gettext_dir/gettext -s"
+fi
+touch -am 1231235999 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1
+if test ! -f 1231235999 && test -f $$.touch; then
+ shar_touch=touch
+else
+ shar_touch=:
+ echo
+ $echo 'WARNING: not restoring timestamps. Consider getting and'
+ $echo "installing GNU \`touch', distributed in GNU File Utilities..."
+ echo
+fi
+rm -f 1231235999 $$.touch
+#
+if mkdir _sh01426; then
+ $echo 'x -' 'creating lock directory'
+else
+ $echo 'failed to create lock directory'
+ exit 1
+fi
+# ============= MultiSound.d/setdigital.c ==============
+if test ! -d 'MultiSound.d'; then
+ $echo 'x -' 'creating directory' 'MultiSound.d'
+ mkdir 'MultiSound.d'
+fi
+if test -f 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+ $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' '(file already exists)'
+else
+ $echo 'x -' extracting 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' '(text)'
+ sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' &&
+/*********************************************************************
+X *
+X * setdigital.c - sets the DIGITAL1 input for a mixer
+X *
+X * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Veliath
+X *
+X * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+X * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+X * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+X * (at your option) any later version.
+X *
+X * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+X * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+X * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+X * GNU General Public License for more details.
+X *
+X * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+X * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+X * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+X *
+X ********************************************************************/
+X
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/soundcard.h>
+X
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int fd;
+X unsigned long recmask, recsrc;
+X
+X if (argc != 2) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "usage: setdigital <mixer device>\n");
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if ((fd = open(argv[1], O_RDWR)) < 0) {
+X perror(argv[1]);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECMASK, &recmask) < 0) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: ioctl read recording mask failed\n");
+X perror("ioctl");
+X close(fd);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if (!(recmask & SOUND_MASK_DIGITAL1)) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: cannot find DIGITAL1 device in mixer\n");
+X close(fd);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &recsrc) < 0) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: ioctl read recording source failed\n");
+X perror("ioctl");
+X close(fd);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X recsrc |= SOUND_MASK_DIGITAL1;
+X
+X if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_RECSRC, &recsrc) < 0) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: ioctl write recording source failed\n");
+X perror("ioctl");
+X close(fd);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X close(fd);
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+SHAR_EOF
+ $shar_touch -am 1204092598 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' &&
+ chmod 0664 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' ||
+ $echo 'restore of' 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c' 'failed'
+ if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+ md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || $echo 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c:' 'MD5 check failed'
+e87217fc3e71288102ba41fd81f71ec4 MultiSound.d/setdigital.c
+SHAR_EOF
+ else
+ shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c'`"
+ test 2064 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+ $echo 'MultiSound.d/setdigital.c:' 'original size' '2064,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+ fi
+fi
+# ============= MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c ==============
+if test -f 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+ $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' '(file already exists)'
+else
+ $echo 'x -' extracting 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' '(text)'
+ sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' &&
+/*********************************************************************
+X *
+X * pinnaclecfg.c - Pinnacle/Fiji Device Configuration Program
+X *
+X * This is for NON-PnP mode only. For PnP mode, use isapnptools.
+X *
+X * This is Linux-specific, and must be run with root permissions.
+X *
+X * Part of the Turtle Beach MultiSound Sound Card Driver for Linux
+X *
+X * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Veliath
+X *
+X * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+X * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+X * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+X * (at your option) any later version.
+X *
+X * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+X * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+X * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+X * GNU General Public License for more details.
+X *
+X * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+X * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+X * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+X *
+X ********************************************************************/
+X
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <asm/types.h>
+#include <sys/io.h>
+X
+#define IREG_LOGDEVICE 0x07
+#define IREG_ACTIVATE 0x30
+#define LD_ACTIVATE 0x01
+#define LD_DISACTIVATE 0x00
+#define IREG_EECONTROL 0x3F
+#define IREG_MEMBASEHI 0x40
+#define IREG_MEMBASELO 0x41
+#define IREG_MEMCONTROL 0x42
+#define IREG_MEMRANGEHI 0x43
+#define IREG_MEMRANGELO 0x44
+#define MEMTYPE_8BIT 0x00
+#define MEMTYPE_16BIT 0x02
+#define MEMTYPE_RANGE 0x00
+#define MEMTYPE_HIADDR 0x01
+#define IREG_IO0_BASEHI 0x60
+#define IREG_IO0_BASELO 0x61
+#define IREG_IO1_BASEHI 0x62
+#define IREG_IO1_BASELO 0x63
+#define IREG_IRQ_NUMBER 0x70
+#define IREG_IRQ_TYPE 0x71
+#define IRQTYPE_HIGH 0x02
+#define IRQTYPE_LOW 0x00
+#define IRQTYPE_LEVEL 0x01
+#define IRQTYPE_EDGE 0x00
+X
+#define HIBYTE(w) ((BYTE)(((WORD)(w) >> 8) & 0xFF))
+#define LOBYTE(w) ((BYTE)(w))
+#define MAKEWORD(low,hi) ((WORD)(((BYTE)(low))|(((WORD)((BYTE)(hi)))<<8)))
+X
+typedef __u8 BYTE;
+typedef __u16 USHORT;
+typedef __u16 WORD;
+X
+static int config_port = -1;
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg(int cfg, int reg, int value)
+{
+X outb(reg, cfg);
+X outb(value, cfg + 1);
+X if (value != inb(cfg + 1)) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: msnd_write_cfg: I/O error\n");
+X return -EIO;
+X }
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg(int cfg, int reg)
+{
+X outb(reg, cfg);
+X return inb(cfg + 1);
+}
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg_io0(int cfg, int num, WORD io)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO0_BASEHI, HIBYTE(io)))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO0_BASELO, LOBYTE(io)))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg_io0(int cfg, int num, WORD *io)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X
+X *io = MAKEWORD(msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO0_BASELO),
+X msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO0_BASEHI));
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg_io1(int cfg, int num, WORD io)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO1_BASEHI, HIBYTE(io)))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO1_BASELO, LOBYTE(io)))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg_io1(int cfg, int num, WORD *io)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X
+X *io = MAKEWORD(msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO1_BASELO),
+X msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_IO1_BASEHI));
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg_irq(int cfg, int num, WORD irq)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IRQ_NUMBER, LOBYTE(irq)))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_IRQ_TYPE, IRQTYPE_EDGE))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg_irq(int cfg, int num, WORD *irq)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X
+X *irq = msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_IRQ_NUMBER);
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg_mem(int cfg, int num, int mem)
+{
+X WORD wmem;
+X
+X mem >>= 8;
+X mem &= 0xfff;
+X wmem = (WORD)mem;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_MEMBASEHI, HIBYTE(wmem)))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_MEMBASELO, LOBYTE(wmem)))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (wmem && msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_MEMCONTROL, (MEMTYPE_HIADDR | MEMTYPE_16BIT)))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg_mem(int cfg, int num, int *mem)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X
+X *mem = MAKEWORD(msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_MEMBASELO),
+X msnd_read_cfg(cfg, IREG_MEMBASEHI));
+X *mem <<= 8;
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_activate_logical(int cfg, int num)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_ACTIVATE, LD_ACTIVATE))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_write_cfg_logical(int cfg, int num, WORD io0, WORD io1, WORD irq, int mem)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg_io0(cfg, num, io0))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg_io1(cfg, num, io1))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg_irq(cfg, num, irq))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_write_cfg_mem(cfg, num, mem))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_activate_logical(cfg, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int msnd_read_cfg_logical(int cfg, int num, WORD *io0, WORD *io1, WORD *irq, int *mem)
+{
+X if (msnd_write_cfg(cfg, IREG_LOGDEVICE, num))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_read_cfg_io0(cfg, num, io0))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_read_cfg_io1(cfg, num, io1))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_read_cfg_irq(cfg, num, irq))
+X return -EIO;
+X if (msnd_read_cfg_mem(cfg, num, mem))
+X return -EIO;
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static void usage(void)
+{
+X fprintf(stderr,
+X "\n"
+X "pinnaclecfg 1.0\n"
+X "\n"
+X "usage: pinnaclecfg <config port> [device config]\n"
+X "\n"
+X "This is for use with the card in NON-PnP mode only.\n"
+X "\n"
+X "Available devices (not all available for Fiji):\n"
+X "\n"
+X " Device Description\n"
+X " -------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
+X " reset Reset all devices (i.e. disable)\n"
+X " show Display current device configurations\n"
+X "\n"
+X " dsp <io> <irq> <mem> Audio device\n"
+X " mpu <io> <irq> Internal Kurzweil synth\n"
+X " ide <io0> <io1> <irq> On-board IDE controller\n"
+X " joystick <io> Joystick port\n"
+X "\n");
+X exit(1);
+}
+X
+static int cfg_reset(void)
+{
+X int i;
+X
+X for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
+X msnd_write_cfg_logical(config_port, i, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int cfg_show(void)
+{
+X int i;
+X int count = 0;
+X
+X for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
+X WORD io0, io1, irq;
+X int mem;
+X msnd_read_cfg_logical(config_port, i, &io0, &io1, &irq, &mem);
+X switch (i) {
+X case 0:
+X if (io0 || irq || mem) {
+X printf("dsp 0x%x %d 0x%x\n", io0, irq, mem);
+X ++count;
+X }
+X break;
+X case 1:
+X if (io0 || irq) {
+X printf("mpu 0x%x %d\n", io0, irq);
+X ++count;
+X }
+X break;
+X case 2:
+X if (io0 || io1 || irq) {
+X printf("ide 0x%x 0x%x %d\n", io0, io1, irq);
+X ++count;
+X }
+X break;
+X case 3:
+X if (io0) {
+X printf("joystick 0x%x\n", io0);
+X ++count;
+X }
+X break;
+X }
+X }
+X
+X if (count == 0)
+X fprintf(stderr, "no devices configured\n");
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+X
+static int cfg_dsp(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int io, irq, mem;
+X
+X if (argc < 3 ||
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &io) != 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &irq) != 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[2], "0x%x", &mem) != 1)
+X usage();
+X
+X if (!(io == 0x290 ||
+X io == 0x260 ||
+X io == 0x250 ||
+X io == 0x240 ||
+X io == 0x230 ||
+X io == 0x220 ||
+X io == 0x210 ||
+X io == 0x3e0)) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: io must be one of "
+X "210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 290, or 3E0\n");
+X usage();
+X }
+X
+X if (!(irq == 5 ||
+X irq == 7 ||
+X irq == 9 ||
+X irq == 10 ||
+X irq == 11 ||
+X irq == 12)) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: irq must be one of "
+X "5, 7, 9, 10, 11 or 12\n");
+X usage();
+X }
+X
+X if (!(mem == 0xb0000 ||
+X mem == 0xc8000 ||
+X mem == 0xd0000 ||
+X mem == 0xd8000 ||
+X mem == 0xe0000 ||
+X mem == 0xe8000)) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: mem must be one of "
+X "0xb0000, 0xc8000, 0xd0000, 0xd8000, 0xe0000 or 0xe8000\n");
+X usage();
+X }
+X
+X return msnd_write_cfg_logical(config_port, 0, io, 0, irq, mem);
+}
+X
+static int cfg_mpu(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int io, irq;
+X
+X if (argc < 2 ||
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &io) != 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &irq) != 1)
+X usage();
+X
+X return msnd_write_cfg_logical(config_port, 1, io, 0, irq, 0);
+}
+X
+static int cfg_ide(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int io0, io1, irq;
+X
+X if (argc < 3 ||
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &io0) != 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &io1) != 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &irq) != 1)
+X usage();
+X
+X return msnd_write_cfg_logical(config_port, 2, io0, io1, irq, 0);
+}
+X
+static int cfg_joystick(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int io;
+X
+X if (argc < 1 ||
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &io) != 1)
+X usage();
+X
+X return msnd_write_cfg_logical(config_port, 3, io, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+X
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X char *device;
+X int rv = 0;
+X
+X --argc; ++argv;
+X
+X if (argc < 2)
+X usage();
+X
+X sscanf(argv[0], "0x%x", &config_port);
+X if (config_port != 0x250 && config_port != 0x260 && config_port != 0x270) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: <config port> must be 0x250, 0x260 or 0x270\n");
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X if (ioperm(config_port, 2, 1)) {
+X perror("ioperm");
+X fprintf(stderr, "note: pinnaclecfg must be run as root\n");
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X device = argv[1];
+X
+X argc -= 2; argv += 2;
+X
+X if (strcmp(device, "reset") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_reset();
+X else if (strcmp(device, "show") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_show();
+X else if (strcmp(device, "dsp") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_dsp(argc, argv);
+X else if (strcmp(device, "mpu") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_mpu(argc, argv);
+X else if (strcmp(device, "ide") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_ide(argc, argv);
+X else if (strcmp(device, "joystick") == 0)
+X rv = cfg_joystick(argc, argv);
+X else {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: unknown device %s\n", device);
+X usage();
+X }
+X
+X if (rv)
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: device configuration failed\n");
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+SHAR_EOF
+ $shar_touch -am 1204092598 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' &&
+ chmod 0664 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' ||
+ $echo 'restore of' 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c' 'failed'
+ if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+ md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || $echo 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c:' 'MD5 check failed'
+366bdf27f0db767a3c7921d0a6db20fe MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c
+SHAR_EOF
+ else
+ shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c'`"
+ test 10224 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+ $echo 'MultiSound.d/pinnaclecfg.c:' 'original size' '10224,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+ fi
+fi
+# ============= MultiSound.d/Makefile ==============
+if test -f 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+ $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' '(file already exists)'
+else
+ $echo 'x -' extracting 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' '(text)'
+ sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' &&
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -O
+PROGS = setdigital msndreset pinnaclecfg conv
+X
+all: $(PROGS)
+X
+clean:
+X rm -f $(PROGS)
+SHAR_EOF
+ $shar_touch -am 1204092398 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' &&
+ chmod 0664 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' ||
+ $echo 'restore of' 'MultiSound.d/Makefile' 'failed'
+ if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+ md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || $echo 'MultiSound.d/Makefile:' 'MD5 check failed'
+76ca8bb44e3882edcf79c97df6c81845 MultiSound.d/Makefile
+SHAR_EOF
+ else
+ shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'MultiSound.d/Makefile'`"
+ test 106 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+ $echo 'MultiSound.d/Makefile:' 'original size' '106,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+ fi
+fi
+# ============= MultiSound.d/conv.l ==============
+if test -f 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+ $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' '(file already exists)'
+else
+ $echo 'x -' extracting 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' '(text)'
+ sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' &&
+%%
+[ \n\t,\r]
+\;.*
+DB
+[0-9A-Fa-f]+H { int n; sscanf(yytext, "%xH", &n); printf("%c", n); }
+%%
+int yywrap() { return 1; }
+void main() { yylex(); }
+SHAR_EOF
+ $shar_touch -am 0828231798 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' &&
+ chmod 0664 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' ||
+ $echo 'restore of' 'MultiSound.d/conv.l' 'failed'
+ if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+ md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || $echo 'MultiSound.d/conv.l:' 'MD5 check failed'
+d2411fc32cd71a00dcdc1f009e858dd2 MultiSound.d/conv.l
+SHAR_EOF
+ else
+ shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'MultiSound.d/conv.l'`"
+ test 146 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+ $echo 'MultiSound.d/conv.l:' 'original size' '146,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+ fi
+fi
+# ============= MultiSound.d/msndreset.c ==============
+if test -f 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+ $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' '(file already exists)'
+else
+ $echo 'x -' extracting 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' '(text)'
+ sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' &&
+/*********************************************************************
+X *
+X * msndreset.c - resets the MultiSound card
+X *
+X * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Veliath
+X *
+X * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+X * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+X * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+X * (at your option) any later version.
+X *
+X * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+X * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+X * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+X * GNU General Public License for more details.
+X *
+X * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+X * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+X * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+X *
+X ********************************************************************/
+X
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/soundcard.h>
+X
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+X int fd;
+X
+X if (argc != 2) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "usage: msndreset <mixer device>\n");
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if ((fd = open(argv[1], O_RDWR)) < 0) {
+X perror(argv[1]);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE1, 0) < 0) {
+X fprintf(stderr, "error: msnd ioctl reset failed\n");
+X perror("ioctl");
+X close(fd);
+X exit(1);
+X }
+X
+X close(fd);
+X
+X return 0;
+}
+SHAR_EOF
+ $shar_touch -am 1204100698 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' &&
+ chmod 0664 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' ||
+ $echo 'restore of' 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c' 'failed'
+ if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+ md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || $echo 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c:' 'MD5 check failed'
+c52f876521084e8eb25e12e01dcccb8a MultiSound.d/msndreset.c
+SHAR_EOF
+ else
+ shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c'`"
+ test 1491 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+ $echo 'MultiSound.d/msndreset.c:' 'original size' '1491,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -fr _sh01426
+exit 0
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/sb-live-mixer.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/sb-live-mixer.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ce41d382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/sb-live-mixer.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+===========================================
+Sound Blaster Live mixer / default DSP code
+===========================================
+
+
+The EMU10K1 chips have a DSP part which can be programmed to support
+various ways of sample processing, which is described here.
+(This article does not deal with the overall functionality of the
+EMU10K1 chips. See the manuals section for further details.)
+
+The ALSA driver programs this portion of chip by default code
+(can be altered later) which offers the following functionality:
+
+
+IEC958 (S/PDIF) raw PCM
+=======================
+
+This PCM device (it's the 4th PCM device (index 3!) and first subdevice
+(index 0) for a given card) allows to forward 48kHz, stereo, 16-bit
+little endian streams without any modifications to the digital output
+(coaxial or optical). The universal interface allows the creation of up
+to 8 raw PCM devices operating at 48kHz, 16-bit little endian. It would
+be easy to add support for multichannel devices to the current code,
+but the conversion routines exist only for stereo (2-channel streams)
+at the time.
+
+Look to tram_poke routines in lowlevel/emu10k1/emufx.c for more details.
+
+
+Digital mixer controls
+======================
+
+These controls are built using the DSP instructions. They offer extended
+functionality. Only the default build-in code in the ALSA driver is described
+here. Note that the controls work as attenuators: the maximum value is the
+neutral position leaving the signal unchanged. Note that if the same destination
+is mentioned in multiple controls, the signal is accumulated and can be wrapped
+(set to maximal or minimal value without checking of overflow).
+
+
+Explanation of used abbreviations:
+
+DAC
+ digital to analog converter
+ADC
+ analog to digital converter
+I2S
+ one-way three wire serial bus for digital sound by Philips Semiconductors
+ (this standard is used for connecting standalone DAC and ADC converters)
+LFE
+ low frequency effects (subwoofer signal)
+AC97
+ a chip containing an analog mixer, DAC and ADC converters
+IEC958
+ S/PDIF
+FX-bus
+ the EMU10K1 chip has an effect bus containing 16 accumulators.
+ Each of the synthesizer voices can feed its output to these accumulators
+ and the DSP microcontroller can operate with the resulting sum.
+
+
+``name='Wave Playback Volume',index=0``
+---------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM samples.
+The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Wave Surround Playback Volume',index=0``
+------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM samples.
+The result samples are forwarded to the rear I2S DACs. These DACs operates
+separately (they are not inside the AC97 codec).
+
+``name='Wave Center Playback Volume',index=0``
+----------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM samples.
+The result is mixed to mono signal (single channel) and forwarded to
+the ??rear?? right DAC PCM slot of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Wave LFE Playback Volume',index=0``
+-------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM.
+The result is mixed to mono signal (single channel) and forwarded to
+the ??rear?? left DAC PCM slot of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Wave Capture Volume',index=0``, ``name='Wave Capture Switch',index=0``
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These controls are used to attenuate samples for left and right PCM FX-bus
+accumulator. ALSA uses accumulators 0 and 1 for left and right PCM.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+``name='Synth Playback Volume',index=0``
+----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right MIDI FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 4 and 5 for left and right MIDI samples.
+The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Synth Capture Volume',index=0``, ``name='Synth Capture Switch',index=0``
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These controls are used to attenuate samples for left and right MIDI FX-bus
+accumulator. ALSA uses accumulators 4 and 5 for left and right PCM.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+``name='Surround Playback Volume',index=0``
+-------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right rear PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 2 and 3 for left and right rear PCM samples.
+The result samples are forwarded to the rear I2S DACs. These DACs operate
+separately (they are not inside the AC97 codec).
+
+``name='Surround Capture Volume',index=0``, ``name='Surround Capture Switch',index=0``
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These controls are used to attenuate samples for left and right rear PCM FX-bus
+accumulators. ALSA uses accumulators 2 and 3 for left and right rear PCM samples.
+The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture
+PCM device).
+
+``name='Center Playback Volume',index=0``
+-----------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate sample for center PCM FX-bus accumulator.
+ALSA uses accumulator 6 for center PCM sample. The result sample is forwarded
+to the ??rear?? right DAC PCM slot of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='LFE Playback Volume',index=0``
+--------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate sample for center PCM FX-bus accumulator.
+ALSA uses accumulator 6 for center PCM sample. The result sample is forwarded
+to the ??rear?? left DAC PCM slot of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='AC97 Playback Volume',index=0``
+---------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right front ADC PCM slots
+of the AC97 codec. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM
+slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+.. note::
+ This control should be zero for the standard operations, otherwise
+ a digital loopback is activated.
+
+
+``name='AC97 Capture Volume',index=0``
+--------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples for left and right front ADC PCM slots
+of the AC97 codec. The result is forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to
+the standard capture PCM device).
+
+.. note::
+ This control should be 100 (maximal value), otherwise no analog
+ inputs of the AC97 codec can be captured (recorded).
+
+``name='IEC958 TTL Playback Volume',index=0``
+---------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 TTL
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='IEC958 TTL Capture Volume',index=0``
+--------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 TTL
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+``name='Zoom Video Playback Volume',index=0``
+---------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right zoom video
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Zoom Video Capture Volume',index=0``
+--------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right zoom video
+digital inputs (usually used by a CDROM drive). The result samples are
+forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+``name='IEC958 LiveDrive Playback Volume',index=0``
+---------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 optical
+digital input. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots
+of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='IEC958 LiveDrive Capture Volume',index=0``
+--------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 optical
+digital inputs. The result samples are forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO
+(thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+``name='IEC958 Coaxial Playback Volume',index=0``
+-------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 coaxial
+digital inputs. The result samples are forwarded to the front DAC PCM slots
+of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='IEC958 Coaxial Capture Volume',index=0``
+------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right IEC958 coaxial
+digital inputs. The result samples are forwarded to the ADC capture FIFO
+(thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+``name='Line LiveDrive Playback Volume',index=0``, ``name='Line LiveDrive Playback Volume',index=1``
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the LiveDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the front
+DAC PCM slots of the AC97 codec.
+
+``name='Line LiveDrive Capture Volume',index=1``, ``name='Line LiveDrive Capture Volume',index=1``
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This control is used to attenuate samples from left and right I2S ADC
+inputs (on the LiveDrive). The result samples are forwarded to the ADC
+capture FIFO (thus to the standard capture PCM device).
+
+``name='Tone Control - Switch',index=0``
+----------------------------------------
+This control turns the tone control on or off. The samples for front, rear
+and center / LFE outputs are affected.
+
+``name='Tone Control - Bass',index=0``
+--------------------------------------
+This control sets the bass intensity. There is no neutral value!!
+When the tone control code is activated, the samples are always modified.
+The closest value to pure signal is 20.
+
+``name='Tone Control - Treble',index=0``
+----------------------------------------
+This control sets the treble intensity. There is no neutral value!!
+When the tone control code is activated, the samples are always modified.
+The closest value to pure signal is 20.
+
+``name='IEC958 Optical Raw Playback Switch',index=0``
+-----------------------------------------------------
+If this switch is on, then the samples for the IEC958 (S/PDIF) digital
+output are taken only from the raw FX8010 PCM, otherwise standard front
+PCM samples are taken.
+
+``name='Headphone Playback Volume',index=1``
+--------------------------------------------
+This control attenuates the samples for the headphone output.
+
+``name='Headphone Center Playback Switch',index=1``
+---------------------------------------------------
+If this switch is on, then the sample for the center PCM is put to the
+left headphone output (useful for SB Live cards without separate center/LFE
+output).
+
+``name='Headphone LFE Playback Switch',index=1``
+------------------------------------------------
+If this switch is on, then the sample for the center PCM is put to the
+right headphone output (useful for SB Live cards without separate center/LFE
+output).
+
+
+PCM stream related controls
+===========================
+
+``name='EMU10K1 PCM Volume',index 0-31``
+----------------------------------------
+Channel volume attenuation in range 0-0xffff. The maximum value (no
+attenuation) is default. The channel mapping for three values is
+as follows:
+
+* 0 - mono, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+* 1 - left, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+* 2 - right, default 0xffff (no attenuation)
+
+``name='EMU10K1 PCM Send Routing',index 0-31``
+----------------------------------------------
+This control specifies the destination - FX-bus accumulators. There are
+twelve values with this mapping:
+
+* 0 - mono, A destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 0
+* 1 - mono, B destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 1
+* 2 - mono, C destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 2
+* 3 - mono, D destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 3
+* 4 - left, A destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 0
+* 5 - left, B destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 1
+* 6 - left, C destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 2
+* 7 - left, D destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 3
+* 8 - right, A destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 0
+* 9 - right, B destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 1
+* 10 - right, C destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 2
+* 11 - right, D destination (FX-bus 0-15), default 3
+
+Don't forget that it's illegal to assign a channel to the same FX-bus accumulator
+more than once (it means 0=0 && 1=0 is an invalid combination).
+
+``name='EMU10K1 PCM Send Volume',index 0-31``
+---------------------------------------------
+It specifies the attenuation (amount) for given destination in range 0-255.
+The channel mapping is following:
+
+* 0 - mono, A destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 1 - mono, B destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 2 - mono, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 3 - mono, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 4 - left, A destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 5 - left, B destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 6 - left, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 7 - left, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 8 - right, A destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 9 - right, B destination attn, default 255 (no attenuation)
+* 10 - right, C destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+* 11 - right, D destination attn, default 0 (mute)
+
+
+
+MANUALS/PATENTS
+===============
+
+ftp://opensource.creative.com/pub/doc
+-------------------------------------
+
+LM4545.pdf
+ AC97 Codec
+m2049.pdf
+ The EMU10K1 Digital Audio Processor
+hog63.ps
+ FX8010 - A DSP Chip Architecture for Audio Effects
+
+
+WIPO Patents
+------------
+
+WO 9901813 (A1)
+ Audio Effects Processor with multiple asynchronous streams
+ (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+WO 9901814 (A1)
+ Processor with Instruction Set for Audio Effects (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+WO 9901953 (A1)
+ Audio Effects Processor having Decoupled Instruction
+ Execution and Audio Data Sequencing (Jan. 14, 1999)
+
+
+US Patents (https://www.uspto.gov/)
+-----------------------------------
+
+US 5925841
+ Digital Sampling Instrument employing cache memory (Jul. 20, 1999)
+
+US 5928342
+ Audio Effects Processor integrated on a single chip
+ with a multiport memory onto which multiple asynchronous
+ digital sound samples can be concurrently loaded
+ (Jul. 27, 1999)
+
+US 5930158
+ Processor with Instruction Set for Audio Effects (Jul. 27, 1999)
+
+US 6032235
+ Memory initialization circuit (Tram) (Feb. 29, 2000)
+
+US 6138207
+ Interpolation looping of audio samples in cache connected to
+ system bus with prioritization and modification of bus transfers
+ in accordance with loop ends and minimum block sizes
+ (Oct. 24, 2000)
+
+US 6151670
+ Method for conserving memory storage using a
+ pool of short term memory registers
+ (Nov. 21, 2000)
+
+US 6195715
+ Interrupt control for multiple programs communicating with
+ a common interrupt by associating programs to GP registers,
+ defining interrupt register, polling GP registers, and invoking
+ callback routine associated with defined interrupt register
+ (Feb. 27, 2001)
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/serial-u16550.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/serial-u16550.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197aeacea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/serial-u16550.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+===================================
+Serial UART 16450/16550 MIDI driver
+===================================
+
+The adaptor module parameter allows you to select either:
+
+* 0 - Roland Soundcanvas support (default)
+* 1 - Midiator MS-124T support (1)
+* 2 - Midiator MS-124W S/A mode (2)
+* 3 - MS-124W M/B mode support (3)
+* 4 - Generic device with multiple input support (4)
+
+For the Midiator MS-124W, you must set the physical M-S and A-B
+switches on the Midiator to match the driver mode you select.
+
+In Roland Soundcanvas mode, multiple ALSA raw MIDI substreams are supported
+(midiCnD0-midiCnD15). Whenever you write to a different substream, the driver
+sends the nonstandard MIDI command sequence F5 NN, where NN is the substream
+number plus 1. Roland modules use this command to switch between different
+"parts", so this feature lets you treat each part as a distinct raw MIDI
+substream. The driver provides no way to send F5 00 (no selection) or to not
+send the F5 NN command sequence at all; perhaps it ought to.
+
+Usage example for simple serial converter:
+::
+
+ /sbin/setserial /dev/ttyS0 uart none
+ /sbin/modprobe snd-serial-u16550 port=0x3f8 irq=4 speed=115200
+
+Usage example for Roland SoundCanvas with 4 MIDI ports:
+::
+
+ /sbin/setserial /dev/ttyS0 uart none
+ /sbin/modprobe snd-serial-u16550 port=0x3f8 irq=4 outs=4
+
+In MS-124T mode, one raw MIDI substream is supported (midiCnD0); the outs
+module parameter is automatically set to 1. The driver sends the same data to
+all four MIDI Out connectors. Set the A-B switch and the speed module
+parameter to match (A=19200, B=9600).
+
+Usage example for MS-124T, with A-B switch in A position:
+::
+
+ /sbin/setserial /dev/ttyS0 uart none
+ /sbin/modprobe snd-serial-u16550 port=0x3f8 irq=4 adaptor=1 \
+ speed=19200
+
+In MS-124W S/A mode, one raw MIDI substream is supported (midiCnD0);
+the outs module parameter is automatically set to 1. The driver sends
+the same data to all four MIDI Out connectors at full MIDI speed.
+
+Usage example for S/A mode:
+::
+
+ /sbin/setserial /dev/ttyS0 uart none
+ /sbin/modprobe snd-serial-u16550 port=0x3f8 irq=4 adaptor=2
+
+In MS-124W M/B mode, the driver supports 16 ALSA raw MIDI substreams;
+the outs module parameter is automatically set to 16. The substream
+number gives a bitmask of which MIDI Out connectors the data should be
+sent to, with midiCnD1 sending to Out 1, midiCnD2 to Out 2, midiCnD4 to
+Out 3, and midiCnD8 to Out 4. Thus midiCnD15 sends the data to all 4 ports.
+As a special case, midiCnD0 also sends to all ports, since it is not useful
+to send the data to no ports. M/B mode has extra overhead to select the MIDI
+Out for each byte, so the aggregate data rate across all four MIDI Outs is
+at most one byte every 520 us, as compared with the full MIDI data rate of
+one byte every 320 us per port.
+
+Usage example for M/B mode:
+::
+
+ /sbin/setserial /dev/ttyS0 uart none
+ /sbin/modprobe snd-serial-u16550 port=0x3f8 irq=4 adaptor=3
+
+The MS-124W hardware's M/A mode is currently not supported. This mode allows
+the MIDI Outs to act independently at double the aggregate throughput of M/B,
+but does not allow sending the same byte simultaneously to multiple MIDI Outs.
+The M/A protocol requires the driver to twiddle the modem control lines under
+timing constraints, so it would be a bit more complicated to implement than
+the other modes.
+
+Midiator models other than MS-124W and MS-124T are currently not supported.
+Note that the suffix letter is significant; the MS-124 and MS-124B are not
+compatible, nor are the other known models MS-101, MS-101B, MS-103, and MS-114.
+I do have documentation (tim.mann@compaq.com) that partially covers these models,
+but no units to experiment with. The MS-124W support is tested with a real unit.
+The MS-124T support is untested, but should work.
+
+The Generic driver supports multiple input and output substreams over a single
+serial port. Similar to Roland Soundcanvas mode, F5 NN is used to select the
+appropriate input or output stream (depending on the data direction).
+Additionally, the CTS signal is used to regulate the data flow. The number of
+inputs is specified by the ins parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/cards/via82xx-mixer.rst b/Documentation/sound/cards/via82xx-mixer.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ee993d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/cards/via82xx-mixer.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+=============
+VIA82xx mixer
+=============
+
+On many VIA82xx boards, the ``Input Source Select`` mixer control does not work.
+Setting it to ``Input2`` on such boards will cause recording to hang, or fail
+with EIO (input/output error) via OSS emulation. This control should be left
+at ``Input1`` for such cards.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/channel-mapping-api.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/channel-mapping-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58e6312a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/channel-mapping-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+============================
+ALSA PCM channel-mapping API
+============================
+
+Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+General
+=======
+
+The channel mapping API allows user to query the possible channel maps
+and the current channel map, also optionally to modify the channel map
+of the current stream.
+
+A channel map is an array of position for each PCM channel.
+Typically, a stereo PCM stream has a channel map of
+``{ front_left, front_right }``
+while a 4.0 surround PCM stream has a channel map of
+``{ front left, front right, rear left, rear right }.``
+
+The problem, so far, was that we had no standard channel map
+explicitly, and applications had no way to know which channel
+corresponds to which (speaker) position. Thus, applications applied
+wrong channels for 5.1 outputs, and you hear suddenly strange sound
+from rear. Or, some devices secretly assume that center/LFE is the
+third/fourth channels while others that C/LFE as 5th/6th channels.
+
+Also, some devices such as HDMI are configurable for different speaker
+positions even with the same number of total channels. However, there
+was no way to specify this because of lack of channel map
+specification. These are the main motivations for the new channel
+mapping API.
+
+
+Design
+======
+
+Actually, "the channel mapping API" doesn't introduce anything new in
+the kernel/user-space ABI perspective. It uses only the existing
+control element features.
+
+As a ground design, each PCM substream may contain a control element
+providing the channel mapping information and configuration. This
+element is specified by:
+
+* iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM
+* name = "Playback Channel Map" or "Capture Channel Map"
+* device = the same device number for the assigned PCM substream
+* index = the same index number for the assigned PCM substream
+
+Note the name is different depending on the PCM substream direction.
+
+Each control element provides at least the TLV read operation and the
+read operation. Optionally, the write operation can be provided to
+allow user to change the channel map dynamically.
+
+TLV
+---
+
+The TLV operation gives the list of available channel
+maps. A list item of a channel map is usually a TLV of
+``type data-bytes ch0 ch1 ch2...``
+where type is the TLV type value, the second argument is the total
+bytes (not the numbers) of channel values, and the rest are the
+position value for each channel.
+
+As a TLV type, either ``SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED``,
+``SNDRV_CTL_TLV_CHMAP_VAR`` or ``SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_PAIRED`` can be used.
+The ``_FIXED`` type is for a channel map with the fixed channel position
+while the latter two are for flexible channel positions. ``_VAR`` type is
+for a channel map where all channels are freely swappable and ``_PAIRED``
+type is where pair-wise channels are swappable. For example, when you
+have {FL/FR/RL/RR} channel map, ``_PAIRED`` type would allow you to swap
+only {RL/RR/FL/FR} while ``_VAR`` type would allow even swapping FL and
+RR.
+
+These new TLV types are defined in ``sound/tlv.h``.
+
+The available channel position values are defined in ``sound/asound.h``,
+here is a cut:
+
+::
+
+ /* channel positions */
+ enum {
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_NA, /* N/A, silent */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_MONO, /* mono stream */
+ /* this follows the alsa-lib mixer channel value + 3 */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FL, /* front left */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FR, /* front right */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RL, /* rear left */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RR, /* rear right */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FC, /* front center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_LFE, /* LFE */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_SL, /* side left */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_SR, /* side right */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RC, /* rear center */
+ /* new definitions */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FLC, /* front left center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FRC, /* front right center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RLC, /* rear left center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RRC, /* rear right center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FLW, /* front left wide */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FRW, /* front right wide */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FLH, /* front left high */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FCH, /* front center high */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_FRH, /* front right high */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TC, /* top center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TFL, /* top front left */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TFR, /* top front right */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TFC, /* top front center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TRL, /* top rear left */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TRR, /* top rear right */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_TRC, /* top rear center */
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_LAST = SNDRV_CHMAP_TRC,
+ };
+
+When a PCM stream can provide more than one channel map, you can
+provide multiple channel maps in a TLV container type. The TLV data
+to be returned will contain such as:
+::
+
+ SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CONTAINER 96
+ SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 4 SNDRV_CHMAP_FC
+ SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 8 SNDRV_CHMAP_FL SNDRV_CHMAP_FR
+ SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 16 NDRV_CHMAP_FL SNDRV_CHMAP_FR \
+ SNDRV_CHMAP_RL SNDRV_CHMAP_RR
+
+The channel position is provided in LSB 16bits. The upper bits are
+used for bit flags.
+::
+
+ #define SNDRV_CHMAP_POSITION_MASK 0xffff
+ #define SNDRV_CHMAP_PHASE_INVERSE (0x01 << 16)
+ #define SNDRV_CHMAP_DRIVER_SPEC (0x02 << 16)
+
+``SNDRV_CHMAP_PHASE_INVERSE`` indicates the channel is phase inverted,
+(thus summing left and right channels would result in almost silence).
+Some digital mic devices have this.
+
+When ``SNDRV_CHMAP_DRIVER_SPEC`` is set, all the channel position values
+don't follow the standard definition above but driver-specific.
+
+Read Operation
+--------------
+
+The control read operation is for providing the current channel map of
+the given stream. The control element returns an integer array
+containing the position of each channel.
+
+When this is performed before the number of the channel is specified
+(i.e. hw_params is set), it should return all channels set to
+``UNKNOWN``.
+
+Write Operation
+---------------
+
+The control write operation is optional, and only for devices that can
+change the channel configuration on the fly, such as HDMI. User needs
+to pass an integer value containing the valid channel positions for
+all channels of the assigned PCM substream.
+
+This operation is allowed only at PCM PREPARED state. When called in
+other states, it shall return an error.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/compress-offload.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/compress-offload.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..935f325db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/compress-offload.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+=========================
+ALSA Compress-Offload API
+=========================
+
+Pierre-Louis.Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+
+Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
+
+
+Overview
+========
+Since its early days, the ALSA API was defined with PCM support or
+constant bitrates payloads such as IEC61937 in mind. Arguments and
+returned values in frames are the norm, making it a challenge to
+extend the existing API to compressed data streams.
+
+In recent years, audio digital signal processors (DSP) were integrated
+in system-on-chip designs, and DSPs are also integrated in audio
+codecs. Processing compressed data on such DSPs results in a dramatic
+reduction of power consumption compared to host-based
+processing. Support for such hardware has not been very good in Linux,
+mostly because of a lack of a generic API available in the mainline
+kernel.
+
+Rather than requiring a compatibility break with an API change of the
+ALSA PCM interface, a new 'Compressed Data' API is introduced to
+provide a control and data-streaming interface for audio DSPs.
+
+The design of this API was inspired by the 2-year experience with the
+Intel Moorestown SOC, with many corrections required to upstream the
+API in the mainline kernel instead of the staging tree and make it
+usable by others.
+
+
+Requirements
+============
+The main requirements are:
+
+- separation between byte counts and time. Compressed formats may have
+ a header per file, per frame, or no header at all. The payload size
+ may vary from frame-to-frame. As a result, it is not possible to
+ estimate reliably the duration of audio buffers when handling
+ compressed data. Dedicated mechanisms are required to allow for
+ reliable audio-video synchronization, which requires precise
+ reporting of the number of samples rendered at any given time.
+
+- Handling of multiple formats. PCM data only requires a specification
+ of the sampling rate, number of channels and bits per sample. In
+ contrast, compressed data comes in a variety of formats. Audio DSPs
+ may also provide support for a limited number of audio encoders and
+ decoders embedded in firmware, or may support more choices through
+ dynamic download of libraries.
+
+- Focus on main formats. This API provides support for the most
+ popular formats used for audio and video capture and playback. It is
+ likely that as audio compression technology advances, new formats
+ will be added.
+
+- Handling of multiple configurations. Even for a given format like
+ AAC, some implementations may support AAC multichannel but HE-AAC
+ stereo. Likewise WMA10 level M3 may require too much memory and cpu
+ cycles. The new API needs to provide a generic way of listing these
+ formats.
+
+- Rendering/Grabbing only. This API does not provide any means of
+ hardware acceleration, where PCM samples are provided back to
+ user-space for additional processing. This API focuses instead on
+ streaming compressed data to a DSP, with the assumption that the
+ decoded samples are routed to a physical output or logical back-end.
+
+- Complexity hiding. Existing user-space multimedia frameworks all
+ have existing enums/structures for each compressed format. This new
+ API assumes the existence of a platform-specific compatibility layer
+ to expose, translate and make use of the capabilities of the audio
+ DSP, eg. Android HAL or PulseAudio sinks. By construction, regular
+ applications are not supposed to make use of this API.
+
+
+Design
+======
+The new API shares a number of concepts with the PCM API for flow
+control. Start, pause, resume, drain and stop commands have the same
+semantics no matter what the content is.
+
+The concept of memory ring buffer divided in a set of fragments is
+borrowed from the ALSA PCM API. However, only sizes in bytes can be
+specified.
+
+Seeks/trick modes are assumed to be handled by the host.
+
+The notion of rewinds/forwards is not supported. Data committed to the
+ring buffer cannot be invalidated, except when dropping all buffers.
+
+The Compressed Data API does not make any assumptions on how the data
+is transmitted to the audio DSP. DMA transfers from main memory to an
+embedded audio cluster or to a SPI interface for external DSPs are
+possible. As in the ALSA PCM case, a core set of routines is exposed;
+each driver implementer will have to write support for a set of
+mandatory routines and possibly make use of optional ones.
+
+The main additions are
+
+get_caps
+ This routine returns the list of audio formats supported. Querying the
+ codecs on a capture stream will return encoders, decoders will be
+ listed for playback streams.
+
+get_codec_caps
+ For each codec, this routine returns a list of
+ capabilities. The intent is to make sure all the capabilities
+ correspond to valid settings, and to minimize the risks of
+ configuration failures. For example, for a complex codec such as AAC,
+ the number of channels supported may depend on a specific profile. If
+ the capabilities were exposed with a single descriptor, it may happen
+ that a specific combination of profiles/channels/formats may not be
+ supported. Likewise, embedded DSPs have limited memory and cpu cycles,
+ it is likely that some implementations make the list of capabilities
+ dynamic and dependent on existing workloads. In addition to codec
+ settings, this routine returns the minimum buffer size handled by the
+ implementation. This information can be a function of the DMA buffer
+ sizes, the number of bytes required to synchronize, etc, and can be
+ used by userspace to define how much needs to be written in the ring
+ buffer before playback can start.
+
+set_params
+ This routine sets the configuration chosen for a specific codec. The
+ most important field in the parameters is the codec type; in most
+ cases decoders will ignore other fields, while encoders will strictly
+ comply to the settings
+
+get_params
+ This routines returns the actual settings used by the DSP. Changes to
+ the settings should remain the exception.
+
+get_timestamp
+ The timestamp becomes a multiple field structure. It lists the number
+ of bytes transferred, the number of samples processed and the number
+ of samples rendered/grabbed. All these values can be used to determine
+ the average bitrate, figure out if the ring buffer needs to be
+ refilled or the delay due to decoding/encoding/io on the DSP.
+
+Note that the list of codecs/profiles/modes was derived from the
+OpenMAX AL specification instead of reinventing the wheel.
+Modifications include:
+- Addition of FLAC and IEC formats
+- Merge of encoder/decoder capabilities
+- Profiles/modes listed as bitmasks to make descriptors more compact
+- Addition of set_params for decoders (missing in OpenMAX AL)
+- Addition of AMR/AMR-WB encoding modes (missing in OpenMAX AL)
+- Addition of format information for WMA
+- Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL)
+- Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL)
+
+State Machine
+=============
+
+The compressed audio stream state machine is described below ::
+
+ +----------+
+ | |
+ | OPEN |
+ | |
+ +----------+
+ |
+ |
+ | compr_set_params()
+ |
+ v
+ compr_free() +----------+
+ +------------------------------------| |
+ | | SETUP |
+ | +-------------------------| |<-------------------------+
+ | | compr_write() +----------+ |
+ | | ^ |
+ | | | compr_drain_notify() |
+ | | | or |
+ | | | compr_stop() |
+ | | | |
+ | | +----------+ |
+ | | | | |
+ | | | DRAIN | |
+ | | | | |
+ | | +----------+ |
+ | | ^ |
+ | | | |
+ | | | compr_drain() |
+ | | | |
+ | v | |
+ | +----------+ +----------+ |
+ | | | compr_start() | | compr_stop() |
+ | | PREPARE |------------------->| RUNNING |--------------------------+
+ | | | | | |
+ | +----------+ +----------+ |
+ | | | ^ |
+ | |compr_free() | | |
+ | | compr_pause() | | compr_resume() |
+ | | | | |
+ | v v | |
+ | +----------+ +----------+ |
+ | | | | | compr_stop() |
+ +--->| FREE | | PAUSE |---------------------------+
+ | | | |
+ +----------+ +----------+
+
+
+Gapless Playback
+================
+When playing thru an album, the decoders have the ability to skip the encoder
+delay and padding and directly move from one track content to another. The end
+user can perceive this as gapless playback as we don't have silence while
+switching from one track to another
+
+Also, there might be low-intensity noises due to encoding. Perfect gapless is
+difficult to reach with all types of compressed data, but works fine with most
+music content. The decoder needs to know the encoder delay and encoder padding.
+So we need to pass this to DSP. This metadata is extracted from ID3/MP4 headers
+and are not present by default in the bitstream, hence the need for a new
+interface to pass this information to the DSP. Also DSP and userspace needs to
+switch from one track to another and start using data for second track.
+
+The main additions are:
+
+set_metadata
+ This routine sets the encoder delay and encoder padding. This can be used by
+ decoder to strip the silence. This needs to be set before the data in the track
+ is written.
+
+set_next_track
+ This routine tells DSP that metadata and write operation sent after this would
+ correspond to subsequent track
+
+partial drain
+ This is called when end of file is reached. The userspace can inform DSP that
+ EOF is reached and now DSP can start skipping padding delay. Also next write
+ data would belong to next track
+
+Sequence flow for gapless would be:
+- Open
+- Get caps / codec caps
+- Set params
+- Set metadata of the first track
+- Fill data of the first track
+- Trigger start
+- User-space finished sending all,
+- Indicate next track data by sending set_next_track
+- Set metadata of the next track
+- then call partial_drain to flush most of buffer in DSP
+- Fill data of the next track
+- DSP switches to second track
+
+(note: order for partial_drain and write for next track can be reversed as well)
+
+Gapless Playback SM
+===================
+
+For Gapless, we move from running state to partial drain and back, along
+with setting of meta_data and signalling for next track ::
+
+
+ +----------+
+ compr_drain_notify() | |
+ +------------------------>| RUNNING |
+ | | |
+ | +----------+
+ | |
+ | |
+ | | compr_next_track()
+ | |
+ | V
+ | +----------+
+ | | |
+ | |NEXT_TRACK|
+ | | |
+ | +----------+
+ | |
+ | |
+ | | compr_partial_drain()
+ | |
+ | V
+ | +----------+
+ | | |
+ +------------------------ | PARTIAL_ |
+ | DRAIN |
+ +----------+
+
+Not supported
+=============
+- Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this
+ API. Support for dynamic bit-rate changes would require a tight
+ coupling between the DSP and the host stack, limiting power savings.
+
+- Packet-loss concealment is not supported. This would require an
+ additional interface to let the decoder synthesize data when frames
+ are lost during transmission. This may be added in the future.
+
+- Volume control/routing is not handled by this API. Devices exposing a
+ compressed data interface will be considered as regular ALSA devices;
+ volume changes and routing information will be provided with regular
+ ALSA kcontrols.
+
+- Embedded audio effects. Such effects should be enabled in the same
+ manner, no matter if the input was PCM or compressed.
+
+- multichannel IEC encoding. Unclear if this is required.
+
+- Encoding/decoding acceleration is not supported as mentioned
+ above. It is possible to route the output of a decoder to a capture
+ stream, or even implement transcoding capabilities. This routing
+ would be enabled with ALSA kcontrols.
+
+- Audio policy/resource management. This API does not provide any
+ hooks to query the utilization of the audio DSP, nor any preemption
+ mechanisms.
+
+- No notion of underrun/overrun. Since the bytes written are compressed
+ in nature and data written/read doesn't translate directly to
+ rendered output in time, this does not deal with underrun/overrun and
+ maybe dealt in user-library
+
+
+Credits
+=======
+- Mark Brown and Liam Girdwood for discussions on the need for this API
+- Harsha Priya for her work on intel_sst compressed API
+- Rakesh Ughreja for valuable feedback
+- Sing Nallasellan, Sikkandar Madar and Prasanna Samaga for
+ demonstrating and quantifying the benefits of audio offload on a
+ real platform.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7fedd0f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+===========================
+Standard ALSA Control Names
+===========================
+
+This document describes standard names of mixer controls.
+
+Standard Syntax
+---------------
+Syntax: [LOCATION] SOURCE [CHANNEL] [DIRECTION] FUNCTION
+
+
+DIRECTION
+~~~~~~~~~
+================ ===============
+<nothing> both directions
+Playback one direction
+Capture one direction
+Bypass Playback one direction
+Bypass Capture one direction
+================ ===============
+
+FUNCTION
+~~~~~~~~
+======== =================================
+Switch on/off switch
+Volume amplifier
+Route route control, hardware specific
+======== =================================
+
+CHANNEL
+~~~~~~~
+============ ==================================================
+<nothing> channel independent, or applies to all channels
+Front front left/right channels
+Surround rear left/right in 4.0/5.1 surround
+CLFE C/LFE channels
+Center center cannel
+LFE LFE channel
+Side side left/right for 7.1 surround
+============ ==================================================
+
+LOCATION (Physical location of source)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+============ =====================
+Front front position
+Rear rear position
+Dock on docking station
+Internal internal
+============ =====================
+
+SOURCE
+~~~~~~
+=================== =================================================
+Master
+Master Mono
+Hardware Master
+Speaker internal speaker
+Bass Speaker internal LFE speaker
+Headphone
+Line Out
+Beep beep generator
+Phone
+Phone Input
+Phone Output
+Synth
+FM
+Mic
+Headset Mic mic part of combined headset jack - 4-pin
+ headphone + mic
+Headphone Mic mic part of either/or - 3-pin headphone or mic
+Line input only, use "Line Out" for output
+CD
+Video
+Zoom Video
+Aux
+PCM
+PCM Pan
+Loopback
+Analog Loopback D/A -> A/D loopback
+Digital Loopback playback -> capture loopback -
+ without analog path
+Mono
+Mono Output
+Multi
+ADC
+Wave
+Music
+I2S
+IEC958
+HDMI
+SPDIF output only
+SPDIF In
+Digital In
+HDMI/DP either HDMI or DisplayPort
+=================== =================================================
+
+Exceptions (deprecated)
+-----------------------
+
+===================================== =======================
+[Analogue|Digital] Capture Source
+[Analogue|Digital] Capture Switch aka input gain switch
+[Analogue|Digital] Capture Volume aka input gain volume
+[Analogue|Digital] Playback Switch aka output gain switch
+[Analogue|Digital] Playback Volume aka output gain volume
+Tone Control - Switch
+Tone Control - Bass
+Tone Control - Treble
+3D Control - Switch
+3D Control - Center
+3D Control - Depth
+3D Control - Wide
+3D Control - Space
+3D Control - Level
+Mic Boost [(?dB)]
+===================================== =======================
+
+PCM interface
+-------------
+
+=================== ========================================
+Sample Clock Source { "Word", "Internal", "AutoSync" }
+Clock Sync Status { "Lock", "Sync", "No Lock" }
+External Rate external capture rate
+Capture Rate capture rate taken from external source
+=================== ========================================
+
+IEC958 (S/PDIF) interface
+-------------------------
+
+============================================ ======================================
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Switch turn on/off the IEC958 interface
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Volume digital volume control
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Default default or global value - read/write
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Mask consumer and professional mask
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Con Mask consumer mask
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] Pro Mask professional mask
+IEC958 [...] [Playback|Capture] PCM Stream the settings assigned to a PCM stream
+IEC958 Q-subcode [Playback|Capture] Default Q-subcode bits
+
+IEC958 Preamble [Playback|Capture] Default burst preamble words (4*16bits)
+============================================ ======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0749943c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Designs and Implementations
+===========================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ control-names
+ channel-mapping-api
+ compress-offload
+ timestamping
+ jack-controls
+ tracepoints
+ procfile
+ powersave
+ oss-emulation
+ seq-oss
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-controls.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-controls.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae25b1531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-controls.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+==================
+ALSA Jack Controls
+==================
+
+Why we need Jack kcontrols
+==========================
+
+ALSA uses kcontrols to export audio controls(switch, volume, Mux, ...)
+to user space. This means userspace applications like pulseaudio can
+switch off headphones and switch on speakers when no headphones are
+pluged in.
+
+The old ALSA jack code only created input devices for each registered
+jack. These jack input devices are not readable by userspace devices
+that run as non root.
+
+The new jack code creates embedded jack kcontrols for each jack that
+can be read by any process.
+
+This can be combined with UCM to allow userspace to route audio more
+intelligently based on jack insertion or removal events.
+
+Jack Kcontrol Internals
+=======================
+
+Each jack will have a kcontrol list, so that we can create a kcontrol
+and attach it to the jack, at jack creation stage. We can also add a
+kcontrol to an existing jack, at anytime when required.
+
+Those kcontrols will be freed automatically when the Jack is freed.
+
+How to use jack kcontrols
+=========================
+
+In order to keep compatibility, snd_jack_new() has been modified by
+adding two params:
+
+initial_kctl
+ if true, create a kcontrol and add it to the jack list.
+phantom_jack
+ Don't create a input device for phantom jacks.
+
+HDA jacks can set phantom_jack to true in order to create a phantom
+jack and set initial_kctl to true to create an initial kcontrol with
+the correct id.
+
+ASoC jacks should set initial_kctl as false. The pin name will be
+assigned as the jack kcontrol name.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/oss-emulation.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/oss-emulation.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8dcb9633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/oss-emulation.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+=============================
+Notes on Kernel OSS-Emulation
+=============================
+
+Jan. 22, 2004 Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+
+Modules
+=======
+
+ALSA provides a powerful OSS emulation on the kernel.
+The OSS emulation for PCM, mixer and sequencer devices is implemented
+as add-on kernel modules, snd-pcm-oss, snd-mixer-oss and snd-seq-oss.
+When you need to access the OSS PCM, mixer or sequencer devices, the
+corresponding module has to be loaded.
+
+These modules are loaded automatically when the corresponding service
+is called. The alias is defined ``sound-service-x-y``, where x and y are
+the card number and the minor unit number. Usually you don't have to
+define these aliases by yourself.
+
+Only necessary step for auto-loading of OSS modules is to define the
+card alias in ``/etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf``, such as::
+
+ alias sound-slot-0 snd-emu10k1
+
+As the second card, define ``sound-slot-1`` as well.
+Note that you can't use the aliased name as the target name (i.e.
+``alias sound-slot-0 snd-card-0`` doesn't work any more like the old
+modutils).
+
+The currently available OSS configuration is shown in
+/proc/asound/oss/sndstat. This shows in the same syntax of
+/dev/sndstat, which is available on the commercial OSS driver.
+On ALSA, you can symlink /dev/sndstat to this proc file.
+
+Please note that the devices listed in this proc file appear only
+after the corresponding OSS-emulation module is loaded. Don't worry
+even if "NOT ENABLED IN CONFIG" is shown in it.
+
+
+Device Mapping
+==============
+
+ALSA supports the following OSS device files:
+::
+
+ PCM:
+ /dev/dspX
+ /dev/adspX
+
+ Mixer:
+ /dev/mixerX
+
+ MIDI:
+ /dev/midi0X
+ /dev/amidi0X
+
+ Sequencer:
+ /dev/sequencer
+ /dev/sequencer2 (aka /dev/music)
+
+where X is the card number from 0 to 7.
+
+(NOTE: Some distributions have the device files like /dev/midi0 and
+/dev/midi1. They are NOT for OSS but for tclmidi, which is
+a totally different thing.)
+
+Unlike the real OSS, ALSA cannot use the device files more than the
+assigned ones. For example, the first card cannot use /dev/dsp1 or
+/dev/dsp2, but only /dev/dsp0 and /dev/adsp0.
+
+As seen above, PCM and MIDI may have two devices. Usually, the first
+PCM device (``hw:0,0`` in ALSA) is mapped to /dev/dsp and the secondary
+device (``hw:0,1``) to /dev/adsp (if available). For MIDI, /dev/midi and
+/dev/amidi, respectively.
+
+You can change this device mapping via the module options of
+snd-pcm-oss and snd-rawmidi. In the case of PCM, the following
+options are available for snd-pcm-oss:
+
+dsp_map
+ PCM device number assigned to /dev/dspX
+ (default = 0)
+adsp_map
+ PCM device number assigned to /dev/adspX
+ (default = 1)
+
+For example, to map the third PCM device (``hw:0,2``) to /dev/adsp0,
+define like this:
+::
+
+ options snd-pcm-oss adsp_map=2
+
+The options take arrays. For configuring the second card, specify
+two entries separated by comma. For example, to map the third PCM
+device on the second card to /dev/adsp1, define like below:
+::
+
+ options snd-pcm-oss adsp_map=0,2
+
+To change the mapping of MIDI devices, the following options are
+available for snd-rawmidi:
+
+midi_map
+ MIDI device number assigned to /dev/midi0X
+ (default = 0)
+amidi_map
+ MIDI device number assigned to /dev/amidi0X
+ (default = 1)
+
+For example, to assign the third MIDI device on the first card to
+/dev/midi00, define as follows:
+::
+
+ options snd-rawmidi midi_map=2
+
+
+PCM Mode
+========
+
+As default, ALSA emulates the OSS PCM with so-called plugin layer,
+i.e. tries to convert the sample format, rate or channels
+automatically when the card doesn't support it natively.
+This will lead to some problems for some applications like quake or
+wine, especially if they use the card only in the MMAP mode.
+
+In such a case, you can change the behavior of PCM per application by
+writing a command to the proc file. There is a proc file for each PCM
+stream, ``/proc/asound/cardX/pcmY[cp]/oss``, where X is the card number
+(zero-based), Y the PCM device number (zero-based), and ``p`` is for
+playback and ``c`` for capture, respectively. Note that this proc file
+exists only after snd-pcm-oss module is loaded.
+
+The command sequence has the following syntax:
+::
+
+ app_name fragments fragment_size [options]
+
+``app_name`` is the name of application with (higher priority) or without
+path.
+``fragments`` specifies the number of fragments or zero if no specific
+number is given.
+``fragment_size`` is the size of fragment in bytes or zero if not given.
+``options`` is the optional parameters. The following options are
+available:
+
+disable
+ the application tries to open a pcm device for
+ this channel but does not want to use it.
+direct
+ don't use plugins
+block
+ force block open mode
+non-block
+ force non-block open mode
+partial-frag
+ write also partial fragments (affects playback only)
+no-silence
+ do not fill silence ahead to avoid clicks
+
+The ``disable`` option is useful when one stream direction (playback or
+capture) is not handled correctly by the application although the
+hardware itself does support both directions.
+The ``direct`` option is used, as mentioned above, to bypass the automatic
+conversion and useful for MMAP-applications.
+For example, to playback the first PCM device without plugins for
+quake, send a command via echo like the following:
+::
+
+ % echo "quake 0 0 direct" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss
+
+While quake wants only playback, you may append the second command
+to notify driver that only this direction is about to be allocated:
+::
+
+ % echo "quake 0 0 disable" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0c/oss
+
+The permission of proc files depend on the module options of snd.
+As default it's set as root, so you'll likely need to be superuser for
+sending the command above.
+
+The block and non-block options are used to change the behavior of
+opening the device file.
+
+As default, ALSA behaves as original OSS drivers, i.e. does not block
+the file when it's busy. The -EBUSY error is returned in this case.
+
+This blocking behavior can be changed globally via nonblock_open
+module option of snd-pcm-oss. For using the blocking mode as default
+for OSS devices, define like the following:
+::
+
+ options snd-pcm-oss nonblock_open=0
+
+The ``partial-frag`` and ``no-silence`` commands have been added recently.
+Both commands are for optimization use only. The former command
+specifies to invoke the write transfer only when the whole fragment is
+filled. The latter stops writing the silence data ahead
+automatically. Both are disabled as default.
+
+You can check the currently defined configuration by reading the proc
+file. The read image can be sent to the proc file again, hence you
+can save the current configuration
+::
+
+ % cat /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss > /somewhere/oss-cfg
+
+and restore it like
+::
+
+ % cat /somewhere/oss-cfg > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss
+
+Also, for clearing all the current configuration, send ``erase`` command
+as below:
+::
+
+ % echo "erase" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss
+
+
+Mixer Elements
+==============
+
+Since ALSA has completely different mixer interface, the emulation of
+OSS mixer is relatively complicated. ALSA builds up a mixer element
+from several different ALSA (mixer) controls based on the name
+string. For example, the volume element SOUND_MIXER_PCM is composed
+from "PCM Playback Volume" and "PCM Playback Switch" controls for the
+playback direction and from "PCM Capture Volume" and "PCM Capture
+Switch" for the capture directory (if exists). When the PCM volume of
+OSS is changed, all the volume and switch controls above are adjusted
+automatically.
+
+As default, ALSA uses the following control for OSS volumes:
+
+==================== ===================== =====
+OSS volume ALSA control Index
+==================== ===================== =====
+SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME Master 0
+SOUND_MIXER_BASS Tone Control - Bass 0
+SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE Tone Control - Treble 0
+SOUND_MIXER_SYNTH Synth 0
+SOUND_MIXER_PCM PCM 0
+SOUND_MIXER_SPEAKER PC Speaker 0
+SOUND_MIXER_LINE Line 0
+SOUND_MIXER_MIC Mic 0
+SOUND_MIXER_CD CD 0
+SOUND_MIXER_IMIX Monitor Mix 0
+SOUND_MIXER_ALTPCM PCM 1
+SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV (not assigned)
+SOUND_MIXER_IGAIN Capture 0
+SOUND_MIXER_OGAIN Playback 0
+SOUND_MIXER_LINE1 Aux 0
+SOUND_MIXER_LINE2 Aux 1
+SOUND_MIXER_LINE3 Aux 2
+SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL1 Digital 0
+SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL2 Digital 1
+SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL3 Digital 2
+SOUND_MIXER_PHONEIN Phone 0
+SOUND_MIXER_PHONEOUT Phone 1
+SOUND_MIXER_VIDEO Video 0
+SOUND_MIXER_RADIO Radio 0
+SOUND_MIXER_MONITOR Monitor 0
+==================== ===================== =====
+
+The second column is the base-string of the corresponding ALSA
+control. In fact, the controls with ``XXX [Playback|Capture]
+[Volume|Switch]`` will be checked in addition.
+
+The current assignment of these mixer elements is listed in the proc
+file, /proc/asound/cardX/oss_mixer, which will be like the following
+::
+
+ VOLUME "Master" 0
+ BASS "" 0
+ TREBLE "" 0
+ SYNTH "" 0
+ PCM "PCM" 0
+ ...
+
+where the first column is the OSS volume element, the second column
+the base-string of the corresponding ALSA control, and the third the
+control index. When the string is empty, it means that the
+corresponding OSS control is not available.
+
+For changing the assignment, you can write the configuration to this
+proc file. For example, to map "Wave Playback" to the PCM volume,
+send the command like the following:
+::
+
+ % echo 'VOLUME "Wave Playback" 0' > /proc/asound/card0/oss_mixer
+
+The command is exactly as same as listed in the proc file. You can
+change one or more elements, one volume per line. In the last
+example, both "Wave Playback Volume" and "Wave Playback Switch" will
+be affected when PCM volume is changed.
+
+Like the case of PCM proc file, the permission of proc files depend on
+the module options of snd. you'll likely need to be superuser for
+sending the command above.
+
+As well as in the case of PCM proc file, you can save and restore the
+current mixer configuration by reading and writing the whole file
+image.
+
+
+Duplex Streams
+==============
+
+Note that when attempting to use a single device file for playback and
+capture, the OSS API provides no way to set the format, sample rate or
+number of channels different in each direction. Thus
+::
+
+ io_handle = open("device", O_RDWR)
+
+will only function correctly if the values are the same in each direction.
+
+To use different values in the two directions, use both
+::
+
+ input_handle = open("device", O_RDONLY)
+ output_handle = open("device", O_WRONLY)
+
+and set the values for the corresponding handle.
+
+
+Unsupported Features
+====================
+
+MMAP on ICE1712 driver
+----------------------
+ICE1712 supports only the unconventional format, interleaved
+10-channels 24bit (packed in 32bit) format. Therefore you cannot mmap
+the buffer as the conventional (mono or 2-channels, 8 or 16bit) format
+on OSS.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/powersave.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/powersave.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..138157452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/powersave.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+==========================
+Notes on Power-Saving Mode
+==========================
+
+AC97 and HD-audio drivers have the automatic power-saving mode.
+This feature is enabled via Kconfig ``CONFIG_SND_AC97_POWER_SAVE``
+and ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_POWER_SAVE`` options, respectively.
+
+With the automatic power-saving, the driver turns off the codec power
+appropriately when no operation is required. When no applications use
+the device and/or no analog loopback is set, the power disablement is
+done fully or partially. It'll save a certain power consumption, thus
+good for laptops (even for desktops).
+
+The time-out for automatic power-off can be specified via ``power_save``
+module option of snd-ac97-codec and snd-hda-intel modules. Specify
+the time-out value in seconds. 0 means to disable the automatic
+power-saving. The default value of timeout is given via
+``CONFIG_SND_AC97_POWER_SAVE_DEFAULT`` and
+``CONFIG_SND_HDA_POWER_SAVE_DEFAULT`` Kconfig options. Setting this to 1
+(the minimum value) isn't recommended because many applications try to
+reopen the device frequently. 10 would be a good choice for normal
+operations.
+
+The ``power_save`` option is exported as writable. This means you can
+adjust the value via sysfs on the fly. For example, to turn on the
+automatic power-save mode with 10 seconds, write to
+``/sys/modules/snd_ac97_codec/parameters/power_save`` (usually as root):
+::
+
+ # echo 10 > /sys/modules/snd_ac97_codec/parameters/power_save
+
+
+Note that you might hear click noise/pop when changing the power
+state. Also, it often takes certain time to wake up from the
+power-down to the active state. These are often hardly to fix, so
+don't report extra bug reports unless you have a fix patch ;-)
+
+For HD-audio interface, there is another module option,
+power_save_controller. This enables/disables the power-save mode of
+the controller side. Setting this on may reduce a bit more power
+consumption, but might result in longer wake-up time and click noise.
+Try to turn it off when you experience such a thing too often.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/procfile.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/procfile.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9f7e0cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/procfile.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+==========================
+Proc Files of ALSA Drivers
+==========================
+
+Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+General
+=======
+
+ALSA has its own proc tree, /proc/asound. Many useful information are
+found in this tree. When you encounter a problem and need debugging,
+check the files listed in the following sections.
+
+Each card has its subtree cardX, where X is from 0 to 7. The
+card-specific files are stored in the ``card*`` subdirectories.
+
+
+Global Information
+==================
+
+cards
+ Shows the list of currently configured ALSA drivers,
+ index, the id string, short and long descriptions.
+
+version
+ Shows the version string and compile date.
+
+modules
+ Lists the module of each card
+
+devices
+ Lists the ALSA native device mappings.
+
+meminfo
+ Shows the status of allocated pages via ALSA drivers.
+ Appears only when ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y``.
+
+hwdep
+ Lists the currently available hwdep devices in format of
+ ``<card>-<device>: <name>``
+
+pcm
+ Lists the currently available PCM devices in format of
+ ``<card>-<device>: <id>: <name> : <sub-streams>``
+
+timer
+ Lists the currently available timer devices
+
+
+oss/devices
+ Lists the OSS device mappings.
+
+oss/sndstat
+ Provides the output compatible with /dev/sndstat.
+ You can symlink this to /dev/sndstat.
+
+
+Card Specific Files
+===================
+
+The card-specific files are found in ``/proc/asound/card*`` directories.
+Some drivers (e.g. cmipci) have their own proc entries for the
+register dump, etc (e.g. ``/proc/asound/card*/cmipci`` shows the register
+dump). These files would be really helpful for debugging.
+
+When PCM devices are available on this card, you can see directories
+like pcm0p or pcm1c. They hold the PCM information for each PCM
+stream. The number after ``pcm`` is the PCM device number from 0, and
+the last ``p`` or ``c`` means playback or capture direction. The files in
+this subtree is described later.
+
+The status of MIDI I/O is found in ``midi*`` files. It shows the device
+name and the received/transmitted bytes through the MIDI device.
+
+When the card is equipped with AC97 codecs, there are ``codec97#*``
+subdirectories (described later).
+
+When the OSS mixer emulation is enabled (and the module is loaded),
+oss_mixer file appears here, too. This shows the current mapping of
+OSS mixer elements to the ALSA control elements. You can change the
+mapping by writing to this device. Read OSS-Emulation.txt for
+details.
+
+
+PCM Proc Files
+==============
+
+``card*/pcm*/info``
+ The general information of this PCM device: card #, device #,
+ substreams, etc.
+
+``card*/pcm*/xrun_debug``
+ This file appears when ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y`` and
+ ``CONFIG_SND_PCM_XRUN_DEBUG=y``.
+ This shows the status of xrun (= buffer overrun/xrun) and
+ invalid PCM position debug/check of ALSA PCM middle layer.
+ It takes an integer value, can be changed by writing to this
+ file, such as::
+
+ # echo 5 > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/xrun_debug
+
+ The value consists of the following bit flags:
+
+ * bit 0 = Enable XRUN/jiffies debug messages
+ * bit 1 = Show stack trace at XRUN / jiffies check
+ * bit 2 = Enable additional jiffies check
+
+ When the bit 0 is set, the driver will show the messages to
+ kernel log when an xrun is detected. The debug message is
+ shown also when the invalid H/W pointer is detected at the
+ update of periods (usually called from the interrupt
+ handler).
+
+ When the bit 1 is set, the driver will show the stack trace
+ additionally. This may help the debugging.
+
+ Since 2.6.30, this option can enable the hwptr check using
+ jiffies. This detects spontaneous invalid pointer callback
+ values, but can be lead to too much corrections for a (mostly
+ buggy) hardware that doesn't give smooth pointer updates.
+ This feature is enabled via the bit 2.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/info``
+ The general information of this PCM sub-stream.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/status``
+ The current status of this PCM sub-stream, elapsed time,
+ H/W position, etc.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/hw_params``
+ The hardware parameters set for this sub-stream.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/sw_params``
+ The soft parameters set for this sub-stream.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/prealloc``
+ The buffer pre-allocation information.
+
+``card*/pcm*/sub*/xrun_injection``
+ Triggers an XRUN to the running stream when any value is
+ written to this proc file. Used for fault injection.
+ This entry is write-only.
+
+AC97 Codec Information
+======================
+
+``card*/codec97#*/ac97#?-?``
+ Shows the general information of this AC97 codec chip, such as
+ name, capabilities, set up.
+
+``card*/codec97#0/ac97#?-?+regs``
+ Shows the AC97 register dump. Useful for debugging.
+
+ When CONFIG_SND_DEBUG is enabled, you can write to this file for
+ changing an AC97 register directly. Pass two hex numbers.
+ For example,
+
+::
+
+ # echo 02 9f1f > /proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0+regs
+
+
+USB Audio Streams
+=================
+
+``card*/stream*``
+ Shows the assignment and the current status of each audio stream
+ of the given card. This information is very useful for debugging.
+
+
+HD-Audio Codecs
+===============
+
+``card*/codec#*``
+ Shows the general codec information and the attribute of each
+ widget node.
+
+``card*/eld#*``
+ Available for HDMI or DisplayPort interfaces.
+ Shows ELD(EDID Like Data) info retrieved from the attached HDMI sink,
+ and describes its audio capabilities and configurations.
+
+ Some ELD fields may be modified by doing ``echo name hex_value > eld#*``.
+ Only do this if you are sure the HDMI sink provided value is wrong.
+ And if that makes your HDMI audio work, please report to us so that we
+ can fix it in future kernel releases.
+
+
+Sequencer Information
+=====================
+
+seq/drivers
+ Lists the currently available ALSA sequencer drivers.
+
+seq/clients
+ Shows the list of currently available sequencer clients and
+ ports. The connection status and the running status are shown
+ in this file, too.
+
+seq/queues
+ Lists the currently allocated/running sequencer queues.
+
+seq/timer
+ Lists the currently allocated/running sequencer timers.
+
+seq/oss
+ Lists the OSS-compatible sequencer stuffs.
+
+
+Help For Debugging?
+===================
+
+When the problem is related with PCM, first try to turn on xrun_debug
+mode. This will give you the kernel messages when and where xrun
+happened.
+
+If it's really a bug, report it with the following information:
+
+- the name of the driver/card, show in ``/proc/asound/cards``
+- the register dump, if available (e.g. ``card*/cmipci``)
+
+when it's a PCM problem,
+
+- set-up of PCM, shown in hw_parms, sw_params, and status in the PCM
+ sub-stream directory
+
+when it's a mixer problem,
+
+- AC97 proc files, ``codec97#*/*`` files
+
+for USB audio/midi,
+
+- output of ``lsusb -v``
+- ``stream*`` files in card directory
+
+
+The ALSA bug-tracking system is found at:
+https://bugtrack.alsa-project.org/alsa-bug/
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/seq-oss.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/seq-oss.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e82ffe0e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/seq-oss.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+===============================
+OSS Sequencer Emulation on ALSA
+===============================
+
+Copyright (c) 1998,1999 by Takashi Iwai
+
+ver.0.1.8; Nov. 16, 1999
+
+Description
+===========
+
+This directory contains the OSS sequencer emulation driver on ALSA. Note
+that this program is still in the development state.
+
+What this does - it provides the emulation of the OSS sequencer, access
+via ``/dev/sequencer`` and ``/dev/music`` devices.
+The most of applications using OSS can run if the appropriate ALSA
+sequencer is prepared.
+
+The following features are emulated by this driver:
+
+* Normal sequencer and MIDI events:
+
+ They are converted to the ALSA sequencer events, and sent to the
+ corresponding port.
+
+* Timer events:
+
+ The timer is not selectable by ioctl. The control rate is fixed to
+ 100 regardless of HZ. That is, even on Alpha system, a tick is always
+ 1/100 second. The base rate and tempo can be changed in ``/dev/music``.
+
+* Patch loading:
+
+ It purely depends on the synth drivers whether it's supported since
+ the patch loading is realized by callback to the synth driver.
+
+* I/O controls:
+
+ Most of controls are accepted. Some controls
+ are dependent on the synth driver, as well as even on original OSS.
+
+Furthermore, you can find the following advanced features:
+
+* Better queue mechanism:
+
+ The events are queued before processing them.
+
+* Multiple applications:
+
+ You can run two or more applications simultaneously (even for OSS
+ sequencer)!
+ However, each MIDI device is exclusive - that is, if a MIDI device
+ is opened once by some application, other applications can't use
+ it. No such a restriction in synth devices.
+
+* Real-time event processing:
+
+ The events can be processed in real time without using out of bound
+ ioctl. To switch to real-time mode, send ABSTIME 0 event. The followed
+ events will be processed in real-time without queued. To switch off the
+ real-time mode, send RELTIME 0 event.
+
+* ``/proc`` interface:
+
+ The status of applications and devices can be shown via
+ ``/proc/asound/seq/oss`` at any time. In the later version,
+ configuration will be changed via ``/proc`` interface, too.
+
+
+Installation
+============
+
+Run configure script with both sequencer support (``--with-sequencer=yes``)
+and OSS emulation (``--with-oss=yes``) options. A module ``snd-seq-oss.o``
+will be created. If the synth module of your sound card supports for OSS
+emulation (so far, only Emu8000 driver), this module will be loaded
+automatically.
+Otherwise, you need to load this module manually.
+
+At beginning, this module probes all the MIDI ports which have been
+already connected to the sequencer. Once after that, the creation and deletion
+of ports are watched by announcement mechanism of ALSA sequencer.
+
+The available synth and MIDI devices can be found in proc interface.
+Run ``cat /proc/asound/seq/oss``, and check the devices. For example,
+if you use an AWE64 card, you'll see like the following:
+::
+
+ OSS sequencer emulation version 0.1.8
+ ALSA client number 63
+ ALSA receiver port 0
+
+ Number of applications: 0
+
+ Number of synth devices: 1
+ synth 0: [EMU8000]
+ type 0x1 : subtype 0x20 : voices 32
+ capabilties : ioctl enabled / load_patch enabled
+
+ Number of MIDI devices: 3
+ midi 0: [Emu8000 Port-0] ALSA port 65:0
+ capability write / opened none
+
+ midi 1: [Emu8000 Port-1] ALSA port 65:1
+ capability write / opened none
+
+ midi 2: [0: MPU-401 (UART)] ALSA port 64:0
+ capability read/write / opened none
+
+Note that the device number may be different from the information of
+``/proc/asound/oss-devices`` or ones of the original OSS driver.
+Use the device number listed in ``/proc/asound/seq/oss``
+to play via OSS sequencer emulation.
+
+Using Synthesizer Devices
+=========================
+
+Run your favorite program. I've tested playmidi-2.4, awemidi-0.4.3, gmod-3.1
+and xmp-1.1.5. You can load samples via ``/dev/sequencer`` like sfxload,
+too.
+
+If the lowlevel driver supports multiple access to synth devices (like
+Emu8000 driver), two or more applications are allowed to run at the same
+time.
+
+Using MIDI Devices
+==================
+
+So far, only MIDI output was tested. MIDI input was not checked at all,
+but hopefully it will work. Use the device number listed in
+``/proc/asound/seq/oss``.
+Be aware that these numbers are mostly different from the list in
+``/proc/asound/oss-devices``.
+
+Module Options
+==============
+
+The following module options are available:
+
+maxqlen
+ specifies the maximum read/write queue length. This queue is private
+ for OSS sequencer, so that it is independent from the queue length of ALSA
+ sequencer. Default value is 1024.
+
+seq_oss_debug
+ specifies the debug level and accepts zero (= no debug message) or
+ positive integer. Default value is 0.
+
+Queue Mechanism
+===============
+
+OSS sequencer emulation uses an ALSA priority queue. The
+events from ``/dev/sequencer`` are processed and put onto the queue
+specified by module option.
+
+All the events from ``/dev/sequencer`` are parsed at beginning.
+The timing events are also parsed at this moment, so that the events may
+be processed in real-time. Sending an event ABSTIME 0 switches the operation
+mode to real-time mode, and sending an event RELTIME 0 switches it off.
+In the real-time mode, all events are dispatched immediately.
+
+The queued events are dispatched to the corresponding ALSA sequencer
+ports after scheduled time by ALSA sequencer dispatcher.
+
+If the write-queue is full, the application sleeps until a certain amount
+(as default one half) becomes empty in blocking mode. The synchronization
+to write timing was implemented, too.
+
+The input from MIDI devices or echo-back events are stored on read FIFO
+queue. If application reads ``/dev/sequencer`` in blocking mode, the
+process will be awaked.
+
+Interface to Synthesizer Device
+===============================
+
+Registration
+------------
+
+To register an OSS synthesizer device, use snd_seq_oss_synth_register()
+function:
+::
+
+ int snd_seq_oss_synth_register(char *name, int type, int subtype, int nvoices,
+ snd_seq_oss_callback_t *oper, void *private_data)
+
+The arguments ``name``, ``type``, ``subtype`` and ``nvoices``
+are used for making the appropriate synth_info structure for ioctl. The
+return value is an index number of this device. This index must be remembered
+for unregister. If registration is failed, -errno will be returned.
+
+To release this device, call snd_seq_oss_synth_unregister() function:
+::
+
+ int snd_seq_oss_synth_unregister(int index)
+
+where the ``index`` is the index number returned by register function.
+
+Callbacks
+---------
+
+OSS synthesizer devices have capability for sample downloading and ioctls
+like sample reset. In OSS emulation, these special features are realized
+by using callbacks. The registration argument oper is used to specify these
+callbacks. The following callback functions must be defined:
+::
+
+ snd_seq_oss_callback_t:
+ int (*open)(snd_seq_oss_arg_t *p, void *closure);
+ int (*close)(snd_seq_oss_arg_t *p);
+ int (*ioctl)(snd_seq_oss_arg_t *p, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg);
+ int (*load_patch)(snd_seq_oss_arg_t *p, int format, const char *buf, int offs, int count);
+ int (*reset)(snd_seq_oss_arg_t *p);
+
+Except for ``open`` and ``close`` callbacks, they are allowed to be NULL.
+
+Each callback function takes the argument type ``snd_seq_oss_arg_t`` as the
+first argument.
+::
+
+ struct snd_seq_oss_arg_t {
+ int app_index;
+ int file_mode;
+ int seq_mode;
+ snd_seq_addr_t addr;
+ void *private_data;
+ int event_passing;
+ };
+
+The first three fields, ``app_index``, ``file_mode`` and ``seq_mode``
+are initialized by OSS sequencer. The ``app_index`` is the application
+index which is unique to each application opening OSS sequencer. The
+``file_mode`` is bit-flags indicating the file operation mode. See
+``seq_oss.h`` for its meaning. The ``seq_mode`` is sequencer operation
+mode. In the current version, only ``SND_OSSSEQ_MODE_SYNTH`` is used.
+
+The next two fields, ``addr`` and ``private_data``, must be
+filled by the synth driver at open callback. The ``addr`` contains
+the address of ALSA sequencer port which is assigned to this device. If
+the driver allocates memory for ``private_data``, it must be released
+in close callback by itself.
+
+The last field, ``event_passing``, indicates how to translate note-on
+/ off events. In ``PROCESS_EVENTS`` mode, the note 255 is regarded
+as velocity change, and key pressure event is passed to the port. In
+``PASS_EVENTS`` mode, all note on/off events are passed to the port
+without modified. ``PROCESS_KEYPRESS`` mode checks the note above 128
+and regards it as key pressure event (mainly for Emu8000 driver).
+
+Open Callback
+-------------
+
+The ``open`` is called at each time this device is opened by an application
+using OSS sequencer. This must not be NULL. Typically, the open callback
+does the following procedure:
+
+#. Allocate private data record.
+#. Create an ALSA sequencer port.
+#. Set the new port address on ``arg->addr``.
+#. Set the private data record pointer on ``arg->private_data``.
+
+Note that the type bit-flags in port_info of this synth port must NOT contain
+``TYPE_MIDI_GENERIC``
+bit. Instead, ``TYPE_SPECIFIC`` should be used. Also, ``CAP_SUBSCRIPTION``
+bit should NOT be included, too. This is necessary to tell it from other
+normal MIDI devices. If the open procedure succeeded, return zero. Otherwise,
+return -errno.
+
+Ioctl Callback
+--------------
+
+The ``ioctl`` callback is called when the sequencer receives device-specific
+ioctls. The following two ioctls should be processed by this callback:
+
+IOCTL_SEQ_RESET_SAMPLES
+ reset all samples on memory -- return 0
+
+IOCTL_SYNTH_MEMAVL
+ return the available memory size
+
+FM_4OP_ENABLE
+ can be ignored usually
+
+The other ioctls are processed inside the sequencer without passing to
+the lowlevel driver.
+
+Load_Patch Callback
+-------------------
+
+The ``load_patch`` callback is used for sample-downloading. This callback
+must read the data on user-space and transfer to each device. Return 0
+if succeeded, and -errno if failed. The format argument is the patch key
+in patch_info record. The buf is user-space pointer where patch_info record
+is stored. The offs can be ignored. The count is total data size of this
+sample data.
+
+Close Callback
+--------------
+
+The ``close`` callback is called when this device is closed by the
+application. If any private data was allocated in open callback, it must
+be released in the close callback. The deletion of ALSA port should be
+done here, too. This callback must not be NULL.
+
+Reset Callback
+--------------
+
+The ``reset`` callback is called when sequencer device is reset or
+closed by applications. The callback should turn off the sounds on the
+relevant port immediately, and initialize the status of the port. If this
+callback is undefined, OSS seq sends a ``HEARTBEAT`` event to the
+port.
+
+Events
+======
+
+Most of the events are processed by sequencer and translated to the adequate
+ALSA sequencer events, so that each synth device can receive by input_event
+callback of ALSA sequencer port. The following ALSA events should be
+implemented by the driver:
+
+============= ===================
+ALSA event Original OSS events
+============= ===================
+NOTEON SEQ_NOTEON, MIDI_NOTEON
+NOTE SEQ_NOTEOFF, MIDI_NOTEOFF
+KEYPRESS MIDI_KEY_PRESSURE
+CHANPRESS SEQ_AFTERTOUCH, MIDI_CHN_PRESSURE
+PGMCHANGE SEQ_PGMCHANGE, MIDI_PGM_CHANGE
+PITCHBEND SEQ_CONTROLLER(CTRL_PITCH_BENDER),
+ MIDI_PITCH_BEND
+CONTROLLER MIDI_CTL_CHANGE,
+ SEQ_BALANCE (with CTL_PAN)
+CONTROL14 SEQ_CONTROLLER
+REGPARAM SEQ_CONTROLLER(CTRL_PITCH_BENDER_RANGE)
+SYSEX SEQ_SYSEX
+============= ===================
+
+The most of these behavior can be realized by MIDI emulation driver
+included in the Emu8000 lowlevel driver. In the future release, this module
+will be independent.
+
+Some OSS events (``SEQ_PRIVATE`` and ``SEQ_VOLUME`` events) are passed as event
+type SND_SEQ_OSS_PRIVATE. The OSS sequencer passes these event 8 byte
+packets without any modification. The lowlevel driver should process these
+events appropriately.
+
+Interface to MIDI Device
+========================
+
+Since the OSS emulation probes the creation and deletion of ALSA MIDI
+sequencer ports automatically by receiving announcement from ALSA
+sequencer, the MIDI devices don't need to be registered explicitly
+like synth devices.
+However, the MIDI port_info registered to ALSA sequencer must include
+a group name ``SND_SEQ_GROUP_DEVICE`` and a capability-bit
+``CAP_READ`` or ``CAP_WRITE``. Also, subscription capabilities,
+``CAP_SUBS_READ`` or ``CAP_SUBS_WRITE``, must be defined, too. If
+these conditions are not satisfied, the port is not registered as OSS
+sequencer MIDI device.
+
+The events via MIDI devices are parsed in OSS sequencer and converted
+to the corresponding ALSA sequencer events. The input from MIDI sequencer
+is also converted to MIDI byte events by OSS sequencer. This works just
+a reverse way of seq_midi module.
+
+Known Problems / TODO's
+=======================
+
+* Patch loading via ALSA instrument layer is not implemented yet.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/timestamping.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/timestamping.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c7ecf5db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/timestamping.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+=====================
+ALSA PCM Timestamping
+=====================
+
+The ALSA API can provide two different system timestamps:
+
+- Trigger_tstamp is the system time snapshot taken when the .trigger
+ callback is invoked. This snapshot is taken by the ALSA core in the
+ general case, but specific hardware may have synchronization
+ capabilities or conversely may only be able to provide a correct
+ estimate with a delay. In the latter two cases, the low-level driver
+ is responsible for updating the trigger_tstamp at the most appropriate
+ and precise moment. Applications should not rely solely on the first
+ trigger_tstamp but update their internal calculations if the driver
+ provides a refined estimate with a delay.
+
+- tstamp is the current system timestamp updated during the last
+ event or application query.
+ The difference (tstamp - trigger_tstamp) defines the elapsed time.
+
+The ALSA API provides two basic pieces of information, avail
+and delay, which combined with the trigger and current system
+timestamps allow for applications to keep track of the 'fullness' of
+the ring buffer and the amount of queued samples.
+
+The use of these different pointers and time information depends on
+the application needs:
+
+- ``avail`` reports how much can be written in the ring buffer
+- ``delay`` reports the time it will take to hear a new sample after all
+ queued samples have been played out.
+
+When timestamps are enabled, the avail/delay information is reported
+along with a snapshot of system time. Applications can select from
+``CLOCK_REALTIME`` (NTP corrections including going backwards),
+``CLOCK_MONOTONIC`` (NTP corrections but never going backwards),
+``CLOCK_MONOTIC_RAW`` (without NTP corrections) and change the mode
+dynamically with sw_params
+
+
+The ALSA API also provide an audio_tstamp which reflects the passage
+of time as measured by different components of audio hardware. In
+ascii-art, this could be represented as follows (for the playback
+case):
+::
+
+ --------------------------------------------------------------> time
+ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
+ | | | | |
+ analog link dma app FullBuffer
+ time time time time time
+ | | | | |
+ |< codec delay >|<--hw delay-->|<queued samples>|<---avail->|
+ |<----------------- delay---------------------->| |
+ |<----ring buffer length---->|
+
+
+The analog time is taken at the last stage of the playback, as close
+as possible to the actual transducer
+
+The link time is taken at the output of the SoC/chipset as the samples
+are pushed on a link. The link time can be directly measured if
+supported in hardware by sample counters or wallclocks (e.g. with
+HDAudio 24MHz or PTP clock for networked solutions) or indirectly
+estimated (e.g. with the frame counter in USB).
+
+The DMA time is measured using counters - typically the least reliable
+of all measurements due to the bursty nature of DMA transfers.
+
+The app time corresponds to the time tracked by an application after
+writing in the ring buffer.
+
+The application can query the hardware capabilities, define which
+audio time it wants reported by selecting the relevant settings in
+audio_tstamp_config fields, thus get an estimate of the timestamp
+accuracy. It can also request the delay-to-analog be included in the
+measurement. Direct access to the link time is very interesting on
+platforms that provide an embedded DSP; measuring directly the link
+time with dedicated hardware, possibly synchronized with system time,
+removes the need to keep track of internal DSP processing times and
+latency.
+
+In case the application requests an audio tstamp that is not supported
+in hardware/low-level driver, the type is overridden as DEFAULT and the
+timestamp will report the DMA time based on the hw_pointer value.
+
+For backwards compatibility with previous implementations that did not
+provide timestamp selection, with a zero-valued COMPAT timestamp type
+the results will default to the HDAudio wall clock for playback
+streams and to the DMA time (hw_ptr) in all other cases.
+
+The audio timestamp accuracy can be returned to user-space, so that
+appropriate decisions are made:
+
+- for dma time (default), the granularity of the transfers can be
+ inferred from the steps between updates and in turn provide
+ information on how much the application pointer can be rewound
+ safely.
+
+- the link time can be used to track long-term drifts between audio
+ and system time using the (tstamp-trigger_tstamp)/audio_tstamp
+ ratio, the precision helps define how much smoothing/low-pass
+ filtering is required. The link time can be either reset on startup
+ or reported as is (the latter being useful to compare progress of
+ different streams - but may require the wallclock to be always
+ running and not wrap-around during idle periods). If supported in
+ hardware, the absolute link time could also be used to define a
+ precise start time (patches WIP)
+
+- including the delay in the audio timestamp may
+ counter-intuitively not increase the precision of timestamps, e.g. if a
+ codec includes variable-latency DSP processing or a chain of
+ hardware components the delay is typically not known with precision.
+
+The accuracy is reported in nanosecond units (using an unsigned 32-bit
+word), which gives a max precision of 4.29s, more than enough for
+audio applications...
+
+Due to the varied nature of timestamping needs, even for a single
+application, the audio_tstamp_config can be changed dynamically. In
+the ``STATUS`` ioctl, the parameters are read-only and do not allow for
+any application selection. To work around this limitation without
+impacting legacy applications, a new ``STATUS_EXT`` ioctl is introduced
+with read/write parameters. ALSA-lib will be modified to make use of
+``STATUS_EXT`` and effectively deprecate ``STATUS``.
+
+The ALSA API only allows for a single audio timestamp to be reported
+at a time. This is a conscious design decision, reading the audio
+timestamps from hardware registers or from IPC takes time, the more
+timestamps are read the more imprecise the combined measurements
+are. To avoid any interpretation issues, a single (system, audio)
+timestamp is reported. Applications that need different timestamps
+will be required to issue multiple queries and perform an
+interpolation of the results
+
+In some hardware-specific configuration, the system timestamp is
+latched by a low-level audio subsystem, and the information provided
+back to the driver. Due to potential delays in the communication with
+the hardware, there is a risk of misalignment with the avail and delay
+information. To make sure applications are not confused, a
+driver_timestamp field is added in the snd_pcm_status structure; this
+timestamp shows when the information is put together by the driver
+before returning from the ``STATUS`` and ``STATUS_EXT`` ioctl. in most cases
+this driver_timestamp will be identical to the regular system tstamp.
+
+Examples of timestamping with HDAudio:
+
+1. DMA timestamp, no compensation for DMA+analog delay
+::
+
+ $ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=1
+ playback: systime: 341121338 nsec, audio time 342000000 nsec, systime delta -878662
+ playback: systime: 426236663 nsec, audio time 427187500 nsec, systime delta -950837
+ playback: systime: 597080580 nsec, audio time 598000000 nsec, systime delta -919420
+ playback: systime: 682059782 nsec, audio time 683020833 nsec, systime delta -961051
+ playback: systime: 852896415 nsec, audio time 853854166 nsec, systime delta -957751
+ playback: systime: 937903344 nsec, audio time 938854166 nsec, systime delta -950822
+
+2. DMA timestamp, compensation for DMA+analog delay
+::
+
+ $ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=1 -d
+ playback: systime: 341053347 nsec, audio time 341062500 nsec, systime delta -9153
+ playback: systime: 426072447 nsec, audio time 426062500 nsec, systime delta 9947
+ playback: systime: 596899518 nsec, audio time 596895833 nsec, systime delta 3685
+ playback: systime: 681915317 nsec, audio time 681916666 nsec, systime delta -1349
+ playback: systime: 852741306 nsec, audio time 852750000 nsec, systime delta -8694
+
+3. link timestamp, compensation for DMA+analog delay
+::
+
+ $ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=2 -d
+ playback: systime: 341060004 nsec, audio time 341062791 nsec, systime delta -2787
+ playback: systime: 426242074 nsec, audio time 426244875 nsec, systime delta -2801
+ playback: systime: 597080992 nsec, audio time 597084583 nsec, systime delta -3591
+ playback: systime: 682084512 nsec, audio time 682088291 nsec, systime delta -3779
+ playback: systime: 852936229 nsec, audio time 852940916 nsec, systime delta -4687
+ playback: systime: 938107562 nsec, audio time 938112708 nsec, systime delta -5146
+
+Example 1 shows that the timestamp at the DMA level is close to 1ms
+ahead of the actual playback time (as a side time this sort of
+measurement can help define rewind safeguards). Compensating for the
+DMA-link delay in example 2 helps remove the hardware buffering but
+the information is still very jittery, with up to one sample of
+error. In example 3 where the timestamps are measured with the link
+wallclock, the timestamps show a monotonic behavior and a lower
+dispersion.
+
+Example 3 and 4 are with USB audio class. Example 3 shows a high
+offset between audio time and system time due to buffering. Example 4
+shows how compensating for the delay exposes a 1ms accuracy (due to
+the use of the frame counter by the driver)
+
+Example 3: DMA timestamp, no compensation for delay, delta of ~5ms
+::
+
+ $ ./audio_time -p -Dhw:1 -t1
+ playback: systime: 120174019 nsec, audio time 125000000 nsec, systime delta -4825981
+ playback: systime: 245041136 nsec, audio time 250000000 nsec, systime delta -4958864
+ playback: systime: 370106088 nsec, audio time 375000000 nsec, systime delta -4893912
+ playback: systime: 495040065 nsec, audio time 500000000 nsec, systime delta -4959935
+ playback: systime: 620038179 nsec, audio time 625000000 nsec, systime delta -4961821
+ playback: systime: 745087741 nsec, audio time 750000000 nsec, systime delta -4912259
+ playback: systime: 870037336 nsec, audio time 875000000 nsec, systime delta -4962664
+
+Example 4: DMA timestamp, compensation for delay, delay of ~1ms
+::
+
+ $ ./audio_time -p -Dhw:1 -t1 -d
+ playback: systime: 120190520 nsec, audio time 120000000 nsec, systime delta 190520
+ playback: systime: 245036740 nsec, audio time 244000000 nsec, systime delta 1036740
+ playback: systime: 370034081 nsec, audio time 369000000 nsec, systime delta 1034081
+ playback: systime: 495159907 nsec, audio time 494000000 nsec, systime delta 1159907
+ playback: systime: 620098824 nsec, audio time 619000000 nsec, systime delta 1098824
+ playback: systime: 745031847 nsec, audio time 744000000 nsec, systime delta 1031847
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/tracepoints.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/tracepoints.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0a7e3010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/tracepoints.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+===================
+Tracepoints in ALSA
+===================
+
+2017/07/02
+Takasahi Sakamoto
+
+Tracepoints in ALSA PCM core
+============================
+
+ALSA PCM core registers ``snd_pcm`` subsystem to kernel tracepoint system.
+This subsystem includes two categories of tracepoints; for state of PCM buffer
+and for processing of PCM hardware parameters. These tracepoints are available
+when corresponding kernel configurations are enabled. When ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG``
+is enabled, the latter tracepoints are available. When additional
+``SND_PCM_XRUN_DEBUG`` is enabled too, the former trace points are enabled.
+
+Tracepoints for state of PCM buffer
+------------------------------------
+
+This category includes four tracepoints; ``hwptr``, ``applptr``, ``xrun`` and
+``hw_ptr_error``.
+
+Tracepoints for processing of PCM hardware parameters
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+This category includes two tracepoints; ``hw_mask_param`` and
+``hw_interval_param``.
+
+In a design of ALSA PCM core, data transmission is abstracted as PCM substream.
+Applications manage PCM substream to maintain data transmission for PCM frames.
+Before starting the data transmission, applications need to configure PCM
+substream. In this procedure, PCM hardware parameters are decided by
+interaction between applications and ALSA PCM core. Once decided, runtime of
+the PCM substream keeps the parameters.
+
+The parameters are described in struct snd_pcm_hw_params. This
+structure includes several types of parameters. Applications set preferable
+value to these parameters, then execute ioctl(2) with SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_REFINE
+or SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_PARAMS. The former is used just for refining available
+set of parameters. The latter is used for an actual decision of the parameters.
+
+The struct snd_pcm_hw_params structure has below members:
+
+``flags``
+ Configurable. ALSA PCM core and some drivers handle this flag to select
+ convenient parameters or change their behaviour.
+``masks``
+ Configurable. This type of parameter is described in
+ struct snd_mask and represent mask values. As of PCM protocol
+ v2.0.13, three types are defined.
+
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_ACCESS
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_SUBFORMAT
+``intervals``
+ Configurable. This type of parameter is described in
+ struct snd_interval and represent values with a range. As of
+ PCM protocol v2.0.13, twelve types are defined.
+
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_SAMPLE_BITS
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FRAME_BITS
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIOD_TIME
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIOD_SIZE
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIOD_BYTES
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_BUFFER_TIME
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_BUFFER_SIZE
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_BUFFER_BYTES
+ - SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_TICK_TIME
+``rmask``
+ Configurable. This is evaluated at ioctl(2) with
+ SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_REFINE only. Applications can select which
+ mask/interval parameter can be changed by ALSA PCM core. For
+ SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_PARAMS, this mask is ignored and all of parameters
+ are going to be changed.
+``cmask``
+ Read-only. After returning from ioctl(2), buffer in user space for
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_params includes result of each operation.
+ This mask represents which mask/interval parameter is actually changed.
+``info``
+ Read-only. This represents hardware/driver capabilities as bit flags
+ with SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX. Typically, applications execute ioctl(2) with
+ SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_REFINE to retrieve this flag, then decide candidates
+ of parameters and execute ioctl(2) with SNDRV_PCM_IOCTL_HW_PARAMS to
+ configure PCM substream.
+``msbits``
+ Read-only. This value represents available bit width in MSB side of
+ a PCM sample. When a parameter of SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_SAMPLE_BITS was
+ decided as a fixed number, this value is also calculated according to
+ it. Else, zero. But this behaviour depends on implementations in driver
+ side.
+``rate_num``
+ Read-only. This value represents numerator of sampling rate in fraction
+ notation. Basically, when a parameter of SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE was
+ decided as a single value, this value is also calculated according to
+ it. Else, zero. But this behaviour depends on implementations in driver
+ side.
+``rate_den``
+ Read-only. This value represents denominator of sampling rate in
+ fraction notation. Basically, when a parameter of
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE was decided as a single value, this value is
+ also calculated according to it. Else, zero. But this behaviour depends
+ on implementations in driver side.
+``fifo_size``
+ Read-only. This value represents the size of FIFO in serial sound
+ interface of hardware. Basically, each driver can assigns a proper
+ value to this parameter but some drivers intentionally set zero with
+ a care of hardware design or data transmission protocol.
+
+ALSA PCM core handles buffer of struct snd_pcm_hw_params when
+applications execute ioctl(2) with SNDRV_PCM_HW_REFINE or SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAMS.
+Parameters in the buffer are changed according to
+struct snd_pcm_hardware and rules of constraints in the runtime. The
+structure describes capabilities of handled hardware. The rules describes
+dependencies on which a parameter is decided according to several parameters.
+A rule has a callback function, and drivers can register arbitrary functions
+to compute the target parameter. ALSA PCM core registers some rules to the
+runtime as a default.
+
+Each driver can join in the interaction as long as it prepared for two stuffs
+in a callback of struct snd_pcm_ops.open.
+
+1. In the callback, drivers are expected to change a member of
+ struct snd_pcm_hardware type in the runtime, according to
+ capacities of corresponding hardware.
+2. In the same callback, drivers are also expected to register additional rules
+ of constraints into the runtime when several parameters have dependencies
+ due to hardware design.
+
+The driver can refers to result of the interaction in a callback of
+struct snd_pcm_ops.hw_params, however it should not change the
+content.
+
+Tracepoints in this category are designed to trace changes of the
+mask/interval parameters. When ALSA PCM core changes them, ``hw_mask_param`` or
+``hw_interval_param`` event is probed according to type of the changed parameter.
+
+ALSA PCM core also has a pretty print format for each of the tracepoints. Below
+is an example for ``hw_mask_param``.
+
+::
+
+ hw_mask_param: pcmC0D0p 001/023 FORMAT 00000000000000000000001000000044 00000000000000000000001000000044
+
+
+Below is an example for ``hw_interval_param``.
+
+::
+
+ hw_interval_param: pcmC0D0p 000/023 BUFFER_SIZE 0 0 [0 4294967295] 0 1 [0 4294967295]
+
+The first three fields are common. They represent name of ALSA PCM character
+device, rules of constraint and name of the changed parameter, in order. The
+field for rules of constraint consists of two sub-fields; index of applied rule
+and total number of rules added to the runtime. As an exception, the index 000
+means that the parameter is changed by ALSA PCM core, regardless of the rules.
+
+The rest of field represent state of the parameter before/after changing. These
+fields are different according to type of the parameter. For parameters of mask
+type, the fields represent hexadecimal dump of content of the parameter. For
+parameters of interval type, the fields represent values of each member of
+``empty``, ``integer``, ``openmin``, ``min``, ``max``, ``openmax`` in
+struct snd_interval in this order.
+
+Tracepoints in drivers
+======================
+
+Some drivers have tracepoints for developers' convenience. For them, please
+refer to each documentation or implementation.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/controls.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/controls.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2ebc4f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/controls.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+======================================
+HD-Audio Codec-Specific Mixer Controls
+======================================
+
+
+This file explains the codec-specific mixer controls.
+
+Realtek codecs
+--------------
+
+Channel Mode
+ This is an enum control to change the surround-channel setup,
+ appears only when the surround channels are available.
+ It gives the number of channels to be used, "2ch", "4ch", "6ch",
+ and "8ch". According to the configuration, this also controls the
+ jack-retasking of multi-I/O jacks.
+
+Auto-Mute Mode
+ This is an enum control to change the auto-mute behavior of the
+ headphone and line-out jacks. If built-in speakers and headphone
+ and/or line-out jacks are available on a machine, this controls
+ appears.
+ When there are only either headphones or line-out jacks, it gives
+ "Disabled" and "Enabled" state. When enabled, the speaker is muted
+ automatically when a jack is plugged.
+
+ When both headphone and line-out jacks are present, it gives
+ "Disabled", "Speaker Only" and "Line-Out+Speaker". When
+ speaker-only is chosen, plugging into a headphone or a line-out jack
+ mutes the speakers, but not line-outs. When line-out+speaker is
+ selected, plugging to a headphone jack mutes both speakers and
+ line-outs.
+
+
+IDT/Sigmatel codecs
+-------------------
+
+Analog Loopback
+ This control enables/disables the analog-loopback circuit. This
+ appears only when "loopback" is set to true in a codec hint
+ (see HD-Audio.txt). Note that on some codecs the analog-loopback
+ and the normal PCM playback are exclusive, i.e. when this is on, you
+ won't hear any PCM stream.
+
+Swap Center/LFE
+ Swaps the center and LFE channel order. Normally, the left
+ corresponds to the center and the right to the LFE. When this is
+ ON, the left to the LFE and the right to the center.
+
+Headphone as Line Out
+ When this control is ON, treat the headphone jacks as line-out
+ jacks. That is, the headphone won't auto-mute the other line-outs,
+ and no HP-amp is set to the pins.
+
+Mic Jack Mode, Line Jack Mode, etc
+ These enum controls the direction and the bias of the input jack
+ pins. Depending on the jack type, it can set as "Mic In" and "Line
+ In", for determining the input bias, or it can be set to "Line Out"
+ when the pin is a multi-I/O jack for surround channels.
+
+
+VIA codecs
+----------
+
+Smart 5.1
+ An enum control to re-task the multi-I/O jacks for surround outputs.
+ When it's ON, the corresponding input jacks (usually a line-in and a
+ mic-in) are switched as the surround and the CLFE output jacks.
+
+Independent HP
+ When this enum control is enabled, the headphone output is routed
+ from an individual stream (the third PCM such as hw:0,2) instead of
+ the primary stream. In the case the headphone DAC is shared with a
+ side or a CLFE-channel DAC, the DAC is switched to the headphone
+ automatically.
+
+Loopback Mixing
+ An enum control to determine whether the analog-loopback route is
+ enabled or not. When it's enabled, the analog-loopback is mixed to
+ the front-channel. Also, the same route is used for the headphone
+ and speaker outputs. As a side-effect, when this mode is set, the
+ individual volume controls will be no longer available for
+ headphones and speakers because there is only one DAC connected to a
+ mixer widget.
+
+Dynamic Power-Control
+ This control determines whether the dynamic power-control per jack
+ detection is enabled or not. When enabled, the widgets power state
+ (D0/D3) are changed dynamically depending on the jack plugging
+ state for saving power consumptions. However, if your system
+ doesn't provide a proper jack-detection, this won't work; in such a
+ case, turn this control OFF.
+
+Jack Detect
+ This control is provided only for VT1708 codec which gives no proper
+ unsolicited event per jack plug. When this is on, the driver polls
+ the jack detection so that the headphone auto-mute can work, while
+ turning this off would reduce the power consumption.
+
+
+Conexant codecs
+---------------
+
+Auto-Mute Mode
+ See Reatek codecs.
+
+
+Analog codecs
+--------------
+
+Channel Mode
+ This is an enum control to change the surround-channel setup,
+ appears only when the surround channels are available.
+ It gives the number of channels to be used, "2ch", "4ch" and "6ch".
+ According to the configuration, this also controls the
+ jack-retasking of multi-I/O jacks.
+
+Independent HP
+ When this enum control is enabled, the headphone output is routed
+ from an individual stream (the third PCM such as hw:0,2) instead of
+ the primary stream.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/dp-mst.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/dp-mst.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1617459e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/dp-mst.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+=======================
+HD-Audio DP-MST Support
+=======================
+
+To support DP MST audio, HD Audio hdmi codec driver introduces virtual pin
+and dynamic pcm assignment.
+
+Virtual pin is an extension of per_pin. The most difference of DP MST
+from legacy is that DP MST introduces device entry. Each pin can contain
+several device entries. Each device entry behaves as a pin.
+
+As each pin may contain several device entries and each codec may contain
+several pins, if we use one pcm per per_pin, there will be many PCMs.
+The new solution is to create a few PCMs and to dynamically bind pcm to
+per_pin. Driver uses spec->dyn_pcm_assign flag to indicate whether to use
+the new solution.
+
+PCM
+===
+To be added
+
+Pin Initialization
+==================
+Each pin may have several device entries (virtual pins). On Intel platform,
+the device entries number is dynamically changed. If DP MST hub is connected,
+it is in DP MST mode, and the device entries number is 3. Otherwise, the
+device entries number is 1.
+
+To simplify the implementation, all the device entries will be initialized
+when bootup no matter whether it is in DP MST mode or not.
+
+Connection list
+===============
+DP MST reuses connection list code. The code can be reused because
+device entries on the same pin have the same connection list.
+
+This means DP MST gets the device entry connection list without the
+device entry setting.
+
+Jack
+====
+
+Presume:
+ - MST must be dyn_pcm_assign, and it is acomp (for Intel scenario);
+ - NON-MST may or may not be dyn_pcm_assign, it can be acomp or !acomp;
+
+So there are the following scenarios:
+ a. MST (&& dyn_pcm_assign && acomp)
+ b. NON-MST && dyn_pcm_assign && acomp
+ c. NON-MST && !dyn_pcm_assign && !acomp
+
+Below discussion will ignore MST and NON-MST difference as it doesn't
+impact on jack handling too much.
+
+Driver uses struct hdmi_pcm pcm[] array in hdmi_spec and snd_jack is
+a member of hdmi_pcm. Each pin has one struct hdmi_pcm * pcm pointer.
+
+For !dyn_pcm_assign, per_pin->pcm will assigned to spec->pcm[n] statically.
+
+For dyn_pcm_assign, per_pin->pcm will assigned to spec->pcm[n]
+when monitor is hotplugged.
+
+
+Build Jack
+----------
+
+- dyn_pcm_assign
+
+ Will not use hda_jack but use snd_jack in spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack directly.
+
+- !dyn_pcm_assign
+
+ Use hda_jack and assign spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack = jack->jack statically.
+
+
+Unsolicited Event Enabling
+--------------------------
+Enable unsolicited event if !acomp.
+
+
+Monitor Hotplug Event Handling
+------------------------------
+- acomp
+
+ pin_eld_notify() -> check_presence_and_report() -> hdmi_present_sense() ->
+ sync_eld_via_acomp().
+
+ Use directly snd_jack_report() on spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack for
+ both dyn_pcm_assign and !dyn_pcm_assign
+
+- !acomp
+
+ hdmi_unsol_event() -> hdmi_intrinsic_event() -> check_presence_and_report() ->
+ hdmi_present_sense() -> hdmi_prepsent_sense_via_verbs()
+
+ Use directly snd_jack_report() on spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack for dyn_pcm_assign.
+ Use hda_jack mechanism to handle jack events.
+
+
+Others to be added later
+========================
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e12de9fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+HD-Audio
+========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ notes
+ models
+ controls
+ dp-mst
+ realtek-pc-beep
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/models.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/models.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..120430450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/models.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,809 @@
+==============================
+HD-Audio Codec-Specific Models
+==============================
+
+ALC880
+======
+3stack
+ 3-jack in back and a headphone out
+3stack-digout
+ 3-jack in back, a HP out and a SPDIF out
+5stack
+ 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front
+5stack-digout
+ 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, a SPDIF out
+6stack
+ 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front
+6stack-digout
+ 6-jack with a SPDIF out
+6stack-automute
+ 6-jack with headphone jack detection
+
+ALC260
+======
+gpio1
+ Enable GPIO1
+coef
+ Enable EAPD via COEF table
+fujitsu
+ Quirk for FSC S7020
+fujitsu-jwse
+ Quirk for FSC S7020 with jack modes and HP mic support
+
+ALC262
+======
+inv-dmic
+ Inverted internal mic workaround
+fsc-h270
+ Fixups for Fujitsu-Siemens Celsius H270
+fsc-s7110
+ Fixups for Fujitsu-Siemens Lifebook S7110
+hp-z200
+ Fixups for HP Z200
+tyan
+ Fixups for Tyan Thunder n6650W
+lenovo-3000
+ Fixups for Lenovo 3000
+benq
+ Fixups for Benq ED8
+benq-t31
+ Fixups for Benq T31
+bayleybay
+ Fixups for Intel BayleyBay
+
+ALC267/268
+==========
+inv-dmic
+ Inverted internal mic workaround
+hp-eapd
+ Disable HP EAPD on NID 0x15
+spdif
+ Enable SPDIF output on NID 0x1e
+
+ALC22x/23x/25x/269/27x/28x/29x (and vendor-specific ALC3xxx models)
+===================================================================
+laptop-amic
+ Laptops with analog-mic input
+laptop-dmic
+ Laptops with digital-mic input
+alc269-dmic
+ Enable ALC269(VA) digital mic workaround
+alc271-dmic
+ Enable ALC271X digital mic workaround
+inv-dmic
+ Inverted internal mic workaround
+headset-mic
+ Indicates a combined headset (headphone+mic) jack
+headset-mode
+ More comprehensive headset support for ALC269 & co
+headset-mode-no-hp-mic
+ Headset mode support without headphone mic
+lenovo-dock
+ Enables docking station I/O for some Lenovos
+hp-gpio-led
+ GPIO LED support on HP laptops
+hp-dock-gpio-mic1-led
+ HP dock with mic LED support
+dell-headset-multi
+ Headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in
+dell-headset-dock
+ Headset jack (without mic-in), and also dock I/O
+dell-headset3
+ Headset jack (without mic-in), and also dock I/O, variant 3
+dell-headset4
+ Headset jack (without mic-in), and also dock I/O, variant 4
+alc283-dac-wcaps
+ Fixups for Chromebook with ALC283
+alc283-sense-combo
+ Combo jack sensing on ALC283
+tpt440-dock
+ Pin configs for Lenovo Thinkpad Dock support
+tpt440
+ Lenovo Thinkpad T440s setup
+tpt460
+ Lenovo Thinkpad T460/560 setup
+tpt470-dock
+ Lenovo Thinkpad T470 dock setup
+dual-codecs
+ Lenovo laptops with dual codecs
+alc700-ref
+ Intel reference board with ALC700 codec
+vaio
+ Pin fixups for Sony VAIO laptops
+dell-m101z
+ COEF setup for Dell M101z
+asus-g73jw
+ Subwoofer pin fixup for ASUS G73JW
+lenovo-eapd
+ Inversed EAPD setup for Lenovo laptops
+sony-hweq
+ H/W EQ COEF setup for Sony laptops
+pcm44k
+ Fixed PCM 44kHz constraints (for buggy devices)
+lifebook
+ Dock pin fixups for Fujitsu Lifebook
+lifebook-extmic
+ Headset mic fixup for Fujitsu Lifebook
+lifebook-hp-pin
+ Headphone pin fixup for Fujitsu Lifebook
+lifebook-u7x7
+ Lifebook U7x7 fixups
+alc269vb-amic
+ ALC269VB analog mic pin fixups
+alc269vb-dmic
+ ALC269VB digital mic pin fixups
+hp-mute-led-mic1
+ Mute LED via Mic1 pin on HP
+hp-mute-led-mic2
+ Mute LED via Mic2 pin on HP
+hp-mute-led-mic3
+ Mute LED via Mic3 pin on HP
+hp-gpio-mic1
+ GPIO + Mic1 pin LED on HP
+hp-line1-mic1
+ Mute LED via Line1 + Mic1 pins on HP
+noshutup
+ Skip shutup callback
+sony-nomic
+ Headset mic fixup for Sony laptops
+aspire-headset-mic
+ Headset pin fixup for Acer Aspire
+asus-x101
+ ASUS X101 fixups
+acer-ao7xx
+ Acer AO7xx fixups
+acer-aspire-e1
+ Acer Aspire E1 fixups
+acer-ac700
+ Acer AC700 fixups
+limit-mic-boost
+ Limit internal mic boost on Lenovo machines
+asus-zenbook
+ ASUS Zenbook fixups
+asus-zenbook-ux31a
+ ASUS Zenbook UX31A fixups
+ordissimo
+ Ordissimo EVE2 (or Malata PC-B1303) fixups
+asus-tx300
+ ASUS TX300 fixups
+alc283-int-mic
+ ALC283 COEF setup for Lenovo machines
+mono-speakers
+ Subwoofer and headset fixupes for Dell Inspiron
+alc290-subwoofer
+ Subwoofer fixups for Dell Vostro
+thinkpad
+ Binding with thinkpad_acpi driver for Lenovo machines
+dmic-thinkpad
+ thinkpad_acpi binding + digital mic support
+alc255-acer
+ ALC255 fixups on Acer machines
+alc255-asus
+ ALC255 fixups on ASUS machines
+alc255-dell1
+ ALC255 fixups on Dell machines
+alc255-dell2
+ ALC255 fixups on Dell machines, variant 2
+alc293-dell1
+ ALC293 fixups on Dell machines
+alc283-headset
+ Headset pin fixups on ALC283
+aspire-v5
+ Acer Aspire V5 fixups
+hp-gpio4
+ GPIO and Mic1 pin mute LED fixups for HP
+hp-gpio-led
+ GPIO mute LEDs on HP
+hp-gpio2-hotkey
+ GPIO mute LED with hot key handling on HP
+hp-dock-pins
+ GPIO mute LEDs and dock support on HP
+hp-dock-gpio-mic
+ GPIO, Mic mute LED and dock support on HP
+hp-9480m
+ HP 9480m fixups
+alc288-dell1
+ ALC288 fixups on Dell machines
+alc288-dell-xps13
+ ALC288 fixups on Dell XPS13
+dell-e7x
+ Dell E7x fixups
+alc293-dell
+ ALC293 fixups on Dell machines
+alc298-dell1
+ ALC298 fixups on Dell machines
+alc298-dell-aio
+ ALC298 fixups on Dell AIO machines
+alc275-dell-xps
+ ALC275 fixups on Dell XPS models
+lenovo-spk-noise
+ Workaround for speaker noise on Lenovo machines
+lenovo-hotkey
+ Hot-key support via Mic2 pin on Lenovo machines
+dell-spk-noise
+ Workaround for speaker noise on Dell machines
+alc255-dell1
+ ALC255 fixups on Dell machines
+alc295-disable-dac3
+ Disable DAC3 routing on ALC295
+alc280-hp-headset
+ HP Elitebook fixups
+alc221-hp-mic
+ Front mic pin fixup on HP machines
+alc298-spk-volume
+ Speaker pin routing workaround on ALC298
+dell-inspiron-7559
+ Dell Inspiron 7559 fixups
+ativ-book
+ Samsung Ativ book 8 fixups
+alc221-hp-mic
+ ALC221 headset fixups on HP machines
+alc256-asus-mic
+ ALC256 fixups on ASUS machines
+alc256-asus-aio
+ ALC256 fixups on ASUS AIO machines
+alc233-eapd
+ ALC233 fixups on ASUS machines
+alc294-lenovo-mic
+ ALC294 Mic pin fixup for Lenovo AIO machines
+alc225-wyse
+ Dell Wyse fixups
+alc274-dell-aio
+ ALC274 fixups on Dell AIO machines
+alc255-dummy-lineout
+ Dell Precision 3930 fixups
+alc255-dell-headset
+ Dell Precision 3630 fixups
+alc295-hp-x360
+ HP Spectre X360 fixups
+alc-sense-combo
+ Headset button support for Chrome platform
+huawei-mbx-stereo
+ Enable initialization verbs for Huawei MBX stereo speakers;
+ might be risky, try this at your own risk
+alc298-samsung-headphone
+ Samsung laptops with ALC298
+alc256-samsung-headphone
+ Samsung laptops with ALC256
+
+ALC66x/67x/892
+==============
+aspire
+ Subwoofer pin fixup for Aspire laptops
+ideapad
+ Subwoofer pin fixup for Ideapad laptops
+mario
+ Chromebook mario model fixup
+hp-rp5800
+ Headphone pin fixup for HP RP5800
+asus-mode1
+ ASUS
+asus-mode2
+ ASUS
+asus-mode3
+ ASUS
+asus-mode4
+ ASUS
+asus-mode5
+ ASUS
+asus-mode6
+ ASUS
+asus-mode7
+ ASUS
+asus-mode8
+ ASUS
+zotac-z68
+ Front HP fixup for Zotac Z68
+inv-dmic
+ Inverted internal mic workaround
+alc662-headset-multi
+ Dell headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in (ALC662)
+dell-headset-multi
+ Headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in
+alc662-headset
+ Headset mode support on ALC662
+alc668-headset
+ Headset mode support on ALC668
+bass16
+ Bass speaker fixup on pin 0x16
+bass1a
+ Bass speaker fixup on pin 0x1a
+automute
+ Auto-mute fixups for ALC668
+dell-xps13
+ Dell XPS13 fixups
+asus-nx50
+ ASUS Nx50 fixups
+asus-nx51
+ ASUS Nx51 fixups
+asus-g751
+ ASUS G751 fixups
+alc891-headset
+ Headset mode support on ALC891
+alc891-headset-multi
+ Dell headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in (ALC891)
+acer-veriton
+ Acer Veriton speaker pin fixup
+asrock-mobo
+ Fix invalid 0x15 / 0x16 pins
+usi-headset
+ Headset support on USI machines
+dual-codecs
+ Lenovo laptops with dual codecs
+alc285-hp-amp-init
+ HP laptops which require speaker amplifier initialization (ALC285)
+
+ALC680
+======
+N/A
+
+ALC88x/898/1150/1220
+====================
+abit-aw9d
+ Pin fixups for Abit AW9D-MAX
+lenovo-y530
+ Pin fixups for Lenovo Y530
+acer-aspire-7736
+ Fixup for Acer Aspire 7736
+asus-w90v
+ Pin fixup for ASUS W90V
+cd
+ Enable audio CD pin NID 0x1c
+no-front-hp
+ Disable front HP pin NID 0x1b
+vaio-tt
+ Pin fixup for VAIO TT
+eee1601
+ COEF setups for ASUS Eee 1601
+alc882-eapd
+ Change EAPD COEF mode on ALC882
+alc883-eapd
+ Change EAPD COEF mode on ALC883
+gpio1
+ Enable GPIO1
+gpio2
+ Enable GPIO2
+gpio3
+ Enable GPIO3
+alc889-coef
+ Setup ALC889 COEF
+asus-w2jc
+ Fixups for ASUS W2JC
+acer-aspire-4930g
+ Acer Aspire 4930G/5930G/6530G/6930G/7730G
+acer-aspire-8930g
+ Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G
+acer-aspire
+ Acer Aspire others
+macpro-gpio
+ GPIO setup for Mac Pro
+dac-route
+ Workaround for DAC routing on Acer Aspire
+mbp-vref
+ Vref setup for Macbook Pro
+imac91-vref
+ Vref setup for iMac 9,1
+mba11-vref
+ Vref setup for MacBook Air 1,1
+mba21-vref
+ Vref setup for MacBook Air 2,1
+mp11-vref
+ Vref setup for Mac Pro 1,1
+mp41-vref
+ Vref setup for Mac Pro 4,1
+inv-dmic
+ Inverted internal mic workaround
+no-primary-hp
+ VAIO Z/VGC-LN51JGB workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
+asus-bass
+ Bass speaker setup for ASUS ET2700
+dual-codecs
+ ALC1220 dual codecs for Gaming mobos
+clevo-p950
+ Fixups for Clevo P950
+
+ALC861/660
+==========
+N/A
+
+ALC861VD/660VD
+==============
+N/A
+
+CMI9880
+=======
+minimal
+ 3-jack in back
+min_fp
+ 3-jack in back, 2-jack in front
+full
+ 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front
+full_dig
+ 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF I/O
+allout
+ 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF out
+auto
+ auto-config reading BIOS (default)
+
+AD1882 / AD1882A
+================
+3stack
+ 3-stack mode
+3stack-automute
+ 3-stack with automute front HP (default)
+6stack
+ 6-stack mode
+
+AD1884A / AD1883 / AD1984A / AD1984B
+====================================
+desktop 3-stack desktop (default)
+laptop laptop with HP jack sensing
+mobile mobile devices with HP jack sensing
+thinkpad Lenovo Thinkpad X300
+touchsmart HP Touchsmart
+
+AD1884
+======
+N/A
+
+AD1981
+======
+basic 3-jack (default)
+hp HP nx6320
+thinkpad Lenovo Thinkpad T60/X60/Z60
+toshiba Toshiba U205
+
+AD1983
+======
+N/A
+
+AD1984
+======
+basic default configuration
+thinkpad Lenovo Thinkpad T61/X61
+dell_desktop Dell T3400
+
+AD1986A
+=======
+3stack
+ 3-stack, shared surrounds
+laptop
+ 2-channel only (FSC V2060, Samsung M50)
+laptop-imic
+ 2-channel with built-in mic
+eapd
+ Turn on EAPD constantly
+
+AD1988/AD1988B/AD1989A/AD1989B
+==============================
+6stack
+ 6-jack
+6stack-dig
+ ditto with SPDIF
+3stack
+ 3-jack
+3stack-dig
+ ditto with SPDIF
+laptop
+ 3-jack with hp-jack automute
+laptop-dig
+ ditto with SPDIF
+auto
+ auto-config reading BIOS (default)
+
+Conexant 5045
+=============
+cap-mix-amp
+ Fix max input level on mixer widget
+toshiba-p105
+ Toshiba P105 quirk
+hp-530
+ HP 530 quirk
+
+Conexant 5047
+=============
+cap-mix-amp
+ Fix max input level on mixer widget
+
+Conexant 5051
+=============
+lenovo-x200
+ Lenovo X200 quirk
+
+Conexant 5066
+=============
+stereo-dmic
+ Workaround for inverted stereo digital mic
+gpio1
+ Enable GPIO1 pin
+headphone-mic-pin
+ Enable headphone mic NID 0x18 without detection
+tp410
+ Thinkpad T400 & co quirks
+thinkpad
+ Thinkpad mute/mic LED quirk
+lemote-a1004
+ Lemote A1004 quirk
+lemote-a1205
+ Lemote A1205 quirk
+olpc-xo
+ OLPC XO quirk
+mute-led-eapd
+ Mute LED control via EAPD
+hp-dock
+ HP dock support
+mute-led-gpio
+ Mute LED control via GPIO
+hp-mic-fix
+ Fix for headset mic pin on HP boxes
+
+STAC9200
+========
+ref
+ Reference board
+oqo
+ OQO Model 2
+dell-d21
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-d22
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-d23
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-m21
+ Dell Inspiron 630m, Dell Inspiron 640m
+dell-m22
+ Dell Latitude D620, Dell Latitude D820
+dell-m23
+ Dell XPS M1710, Dell Precision M90
+dell-m24
+ Dell Latitude 120L
+dell-m25
+ Dell Inspiron E1505n
+dell-m26
+ Dell Inspiron 1501
+dell-m27
+ Dell Inspiron E1705/9400
+gateway-m4
+ Gateway laptops with EAPD control
+gateway-m4-2
+ Gateway laptops with EAPD control
+panasonic
+ Panasonic CF-74
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC9205/9254
+=============
+ref
+ Reference board
+dell-m42
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-m43
+ Dell Precision
+dell-m44
+ Dell Inspiron
+eapd
+ Keep EAPD on (e.g. Gateway T1616)
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC9220/9221
+=============
+ref
+ Reference board
+3stack
+ D945 3stack
+5stack
+ D945 5stack + SPDIF
+intel-mac-v1
+ Intel Mac Type 1
+intel-mac-v2
+ Intel Mac Type 2
+intel-mac-v3
+ Intel Mac Type 3
+intel-mac-v4
+ Intel Mac Type 4
+intel-mac-v5
+ Intel Mac Type 5
+intel-mac-auto
+ Intel Mac (detect type according to subsystem id)
+macmini
+ Intel Mac Mini (equivalent with type 3)
+macbook
+ Intel Mac Book (eq. type 5)
+macbook-pro-v1
+ Intel Mac Book Pro 1st generation (eq. type 3)
+macbook-pro
+ Intel Mac Book Pro 2nd generation (eq. type 3)
+imac-intel
+ Intel iMac (eq. type 2)
+imac-intel-20
+ Intel iMac (newer version) (eq. type 3)
+ecs202
+ ECS/PC chips
+dell-d81
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-d82
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-m81
+ Dell (unknown)
+dell-m82
+ Dell XPS M1210
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC9202/9250/9251
+==================
+ref
+ Reference board, base config
+m1
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops (NX560XL)
+m1-2
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops (MX6453)
+m2
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops (M255)
+m2-2
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops
+m3
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops
+m5
+ Some Gateway MX series laptops (MP6954)
+m6
+ Some Gateway NX series laptops
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC9227/9228/9229/927x
+=======================
+ref
+ Reference board
+ref-no-jd
+ Reference board without HP/Mic jack detection
+3stack
+ D965 3stack
+5stack
+ D965 5stack + SPDIF
+5stack-no-fp
+ D965 5stack without front panel
+dell-3stack
+ Dell Dimension E520
+dell-bios
+ Fixes with Dell BIOS setup
+dell-bios-amic
+ Fixes with Dell BIOS setup including analog mic
+volknob
+ Fixes with volume-knob widget 0x24
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC92HD71B*
+============
+ref
+ Reference board
+dell-m4-1
+ Dell desktops
+dell-m4-2
+ Dell desktops
+dell-m4-3
+ Dell desktops
+hp-m4
+ HP mini 1000
+hp-dv5
+ HP dv series
+hp-hdx
+ HP HDX series
+hp-dv4-1222nr
+ HP dv4-1222nr (with LED support)
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC92HD73*
+===========
+ref
+ Reference board
+no-jd
+ BIOS setup but without jack-detection
+intel
+ Intel D*45* mobos
+dell-m6-amic
+ Dell desktops/laptops with analog mics
+dell-m6-dmic
+ Dell desktops/laptops with digital mics
+dell-m6
+ Dell desktops/laptops with both type of mics
+dell-eq
+ Dell desktops/laptops
+alienware
+ Alienware M17x
+asus-mobo
+ Pin configs for ASUS mobo with 5.1/SPDIF out
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC92HD83*
+===========
+ref
+ Reference board
+mic-ref
+ Reference board with power management for ports
+dell-s14
+ Dell laptop
+dell-vostro-3500
+ Dell Vostro 3500 laptop
+hp-dv7-4000
+ HP dv-7 4000
+hp_cNB11_intquad
+ HP CNB models with 4 speakers
+hp-zephyr
+ HP Zephyr
+hp-led
+ HP with broken BIOS for mute LED
+hp-inv-led
+ HP with broken BIOS for inverted mute LED
+hp-mic-led
+ HP with mic-mute LED
+headset-jack
+ Dell Latitude with a 4-pin headset jack
+hp-envy-bass
+ Pin fixup for HP Envy bass speaker (NID 0x0f)
+hp-envy-ts-bass
+ Pin fixup for HP Envy TS bass speaker (NID 0x10)
+hp-bnb13-eq
+ Hardware equalizer setup for HP laptops
+hp-envy-ts-bass
+ HP Envy TS bass support
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+STAC92HD95
+==========
+hp-led
+ LED support for HP laptops
+hp-bass
+ Bass HPF setup for HP Spectre 13
+
+STAC9872
+========
+vaio
+ VAIO laptop without SPDIF
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+Cirrus Logic CS4206/4207
+========================
+mbp53
+ MacBook Pro 5,3
+mbp55
+ MacBook Pro 5,5
+imac27
+ IMac 27 Inch
+imac27_122
+ iMac 12,2
+apple
+ Generic Apple quirk
+mbp101
+ MacBookPro 10,1
+mbp81
+ MacBookPro 8,1
+mba42
+ MacBookAir 4,2
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+Cirrus Logic CS4208
+===================
+mba6
+ MacBook Air 6,1 and 6,2
+gpio0
+ Enable GPIO 0 amp
+mbp11
+ MacBookPro 11,2
+macmini
+ MacMini 7,1
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
+
+VIA VT17xx/VT18xx/VT20xx
+========================
+auto
+ BIOS setup (default)
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/notes.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/notes.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf4d7158a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/notes.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
+=============================
+More Notes on HD-Audio Driver
+=============================
+
+Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+
+General
+=======
+
+HD-audio is the new standard on-board audio component on modern PCs
+after AC97. Although Linux has been supporting HD-audio since long
+time ago, there are often problems with new machines. A part of the
+problem is broken BIOS, and the rest is the driver implementation.
+This document explains the brief trouble-shooting and debugging
+methods for the HD-audio hardware.
+
+The HD-audio component consists of two parts: the controller chip and
+the codec chips on the HD-audio bus. Linux provides a single driver
+for all controllers, snd-hda-intel. Although the driver name contains
+a word of a well-known hardware vendor, it's not specific to it but for
+all controller chips by other companies. Since the HD-audio
+controllers are supposed to be compatible, the single snd-hda-driver
+should work in most cases. But, not surprisingly, there are known
+bugs and issues specific to each controller type. The snd-hda-intel
+driver has a bunch of workarounds for these as described below.
+
+A controller may have multiple codecs. Usually you have one audio
+codec and optionally one modem codec. In theory, there might be
+multiple audio codecs, e.g. for analog and digital outputs, and the
+driver might not work properly because of conflict of mixer elements.
+This should be fixed in future if such hardware really exists.
+
+The snd-hda-intel driver has several different codec parsers depending
+on the codec. It has a generic parser as a fallback, but this
+functionality is fairly limited until now. Instead of the generic
+parser, usually the codec-specific parser (coded in patch_*.c) is used
+for the codec-specific implementations. The details about the
+codec-specific problems are explained in the later sections.
+
+If you are interested in the deep debugging of HD-audio, read the
+HD-audio specification at first. The specification is found on
+Intel's web page, for example:
+
+* https://www.intel.com/standards/hdaudio/
+
+
+HD-Audio Controller
+===================
+
+DMA-Position Problem
+--------------------
+The most common problem of the controller is the inaccurate DMA
+pointer reporting. The DMA pointer for playback and capture can be
+read in two ways, either via a LPIB register or via a position-buffer
+map. As default the driver tries to read from the io-mapped
+position-buffer, and falls back to LPIB if the position-buffer appears
+dead. However, this detection isn't perfect on some devices. In such
+a case, you can change the default method via ``position_fix`` option.
+
+``position_fix=1`` means to use LPIB method explicitly.
+``position_fix=2`` means to use the position-buffer.
+``position_fix=3`` means to use a combination of both methods, needed
+for some VIA controllers. The capture stream position is corrected
+by comparing both LPIB and position-buffer values.
+``position_fix=4`` is another combination available for all controllers,
+and uses LPIB for the playback and the position-buffer for the capture
+streams.
+``position_fix=5`` is specific to Intel platforms, so far, for Skylake
+and onward. It applies the delay calculation for the precise position
+reporting.
+``position_fix=6`` is to correct the position with the fixed FIFO
+size, mainly targeted for the recent AMD controllers.
+0 is the default value for all other
+controllers, the automatic check and fallback to LPIB as described in
+the above. If you get a problem of repeated sounds, this option might
+help.
+
+In addition to that, every controller is known to be broken regarding
+the wake-up timing. It wakes up a few samples before actually
+processing the data on the buffer. This caused a lot of problems, for
+example, with ALSA dmix or JACK. Since 2.6.27 kernel, the driver puts
+an artificial delay to the wake up timing. This delay is controlled
+via ``bdl_pos_adj`` option.
+
+When ``bdl_pos_adj`` is a negative value (as default), it's assigned to
+an appropriate value depending on the controller chip. For Intel
+chips, it'd be 1 while it'd be 32 for others. Usually this works.
+Only in case it doesn't work and you get warning messages, you should
+change this parameter to other values.
+
+
+Codec-Probing Problem
+---------------------
+A less often but a more severe problem is the codec probing. When
+BIOS reports the available codec slots wrongly, the driver gets
+confused and tries to access the non-existing codec slot. This often
+results in the total screw-up, and destructs the further communication
+with the codec chips. The symptom appears usually as error messages
+like:
+::
+
+ hda_intel: azx_get_response timeout, switching to polling mode:
+ last cmd=0x12345678
+ hda_intel: azx_get_response timeout, switching to single_cmd mode:
+ last cmd=0x12345678
+
+The first line is a warning, and this is usually relatively harmless.
+It means that the codec response isn't notified via an IRQ. The
+driver uses explicit polling method to read the response. It gives
+very slight CPU overhead, but you'd unlikely notice it.
+
+The second line is, however, a fatal error. If this happens, usually
+it means that something is really wrong. Most likely you are
+accessing a non-existing codec slot.
+
+Thus, if the second error message appears, try to narrow the probed
+codec slots via ``probe_mask`` option. It's a bitmask, and each bit
+corresponds to the codec slot. For example, to probe only the first
+slot, pass ``probe_mask=1``. For the first and the third slots, pass
+``probe_mask=5`` (where 5 = 1 | 4), and so on.
+
+Since 2.6.29 kernel, the driver has a more robust probing method, so
+this error might happen rarely, though.
+
+On a machine with a broken BIOS, sometimes you need to force the
+driver to probe the codec slots the hardware doesn't report for use.
+In such a case, turn the bit 8 (0x100) of ``probe_mask`` option on.
+Then the rest 8 bits are passed as the codec slots to probe
+unconditionally. For example, ``probe_mask=0x103`` will force to probe
+the codec slots 0 and 1 no matter what the hardware reports.
+
+
+Interrupt Handling
+------------------
+HD-audio driver uses MSI as default (if available) since 2.6.33
+kernel as MSI works better on some machines, and in general, it's
+better for performance. However, Nvidia controllers showed bad
+regressions with MSI (especially in a combination with AMD chipset),
+thus we disabled MSI for them.
+
+There seem also still other devices that don't work with MSI. If you
+see a regression wrt the sound quality (stuttering, etc) or a lock-up
+in the recent kernel, try to pass ``enable_msi=0`` option to disable
+MSI. If it works, you can add the known bad device to the blacklist
+defined in hda_intel.c. In such a case, please report and give the
+patch back to the upstream developer.
+
+
+HD-Audio Codec
+==============
+
+Model Option
+------------
+The most common problem regarding the HD-audio driver is the
+unsupported codec features or the mismatched device configuration.
+Most of codec-specific code has several preset models, either to
+override the BIOS setup or to provide more comprehensive features.
+
+The driver checks PCI SSID and looks through the static configuration
+table until any matching entry is found. If you have a new machine,
+you may see a message like below:
+::
+
+ hda_codec: ALC880: BIOS auto-probing.
+
+Meanwhile, in the earlier versions, you would see a message like:
+::
+
+ hda_codec: Unknown model for ALC880, trying auto-probe from BIOS...
+
+Even if you see such a message, DON'T PANIC. Take a deep breath and
+keep your towel. First of all, it's an informational message, no
+warning, no error. This means that the PCI SSID of your device isn't
+listed in the known preset model (white-)list. But, this doesn't mean
+that the driver is broken. Many codec-drivers provide the automatic
+configuration mechanism based on the BIOS setup.
+
+The HD-audio codec has usually "pin" widgets, and BIOS sets the default
+configuration of each pin, which indicates the location, the
+connection type, the jack color, etc. The HD-audio driver can guess
+the right connection judging from these default configuration values.
+However -- some codec-support codes, such as patch_analog.c, don't
+support the automatic probing (yet as of 2.6.28). And, BIOS is often,
+yes, pretty often broken. It sets up wrong values and screws up the
+driver.
+
+The preset model (or recently called as "fix-up") is provided
+basically to overcome such a situation. When the matching preset
+model is found in the white-list, the driver assumes the static
+configuration of that preset with the correct pin setup, etc.
+Thus, if you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID
+(or codec SSID) from the existing one, you may have a good chance to
+re-use the same model. You can pass the ``model`` option to specify the
+preset model instead of PCI (and codec-) SSID look-up.
+
+What ``model`` option values are available depends on the codec chip.
+Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File"
+section below). It will show the vendor/product name of your codec
+chip. Then, see Documentation/sound/hd-audio/models.rst file,
+the section of HD-audio driver. You can find a list of codecs
+and ``model`` options belonging to each codec. For example, for Realtek
+ALC262 codec chip, pass ``model=ultra`` for devices that are compatible
+with Samsung Q1 Ultra.
+
+Thus, the first thing you can do for any brand-new, unsupported and
+non-working HD-audio hardware is to check HD-audio codec and several
+different ``model`` option values. If you have any luck, some of them
+might suit with your device well.
+
+There are a few special model option values:
+
+* when 'nofixup' is passed, the device-specific fixups in the codec
+ parser are skipped.
+* when ``generic`` is passed, the codec-specific parser is skipped and
+ only the generic parser is used.
+
+
+Speaker and Headphone Output
+----------------------------
+One of the most frequent (and obvious) bugs with HD-audio is the
+silent output from either or both of a built-in speaker and a
+headphone jack. In general, you should try a headphone output at
+first. A speaker output often requires more additional controls like
+the external amplifier bits. Thus a headphone output has a slightly
+better chance.
+
+Before making a bug report, double-check whether the mixer is set up
+correctly. The recent version of snd-hda-intel driver provides mostly
+"Master" volume control as well as "Front" volume (where Front
+indicates the front-channels). In addition, there can be individual
+"Headphone" and "Speaker" controls.
+
+Ditto for the speaker output. There can be "External Amplifier"
+switch on some codecs. Turn on this if present.
+
+Another related problem is the automatic mute of speaker output by
+headphone plugging. This feature is implemented in most cases, but
+not on every preset model or codec-support code.
+
+In anyway, try a different model option if you have such a problem.
+Some other models may match better and give you more matching
+functionality. If none of the available models works, send a bug
+report. See the bug report section for details.
+
+If you are masochistic enough to debug the driver problem, note the
+following:
+
+* The speaker (and the headphone, too) output often requires the
+ external amplifier. This can be set usually via EAPD verb or a
+ certain GPIO. If the codec pin supports EAPD, you have a better
+ chance via SET_EAPD_BTL verb (0x70c). On others, GPIO pin (mostly
+ it's either GPIO0 or GPIO1) may turn on/off EAPD.
+* Some Realtek codecs require special vendor-specific coefficients to
+ turn on the amplifier. See patch_realtek.c.
+* IDT codecs may have extra power-enable/disable controls on each
+ analog pin. See patch_sigmatel.c.
+* Very rare but some devices don't accept the pin-detection verb until
+ triggered. Issuing GET_PIN_SENSE verb (0xf09) may result in the
+ codec-communication stall. Some examples are found in
+ patch_realtek.c.
+
+
+Capture Problems
+----------------
+The capture problems are often because of missing setups of mixers.
+Thus, before submitting a bug report, make sure that you set up the
+mixer correctly. For example, both "Capture Volume" and "Capture
+Switch" have to be set properly in addition to the right "Capture
+Source" or "Input Source" selection. Some devices have "Mic Boost"
+volume or switch.
+
+When the PCM device is opened via "default" PCM (without pulse-audio
+plugin), you'll likely have "Digital Capture Volume" control as well.
+This is provided for the extra gain/attenuation of the signal in
+software, especially for the inputs without the hardware volume
+control such as digital microphones. Unless really needed, this
+should be set to exactly 50%, corresponding to 0dB -- neither extra
+gain nor attenuation. When you use "hw" PCM, i.e., a raw access PCM,
+this control will have no influence, though.
+
+It's known that some codecs / devices have fairly bad analog circuits,
+and the recorded sound contains a certain DC-offset. This is no bug
+of the driver.
+
+Most of modern laptops have no analog CD-input connection. Thus, the
+recording from CD input won't work in many cases although the driver
+provides it as the capture source. Use CDDA instead.
+
+The automatic switching of the built-in and external mic per plugging
+is implemented on some codec models but not on every model. Partly
+because of my laziness but mostly lack of testers. Feel free to
+submit the improvement patch to the author.
+
+
+Direct Debugging
+----------------
+If no model option gives you a better result, and you are a tough guy
+to fight against evil, try debugging via hitting the raw HD-audio
+codec verbs to the device. Some tools are available: hda-emu and
+hda-analyzer. The detailed description is found in the sections
+below. You'd need to enable hwdep for using these tools. See "Kernel
+Configuration" section.
+
+
+Other Issues
+============
+
+Kernel Configuration
+--------------------
+In general, I recommend you to enable the sound debug option,
+``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y``, no matter whether you are debugging or not.
+This enables snd_printd() macro and others, and you'll get additional
+kernel messages at probing.
+
+In addition, you can enable ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE=y``. But this
+will give you far more messages. Thus turn this on only when you are
+sure to want it.
+
+Don't forget to turn on the appropriate ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_CODEC_*``
+options. Note that each of them corresponds to the codec chip, not
+the controller chip. Thus, even if lspci shows the Nvidia controller,
+you may need to choose the option for other vendors. If you are
+unsure, just select all yes.
+
+``CONFIG_SND_HDA_HWDEP`` is a useful option for debugging the driver.
+When this is enabled, the driver creates hardware-dependent devices
+(one per each codec), and you have a raw access to the device via
+these device files. For example, ``hwC0D2`` will be created for the
+codec slot #2 of the first card (#0). For debug-tools such as
+hda-verb and hda-analyzer, the hwdep device has to be enabled.
+Thus, it'd be better to turn this on always.
+
+``CONFIG_SND_HDA_RECONFIG`` is a new option, and this depends on the
+hwdep option above. When enabled, you'll have some sysfs files under
+the corresponding hwdep directory. See "HD-audio reconfiguration"
+section below.
+
+``CONFIG_SND_HDA_POWER_SAVE`` option enables the power-saving feature.
+See "Power-saving" section below.
+
+
+Codec Proc-File
+---------------
+The codec proc-file is a treasure-chest for debugging HD-audio.
+It shows most of useful information of each codec widget.
+
+The proc file is located in /proc/asound/card*/codec#*, one file per
+each codec slot. You can know the codec vendor, product id and
+names, the type of each widget, capabilities and so on.
+This file, however, doesn't show the jack sensing state, so far. This
+is because the jack-sensing might be depending on the trigger state.
+
+This file will be picked up by the debug tools, and also it can be fed
+to the emulator as the primary codec information. See the debug tools
+section below.
+
+This proc file can be also used to check whether the generic parser is
+used. When the generic parser is used, the vendor/product ID name
+will appear as "Realtek ID 0262", instead of "Realtek ALC262".
+
+
+HD-Audio Reconfiguration
+------------------------
+This is an experimental feature to allow you re-configure the HD-audio
+codec dynamically without reloading the driver. The following sysfs
+files are available under each codec-hwdep device directory (e.g.
+/sys/class/sound/hwC0D0):
+
+vendor_id
+ Shows the 32bit codec vendor-id hex number. You can change the
+ vendor-id value by writing to this file.
+subsystem_id
+ Shows the 32bit codec subsystem-id hex number. You can change the
+ subsystem-id value by writing to this file.
+revision_id
+ Shows the 32bit codec revision-id hex number. You can change the
+ revision-id value by writing to this file.
+afg
+ Shows the AFG ID. This is read-only.
+mfg
+ Shows the MFG ID. This is read-only.
+name
+ Shows the codec name string. Can be changed by writing to this
+ file.
+modelname
+ Shows the currently set ``model`` option. Can be changed by writing
+ to this file.
+init_verbs
+ The extra verbs to execute at initialization. You can add a verb by
+ writing to this file. Pass three numbers: nid, verb and parameter
+ (separated with a space).
+hints
+ Shows / stores hint strings for codec parsers for any use.
+ Its format is ``key = value``. For example, passing ``jack_detect = no``
+ will disable the jack detection of the machine completely.
+init_pin_configs
+ Shows the initial pin default config values set by BIOS.
+driver_pin_configs
+ Shows the pin default values set by the codec parser explicitly.
+ This doesn't show all pin values but only the changed values by
+ the parser. That is, if the parser doesn't change the pin default
+ config values by itself, this will contain nothing.
+user_pin_configs
+ Shows the pin default config values to override the BIOS setup.
+ Writing this (with two numbers, NID and value) appends the new
+ value. The given will be used instead of the initial BIOS value at
+ the next reconfiguration time. Note that this config will override
+ even the driver pin configs, too.
+reconfig
+ Triggers the codec re-configuration. When any value is written to
+ this file, the driver re-initialize and parses the codec tree
+ again. All the changes done by the sysfs entries above are taken
+ into account.
+clear
+ Resets the codec, removes the mixer elements and PCM stuff of the
+ specified codec, and clear all init verbs and hints.
+
+For example, when you want to change the pin default configuration
+value of the pin widget 0x14 to 0x9993013f, and let the driver
+re-configure based on that state, run like below:
+::
+
+ # echo 0x14 0x9993013f > /sys/class/sound/hwC0D0/user_pin_configs
+ # echo 1 > /sys/class/sound/hwC0D0/reconfig
+
+
+Hint Strings
+------------
+The codec parser have several switches and adjustment knobs for
+matching better with the actual codec or device behavior. Many of
+them can be adjusted dynamically via "hints" strings as mentioned in
+the section above. For example, by passing ``jack_detect = no`` string
+via sysfs or a patch file, you can disable the jack detection, thus
+the codec parser will skip the features like auto-mute or mic
+auto-switch. As a boolean value, either ``yes``, ``no``, ``true``, ``false``,
+``1`` or ``0`` can be passed.
+
+The generic parser supports the following hints:
+
+jack_detect (bool)
+ specify whether the jack detection is available at all on this
+ machine; default true
+inv_jack_detect (bool)
+ indicates that the jack detection logic is inverted
+trigger_sense (bool)
+ indicates that the jack detection needs the explicit call of
+ AC_VERB_SET_PIN_SENSE verb
+inv_eapd (bool)
+ indicates that the EAPD is implemented in the inverted logic
+pcm_format_first (bool)
+ sets the PCM format before the stream tag and channel ID
+sticky_stream (bool)
+ keep the PCM format, stream tag and ID as long as possible;
+ default true
+spdif_status_reset (bool)
+ reset the SPDIF status bits at each time the SPDIF stream is set
+ up
+pin_amp_workaround (bool)
+ the output pin may have multiple amp values
+single_adc_amp (bool)
+ ADCs can have only single input amps
+auto_mute (bool)
+ enable/disable the headphone auto-mute feature; default true
+auto_mic (bool)
+ enable/disable the mic auto-switch feature; default true
+line_in_auto_switch (bool)
+ enable/disable the line-in auto-switch feature; default false
+need_dac_fix (bool)
+ limits the DACs depending on the channel count
+primary_hp (bool)
+ probe headphone jacks as the primary outputs; default true
+multi_io (bool)
+ try probing multi-I/O config (e.g. shared line-in/surround,
+ mic/clfe jacks)
+multi_cap_vol (bool)
+ provide multiple capture volumes
+inv_dmic_split (bool)
+ provide split internal mic volume/switch for phase-inverted
+ digital mics
+indep_hp (bool)
+ provide the independent headphone PCM stream and the corresponding
+ mixer control, if available
+add_stereo_mix_input (bool)
+ add the stereo mix (analog-loopback mix) to the input mux if
+ available
+add_jack_modes (bool)
+ add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each I/O jack for allowing to
+ change the headphone amp and mic bias VREF capabilities
+power_save_node (bool)
+ advanced power management for each widget, controlling the power
+ sate (D0/D3) of each widget node depending on the actual pin and
+ stream states
+power_down_unused (bool)
+ power down the unused widgets, a subset of power_save_node, and
+ will be dropped in future
+add_hp_mic (bool)
+ add the headphone to capture source if possible
+hp_mic_detect (bool)
+ enable/disable the hp/mic shared input for a single built-in mic
+ case; default true
+vmaster (bool)
+ enable/disable the virtual Master control; default true
+mixer_nid (int)
+ specifies the widget NID of the analog-loopback mixer
+
+
+Early Patching
+--------------
+When ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y`` is set, you can pass a "patch"
+as a firmware file for modifying the HD-audio setup before
+initializing the codec. This can work basically like the
+reconfiguration via sysfs in the above, but it does it before the
+first codec configuration.
+
+A patch file is a plain text file which looks like below:
+
+::
+
+ [codec]
+ 0x12345678 0xabcd1234 2
+
+ [model]
+ auto
+
+ [pincfg]
+ 0x12 0x411111f0
+
+ [verb]
+ 0x20 0x500 0x03
+ 0x20 0x400 0xff
+
+ [hint]
+ jack_detect = no
+
+
+The file needs to have a line ``[codec]``. The next line should contain
+three numbers indicating the codec vendor-id (0x12345678 in the
+example), the codec subsystem-id (0xabcd1234) and the address (2) of
+the codec. The rest patch entries are applied to this specified codec
+until another codec entry is given. Passing 0 or a negative number to
+the first or the second value will make the check of the corresponding
+field be skipped. It'll be useful for really broken devices that don't
+initialize SSID properly.
+
+The ``[model]`` line allows to change the model name of the each codec.
+In the example above, it will be changed to model=auto.
+Note that this overrides the module option.
+
+After the ``[pincfg]`` line, the contents are parsed as the initial
+default pin-configurations just like ``user_pin_configs`` sysfs above.
+The values can be shown in user_pin_configs sysfs file, too.
+
+Similarly, the lines after ``[verb]`` are parsed as ``init_verbs``
+sysfs entries, and the lines after ``[hint]`` are parsed as ``hints``
+sysfs entries, respectively.
+
+Another example to override the codec vendor id from 0x12345678 to
+0xdeadbeef is like below:
+::
+
+ [codec]
+ 0x12345678 0xabcd1234 2
+
+ [vendor_id]
+ 0xdeadbeef
+
+
+In the similar way, you can override the codec subsystem_id via
+``[subsystem_id]``, the revision id via ``[revision_id]`` line.
+Also, the codec chip name can be rewritten via ``[chip_name]`` line.
+::
+
+ [codec]
+ 0x12345678 0xabcd1234 2
+
+ [subsystem_id]
+ 0xffff1111
+
+ [revision_id]
+ 0x10
+
+ [chip_name]
+ My-own NEWS-0002
+
+
+The hd-audio driver reads the file via request_firmware(). Thus,
+a patch file has to be located on the appropriate firmware path,
+typically, /lib/firmware. For example, when you pass the option
+``patch=hda-init.fw``, the file /lib/firmware/hda-init.fw must be
+present.
+
+The patch module option is specific to each card instance, and you
+need to give one file name for each instance, separated by commas.
+For example, if you have two cards, one for an on-board analog and one
+for an HDMI video board, you may pass patch option like below:
+::
+
+ options snd-hda-intel patch=on-board-patch,hdmi-patch
+
+
+Power-Saving
+------------
+The power-saving is a kind of auto-suspend of the device. When the
+device is inactive for a certain time, the device is automatically
+turned off to save the power. The time to go down is specified via
+``power_save`` module option, and this option can be changed dynamically
+via sysfs.
+
+The power-saving won't work when the analog loopback is enabled on
+some codecs. Make sure that you mute all unneeded signal routes when
+you want the power-saving.
+
+The power-saving feature might cause audible click noises at each
+power-down/up depending on the device. Some of them might be
+solvable, but some are hard, I'm afraid. Some distros such as
+openSUSE enables the power-saving feature automatically when the power
+cable is unplugged. Thus, if you hear noises, suspect first the
+power-saving. See /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters/power_save to
+check the current value. If it's non-zero, the feature is turned on.
+
+The recent kernel supports the runtime PM for the HD-audio controller
+chip, too. It means that the HD-audio controller is also powered up /
+down dynamically. The feature is enabled only for certain controller
+chips like Intel LynxPoint. You can enable/disable this feature
+forcibly by setting ``power_save_controller`` option, which is also
+available at /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters directory.
+
+
+Tracepoints
+-----------
+The hd-audio driver gives a few basic tracepoints.
+``hda:hda_send_cmd`` traces each CORB write while ``hda:hda_get_response``
+traces the response from RIRB (only when read from the codec driver).
+``hda:hda_bus_reset`` traces the bus-reset due to fatal error, etc,
+``hda:hda_unsol_event`` traces the unsolicited events, and
+``hda:hda_power_down`` and ``hda:hda_power_up`` trace the power down/up
+via power-saving behavior.
+
+Enabling all tracepoints can be done like
+::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/hda/enable
+
+then after some commands, you can traces from
+/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace file. For example, when you want to
+trace what codec command is sent, enable the tracepoint like:
+::
+
+ # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace
+ # tracer: nop
+ #
+ # TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
+ # | | | | |
+ <...>-7807 [002] 105147.774889: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3a019
+ <...>-7807 [002] 105147.774893: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e39019
+ <...>-7807 [002] 105147.999542: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3a01a
+ <...>-7807 [002] 105147.999543: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3901a
+ <...>-26764 [001] 349222.837143: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3a019
+ <...>-26764 [001] 349222.837148: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e39019
+ <...>-26764 [001] 349223.058539: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3a01a
+ <...>-26764 [001] 349223.058541: hda_send_cmd: [0:0] val=e3901a
+
+Here ``[0:0]`` indicates the card number and the codec address, and
+``val`` shows the value sent to the codec, respectively. The value is
+a packed value, and you can decode it via hda-decode-verb program
+included in hda-emu package below. For example, the value e3a019 is
+to set the left output-amp value to 25.
+::
+
+ % hda-decode-verb 0xe3a019
+ raw value = 0x00e3a019
+ cid = 0, nid = 0x0e, verb = 0x3a0, parm = 0x19
+ raw value: verb = 0x3a0, parm = 0x19
+ verbname = set_amp_gain_mute
+ amp raw val = 0xa019
+ output, left, idx=0, mute=0, val=25
+
+
+Development Tree
+----------------
+The latest development codes for HD-audio are found on sound git tree:
+
+* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound.git
+
+The master branch or for-next branches can be used as the main
+development branches in general while the development for the current
+and next kernels are found in for-linus and for-next branches,
+respectively.
+
+
+Sending a Bug Report
+--------------------
+If any model or module options don't work for your device, it's time
+to send a bug report to the developers. Give the following in your
+bug report:
+
+* Hardware vendor, product and model names
+* Kernel version (and ALSA-driver version if you built externally)
+* ``alsa-info.sh`` output; run with ``--no-upload`` option. See the
+ section below about alsa-info
+
+If it's a regression, at best, send alsa-info outputs of both working
+and non-working kernels. This is really helpful because we can
+compare the codec registers directly.
+
+Send a bug report either the following:
+
+kernel-bugzilla
+ https://bugzilla.kernel.org/
+alsa-devel ML
+ alsa-devel@alsa-project.org
+
+
+Debug Tools
+===========
+
+This section describes some tools available for debugging HD-audio
+problems.
+
+alsa-info
+---------
+The script ``alsa-info.sh`` is a very useful tool to gather the audio
+device information. It's included in alsa-utils package. The latest
+version can be found on git repository:
+
+* git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-utils.git
+
+The script can be fetched directly from the following URL, too:
+
+* https://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-info.sh
+
+Run this script as root, and it will gather the important information
+such as the module lists, module parameters, proc file contents
+including the codec proc files, mixer outputs and the control
+elements. As default, it will store the information onto a web server
+on alsa-project.org. But, if you send a bug report, it'd be better to
+run with ``--no-upload`` option, and attach the generated file.
+
+There are some other useful options. See ``--help`` option output for
+details.
+
+When a probe error occurs or when the driver obviously assigns a
+mismatched model, it'd be helpful to load the driver with
+``probe_only=1`` option (at best after the cold reboot) and run
+alsa-info at this state. With this option, the driver won't configure
+the mixer and PCM but just tries to probe the codec slot. After
+probing, the proc file is available, so you can get the raw codec
+information before modified by the driver. Of course, the driver
+isn't usable with ``probe_only=1``. But you can continue the
+configuration via hwdep sysfs file if hda-reconfig option is enabled.
+Using ``probe_only`` mask 2 skips the reset of HDA codecs (use
+``probe_only=3`` as module option). The hwdep interface can be used
+to determine the BIOS codec initialization.
+
+
+hda-verb
+--------
+hda-verb is a tiny program that allows you to access the HD-audio
+codec directly. You can execute a raw HD-audio codec verb with this.
+This program accesses the hwdep device, thus you need to enable the
+kernel config ``CONFIG_SND_HDA_HWDEP=y`` beforehand.
+
+The hda-verb program takes four arguments: the hwdep device file, the
+widget NID, the verb and the parameter. When you access to the codec
+on the slot 2 of the card 0, pass /dev/snd/hwC0D2 to the first
+argument, typically. (However, the real path name depends on the
+system.)
+
+The second parameter is the widget number-id to access. The third
+parameter can be either a hex/digit number or a string corresponding
+to a verb. Similarly, the last parameter is the value to write, or
+can be a string for the parameter type.
+
+::
+
+ % hda-verb /dev/snd/hwC0D0 0x12 0x701 2
+ nid = 0x12, verb = 0x701, param = 0x2
+ value = 0x0
+
+ % hda-verb /dev/snd/hwC0D0 0x0 PARAMETERS VENDOR_ID
+ nid = 0x0, verb = 0xf00, param = 0x0
+ value = 0x10ec0262
+
+ % hda-verb /dev/snd/hwC0D0 2 set_a 0xb080
+ nid = 0x2, verb = 0x300, param = 0xb080
+ value = 0x0
+
+
+Although you can issue any verbs with this program, the driver state
+won't be always updated. For example, the volume values are usually
+cached in the driver, and thus changing the widget amp value directly
+via hda-verb won't change the mixer value.
+
+The hda-verb program is included now in alsa-tools:
+
+* git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
+
+Also, the old stand-alone package is found in the ftp directory:
+
+* ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/
+
+Also a git repository is available:
+
+* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/hda-verb.git
+
+See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-verb
+program.
+
+
+hda-analyzer
+------------
+hda-analyzer provides a graphical interface to access the raw HD-audio
+control, based on pyGTK2 binding. It's a more powerful version of
+hda-verb. The program gives you an easy-to-use GUI stuff for showing
+the widget information and adjusting the amp values, as well as the
+proc-compatible output.
+
+The hda-analyzer:
+
+* https://git.alsa-project.org/?p=alsa.git;a=tree;f=hda-analyzer
+
+is a part of alsa.git repository in alsa-project.org:
+
+* git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa.git
+
+Codecgraph
+----------
+Codecgraph is a utility program to generate a graph and visualizes the
+codec-node connection of a codec chip. It's especially useful when
+you analyze or debug a codec without a proper datasheet. The program
+parses the given codec proc file and converts to SVG via graphiz
+program.
+
+The tarball and GIT trees are found in the web page at:
+
+* http://helllabs.org/codecgraph/
+
+
+hda-emu
+-------
+hda-emu is an HD-audio emulator. The main purpose of this program is
+to debug an HD-audio codec without the real hardware. Thus, it
+doesn't emulate the behavior with the real audio I/O, but it just
+dumps the codec register changes and the ALSA-driver internal changes
+at probing and operating the HD-audio driver.
+
+The program requires a codec proc-file to simulate. Get a proc file
+for the target codec beforehand, or pick up an example codec from the
+codec proc collections in the tarball. Then, run the program with the
+proc file, and the hda-emu program will start parsing the codec file
+and simulates the HD-audio driver:
+
+::
+
+ % hda-emu codecs/stac9200-dell-d820-laptop
+ # Parsing..
+ hda_codec: Unknown model for STAC9200, using BIOS defaults
+ hda_codec: pin nid 08 bios pin config 40c003fa
+ ....
+
+
+The program gives you only a very dumb command-line interface. You
+can get a proc-file dump at the current state, get a list of control
+(mixer) elements, set/get the control element value, simulate the PCM
+operation, the jack plugging simulation, etc.
+
+The program is found in the git repository below:
+
+* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/hda-emu.git
+
+See README file in the repository for more details about hda-emu
+program.
+
+
+hda-jack-retask
+---------------
+hda-jack-retask is a user-friendly GUI program to manipulate the
+HD-audio pin control for jack retasking. If you have a problem about
+the jack assignment, try this program and check whether you can get
+useful results. Once when you figure out the proper pin assignment,
+it can be fixed either in the driver code statically or via passing a
+firmware patch file (see "Early Patching" section).
+
+The program is included in alsa-tools now:
+
+* git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/realtek-pc-beep.rst b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/realtek-pc-beep.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be47c6f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/hd-audio/realtek-pc-beep.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+===============================
+Realtek PC Beep Hidden Register
+===============================
+
+This file documents the "PC Beep Hidden Register", which is present in certain
+Realtek HDA codecs and controls a muxer and pair of passthrough mixers that can
+route audio between pins but aren't themselves exposed as HDA widgets. As far
+as I can tell, these hidden routes are designed to allow flexible PC Beep output
+for codecs that don't have mixer widgets in their output paths. Why it's easier
+to hide a mixer behind an undocumented vendor register than to just expose it
+as a widget, I have no idea.
+
+Register Description
+====================
+
+The register is accessed via processing coefficient 0x36 on NID 20h. Bits not
+identified below have no discernible effect on my machine, a Dell XPS 13 9350::
+
+ MSB LSB
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |h|S|L| | B |R| | Known bits
+ +=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+
+ |0|0|1|1| 0x7 |0|0x0|1| 0x7 | Reset value
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+1Ah input select (B): 2 bits
+ When zero, expose the PC Beep line (from the internal beep generator, when
+ enabled with the Set Beep Generation verb on NID 01h, or else from the
+ external PCBEEP pin) on the 1Ah pin node. When nonzero, expose the headphone
+ jack (or possibly Line In on some machines) input instead. If PC Beep is
+ selected, the 1Ah boost control has no effect.
+
+Amplify 1Ah loopback, left (L): 1 bit
+ Amplify the left channel of 1Ah before mixing it into outputs as specified
+ by h and S bits. Does not affect the level of 1Ah exposed to other widgets.
+
+Amplify 1Ah loopback, right (R): 1 bit
+ Amplify the right channel of 1Ah before mixing it into outputs as specified
+ by h and S bits. Does not affect the level of 1Ah exposed to other widgets.
+
+Loopback 1Ah to 21h [active low] (h): 1 bit
+ When zero, mix 1Ah (possibly with amplification, depending on L and R bits)
+ into 21h (headphone jack on my machine). Mixed signal respects the mute
+ setting on 21h.
+
+Loopback 1Ah to 14h (S): 1 bit
+ When one, mix 1Ah (possibly with amplification, depending on L and R bits)
+ into 14h (internal speaker on my machine). Mixed signal **ignores** the mute
+ setting on 14h and is present whenever 14h is configured as an output.
+
+Path diagrams
+=============
+
+1Ah input selection (DIV is the PC Beep divider set on NID 01h)::
+
+ <Beep generator> <PCBEEP pin> <Headphone jack>
+ | | |
+ +--DIV--+--!DIV--+ {1Ah boost control}
+ | |
+ +--(b == 0)--+--(b != 0)--+
+ |
+ >1Ah (Beep/Headphone Mic/Line In)<
+
+Loopback of 1Ah to 21h/14h::
+
+ <1Ah (Beep/Headphone Mic/Line In)>
+ |
+ {amplify if L/R}
+ |
+ +-----!h-----+-----S-----+
+ | |
+ {21h mute control} |
+ | |
+ >21h (Headphone)< >14h (Internal Speaker)<
+
+Background
+==========
+
+All Realtek HDA codecs have a vendor-defined widget with node ID 20h which
+provides access to a bank of registers that control various codec functions.
+Registers are read and written via the standard HDA processing coefficient
+verbs (Set/Get Coefficient Index, Set/Get Processing Coefficient). The node is
+named "Realtek Vendor Registers" in public datasheets' verb listings and,
+apart from that, is entirely undocumented.
+
+This particular register, exposed at coefficient 0x36 and named in commits from
+Realtek, is of note: unlike most registers, which seem to control detailed
+amplifier parameters not in scope of the HDA specification, it controls audio
+routing which could just as easily have been defined using standard HDA mixer
+and selector widgets.
+
+Specifically, it selects between two sources for the input pin widget with Node
+ID (NID) 1Ah: the widget's signal can come either from an audio jack (on my
+laptop, a Dell XPS 13 9350, it's the headphone jack, but comments in Realtek
+commits indicate that it might be a Line In on some machines) or from the PC
+Beep line (which is itself multiplexed between the codec's internal beep
+generator and external PCBEEP pin, depending on if the beep generator is
+enabled via verbs on NID 01h). Additionally, it can mix (with optional
+amplification) that signal onto the 21h and/or 14h output pins.
+
+The register's reset value is 0x3717, corresponding to PC Beep on 1Ah that is
+then amplified and mixed into both the headphones and the speakers. Not only
+does this violate the HDA specification, which says that "[a vendor defined
+beep input pin] connection may be maintained *only* while the Link reset
+(**RST#**) is asserted", it means that we cannot ignore the register if we care
+about the input that 1Ah would otherwise expose or if the PCBEEP trace is
+poorly shielded and picks up chassis noise (both of which are the case on my
+machine).
+
+Unfortunately, there are lots of ways to get this register configuration wrong.
+Linux, it seems, has gone through most of them. For one, the register resets
+after S3 suspend: judging by existing code, this isn't the case for all vendor
+registers, and it's led to some fixes that improve behavior on cold boot but
+don't last after suspend. Other fixes have successfully switched the 1Ah input
+away from PC Beep but have failed to disable both loopback paths. On my
+machine, this means that the headphone input is amplified and looped back to
+the headphone output, which uses the exact same pins! As you might expect, this
+causes terrible headphone noise, the character of which is controlled by the
+1Ah boost control. (If you've seen instructions online to fix XPS 13 headphone
+noise by changing "Headphone Mic Boost" in ALSA, now you know why.)
+
+The information here has been obtained through black-box reverse engineering of
+the ALC256 codec's behavior and is not guaranteed to be correct. It likely
+also applies for the ALC255, ALC257, ALC235, and ALC236, since those codecs
+seem to be close relatives of the ALC256. (They all share one initialization
+function.) Additionally, other codecs like the ALC225 and ALC285 also have this
+register, judging by existing fixups in ``patch_realtek.c``, but specific
+data (e.g. node IDs, bit positions, pin mappings) for those codecs may differ
+from what I've described here.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d7d42acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+===================================
+Linux Sound Subsystem Documentation
+===================================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ kernel-api/index
+ designs/index
+ soc/index
+ alsa-configuration
+ hd-audio/index
+ cards/index
+
+.. only:: subproject and html
+
+ Indices
+ =======
+
+ * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/alsa-driver-api.rst b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/alsa-driver-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d24c64df7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/alsa-driver-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+===================
+The ALSA Driver API
+===================
+
+Management of Cards and Devices
+===============================
+
+Card Management
+---------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/init.c
+
+Device Components
+-----------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/device.c
+
+Module requests and Device File Entries
+---------------------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/sound.c
+
+Memory Management Helpers
+-------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/memory.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/memalloc.c
+
+
+PCM API
+=======
+
+PCM Core
+--------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm_lib.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm_native.c
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/pcm.h
+
+PCM Format Helpers
+------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm_misc.c
+
+PCM Memory Management
+---------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm_memory.c
+
+PCM DMA Engine API
+------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/pcm_dmaengine.c
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/dmaengine_pcm.h
+
+Control/Mixer API
+=================
+
+General Control Interface
+-------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/control.c
+
+AC97 Codec API
+--------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/pci/ac97/ac97_pcm.c
+
+Virtual Master Control API
+--------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/vmaster.c
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/control.h
+
+MIDI API
+========
+
+Raw MIDI API
+------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/rawmidi.c
+
+MPU401-UART API
+---------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/drivers/mpu401/mpu401_uart.c
+
+Proc Info API
+=============
+
+Proc Info Interface
+-------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/info.c
+
+Compress Offload
+================
+
+Compress Offload API
+--------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/compress_offload.c
+.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/sound/compress_offload.h
+.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/sound/compress_params.h
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/compress_driver.h
+
+ASoC
+====
+
+ASoC Core API
+-------------
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/soc.h
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-core.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-devres.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-component.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-pcm.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-ops.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-compress.c
+
+ASoC DAPM API
+-------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-dapm.c
+
+ASoC DMA Engine API
+-------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-generic-dmaengine-pcm.c
+
+Miscellaneous Functions
+=======================
+
+Hardware-Dependent Devices API
+------------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/hwdep.c
+
+Jack Abstraction Layer API
+--------------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/jack.h
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/jack.c
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/soc/soc-jack.c
+
+ISA DMA Helpers
+---------------
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/core/isadma.c
+
+Other Helper Macros
+-------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: include/sound/core.h
+.. kernel-doc:: sound/sound_core.c
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0e6df35b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+ALSA Kernel API Documentation
+=============================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ alsa-driver-api
+ writing-an-alsa-driver
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73bbd59af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,4310 @@
+======================
+Writing an ALSA Driver
+======================
+
+:Author: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+Preface
+=======
+
+This document describes how to write an `ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound
+Architecture) <http://www.alsa-project.org/>`__ driver. The document
+focuses mainly on PCI soundcards. In the case of other device types, the
+API might be different, too. However, at least the ALSA kernel API is
+consistent, and therefore it would be still a bit help for writing them.
+
+This document targets people who already have enough C language skills
+and have basic linux kernel programming knowledge. This document doesn't
+explain the general topic of linux kernel coding and doesn't cover
+low-level driver implementation details. It only describes the standard
+way to write a PCI sound driver on ALSA.
+
+This document is still a draft version. Any feedback and corrections,
+please!!
+
+File Tree Structure
+===================
+
+General
+-------
+
+The file tree structure of ALSA driver is depicted below.
+
+::
+
+ sound
+ /core
+ /oss
+ /seq
+ /oss
+ /include
+ /drivers
+ /mpu401
+ /opl3
+ /i2c
+ /synth
+ /emux
+ /pci
+ /(cards)
+ /isa
+ /(cards)
+ /arm
+ /ppc
+ /sparc
+ /usb
+ /pcmcia /(cards)
+ /soc
+ /oss
+
+
+core directory
+--------------
+
+This directory contains the middle layer which is the heart of ALSA
+drivers. In this directory, the native ALSA modules are stored. The
+sub-directories contain different modules and are dependent upon the
+kernel config.
+
+core/oss
+~~~~~~~~
+
+The codes for PCM and mixer OSS emulation modules are stored in this
+directory. The rawmidi OSS emulation is included in the ALSA rawmidi
+code since it's quite small. The sequencer code is stored in
+``core/seq/oss`` directory (see `below <#core-seq-oss>`__).
+
+core/seq
+~~~~~~~~
+
+This directory and its sub-directories are for the ALSA sequencer. This
+directory contains the sequencer core and primary sequencer modules such
+like snd-seq-midi, snd-seq-virmidi, etc. They are compiled only when
+``CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER`` is set in the kernel config.
+
+core/seq/oss
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This contains the OSS sequencer emulation codes.
+
+include directory
+-----------------
+
+This is the place for the public header files of ALSA drivers, which are
+to be exported to user-space, or included by several files at different
+directories. Basically, the private header files should not be placed in
+this directory, but you may still find files there, due to historical
+reasons :)
+
+drivers directory
+-----------------
+
+This directory contains code shared among different drivers on different
+architectures. They are hence supposed not to be architecture-specific.
+For example, the dummy pcm driver and the serial MIDI driver are found
+in this directory. In the sub-directories, there is code for components
+which are independent from bus and cpu architectures.
+
+drivers/mpu401
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The MPU401 and MPU401-UART modules are stored here.
+
+drivers/opl3 and opl4
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The OPL3 and OPL4 FM-synth stuff is found here.
+
+i2c directory
+-------------
+
+This contains the ALSA i2c components.
+
+Although there is a standard i2c layer on Linux, ALSA has its own i2c
+code for some cards, because the soundcard needs only a simple operation
+and the standard i2c API is too complicated for such a purpose.
+
+synth directory
+---------------
+
+This contains the synth middle-level modules.
+
+So far, there is only Emu8000/Emu10k1 synth driver under the
+``synth/emux`` sub-directory.
+
+pci directory
+-------------
+
+This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
+for PCI soundcards and the code specific to the PCI BUS.
+
+The drivers compiled from a single file are stored directly in the pci
+directory, while the drivers with several source files are stored on
+their own sub-directory (e.g. emu10k1, ice1712).
+
+isa directory
+-------------
+
+This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
+for ISA soundcards.
+
+arm, ppc, and sparc directories
+-------------------------------
+
+They are used for top-level card modules which are specific to one of
+these architectures.
+
+usb directory
+-------------
+
+This directory contains the USB-audio driver. In the latest version, the
+USB MIDI driver is integrated in the usb-audio driver.
+
+pcmcia directory
+----------------
+
+The PCMCIA, especially PCCard drivers will go here. CardBus drivers will
+be in the pci directory, because their API is identical to that of
+standard PCI cards.
+
+soc directory
+-------------
+
+This directory contains the codes for ASoC (ALSA System on Chip)
+layer including ASoC core, codec and machine drivers.
+
+oss directory
+-------------
+
+Here contains OSS/Lite codes.
+All codes have been deprecated except for dmasound on m68k as of
+writing this.
+
+
+Basic Flow for PCI Drivers
+==========================
+
+Outline
+-------
+
+The minimum flow for PCI soundcards is as follows:
+
+- define the PCI ID table (see the section `PCI Entries`_).
+
+- create ``probe`` callback.
+
+- create ``remove`` callback.
+
+- create a struct pci_driver structure
+ containing the three pointers above.
+
+- create an ``init`` function just calling the
+ :c:func:`pci_register_driver()` to register the pci_driver
+ table defined above.
+
+- create an ``exit`` function to call the
+ :c:func:`pci_unregister_driver()` function.
+
+Full Code Example
+-----------------
+
+The code example is shown below. Some parts are kept unimplemented at
+this moment but will be filled in the next sections. The numbers in the
+comment lines of the :c:func:`snd_mychip_probe()` function refer
+to details explained in the following section.
+
+::
+
+ #include <linux/init.h>
+ #include <linux/pci.h>
+ #include <linux/slab.h>
+ #include <sound/core.h>
+ #include <sound/initval.h>
+
+ /* module parameters (see "Module Parameters") */
+ /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards supported by this module */
+ static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
+ static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
+ static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
+
+ /* definition of the chip-specific record */
+ struct mychip {
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ /* the rest of the implementation will be in section
+ * "PCI Resource Management"
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* chip-specific destructor
+ * (see "PCI Resource Management")
+ */
+ static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ .... /* will be implemented later... */
+ }
+
+ /* component-destructor
+ * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
+ */
+ static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
+ {
+ return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
+ }
+
+ /* chip-specific constructor
+ * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
+ */
+ static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
+ struct pci_dev *pci,
+ struct mychip **rchip)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ int err;
+ static const struct snd_device_ops ops = {
+ .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
+ };
+
+ *rchip = NULL;
+
+ /* check PCI availability here
+ * (see "PCI Resource Management")
+ */
+ ....
+
+ /* allocate a chip-specific data with zero filled */
+ chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (chip == NULL)
+ return -ENOMEM;
+
+ chip->card = card;
+
+ /* rest of initialization here; will be implemented
+ * later, see "PCI Resource Management"
+ */
+ ....
+
+ err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
+ if (err < 0) {
+ snd_mychip_free(chip);
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ *rchip = chip;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* constructor -- see "Driver Constructor" sub-section */
+ static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+ const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+ {
+ static int dev;
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ int err;
+
+ /* (1) */
+ if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
+ return -ENODEV;
+ if (!enable[dev]) {
+ dev++;
+ return -ENOENT;
+ }
+
+ /* (2) */
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ 0, &card);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+
+ /* (3) */
+ err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
+ if (err < 0)
+ goto error;
+
+ /* (4) */
+ strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
+ strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
+ sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
+ card->shortname, chip->port, chip->irq);
+
+ /* (5) */
+ .... /* implemented later */
+
+ /* (6) */
+ err = snd_card_register(card);
+ if (err < 0)
+ goto error;
+
+ /* (7) */
+ pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
+ dev++;
+ return 0;
+
+ error:
+ snd_card_free(card);
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" sub-section */
+ static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
+ {
+ snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
+ }
+
+
+
+Driver Constructor
+------------------
+
+The real constructor of PCI drivers is the ``probe`` callback. The
+``probe`` callback and other component-constructors which are called
+from the ``probe`` callback cannot be used with the ``__init`` prefix
+because any PCI device could be a hotplug device.
+
+In the ``probe`` callback, the following scheme is often used.
+
+1) Check and increment the device index.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int dev;
+ ....
+ if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
+ return -ENODEV;
+ if (!enable[dev]) {
+ dev++;
+ return -ENOENT;
+ }
+
+
+where ``enable[dev]`` is the module option.
+
+Each time the ``probe`` callback is called, check the availability of
+the device. If not available, simply increment the device index and
+returns. dev will be incremented also later (`step 7
+<#set-the-pci-driver-data-and-return-zero>`__).
+
+2) Create a card instance
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ int err;
+ ....
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ 0, &card);
+
+
+The details will be explained in the section `Management of Cards and
+Components`_.
+
+3) Create a main component
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In this part, the PCI resources are allocated.
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ ....
+ err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
+ if (err < 0)
+ goto error;
+
+The details will be explained in the section `PCI Resource
+Management`_.
+
+When something goes wrong, the probe function needs to deal with the
+error. In this example, we have a single error handling path placed
+at the end of the function.
+
+::
+
+ error:
+ snd_card_free(card);
+ return err;
+
+Since each component can be properly freed, the single
+:c:func:`snd_card_free()` call should suffice in most cases.
+
+
+4) Set the driver ID and name strings.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
+ strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
+ sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
+ card->shortname, chip->port, chip->irq);
+
+The driver field holds the minimal ID string of the chip. This is used
+by alsa-lib's configurator, so keep it simple but unique. Even the
+same driver can have different driver IDs to distinguish the
+functionality of each chip type.
+
+The shortname field is a string shown as more verbose name. The longname
+field contains the information shown in ``/proc/asound/cards``.
+
+5) Create other components, such as mixer, MIDI, etc.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Here you define the basic components such as `PCM <#PCM-Interface>`__,
+mixer (e.g. `AC97 <#API-for-AC97-Codec>`__), MIDI (e.g.
+`MPU-401 <#MIDI-MPU401-UART-Interface>`__), and other interfaces.
+Also, if you want a `proc file <#Proc-Interface>`__, define it here,
+too.
+
+6) Register the card instance.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ err = snd_card_register(card);
+ if (err < 0)
+ goto error;
+
+Will be explained in the section `Management of Cards and
+Components`_, too.
+
+7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
+ dev++;
+ return 0;
+
+In the above, the card record is stored. This pointer is used in the
+remove callback and power-management callbacks, too.
+
+Destructor
+----------
+
+The destructor, remove callback, simply releases the card instance. Then
+the ALSA middle layer will release all the attached components
+automatically.
+
+It would be typically just calling :c:func:`snd_card_free()`:
+
+::
+
+ static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
+ {
+ snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
+ }
+
+
+The above code assumes that the card pointer is set to the PCI driver
+data.
+
+Header Files
+------------
+
+For the above example, at least the following include files are
+necessary.
+
+::
+
+ #include <linux/init.h>
+ #include <linux/pci.h>
+ #include <linux/slab.h>
+ #include <sound/core.h>
+ #include <sound/initval.h>
+
+where the last one is necessary only when module options are defined
+in the source file. If the code is split into several files, the files
+without module options don't need them.
+
+In addition to these headers, you'll need ``<linux/interrupt.h>`` for
+interrupt handling, and ``<linux/io.h>`` for I/O access. If you use the
+:c:func:`mdelay()` or :c:func:`udelay()` functions, you'll need
+to include ``<linux/delay.h>`` too.
+
+The ALSA interfaces like the PCM and control APIs are defined in other
+``<sound/xxx.h>`` header files. They have to be included after
+``<sound/core.h>``.
+
+Management of Cards and Components
+==================================
+
+Card Instance
+-------------
+
+For each soundcard, a “card” record must be allocated.
+
+A card record is the headquarters of the soundcard. It manages the whole
+list of devices (components) on the soundcard, such as PCM, mixers,
+MIDI, synthesizer, and so on. Also, the card record holds the ID and the
+name strings of the card, manages the root of proc files, and controls
+the power-management states and hotplug disconnections. The component
+list on the card record is used to manage the correct release of
+resources at destruction.
+
+As mentioned above, to create a card instance, call
+:c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ int err;
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index, id, module, extra_size, &card);
+
+
+The function takes six arguments: the parent device pointer, the
+card-index number, the id string, the module pointer (usually
+``THIS_MODULE``), the size of extra-data space, and the pointer to
+return the card instance. The extra_size argument is used to allocate
+card->private_data for the chip-specific data. Note that these data are
+allocated by :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
+
+The first argument, the pointer of struct device, specifies the parent
+device. For PCI devices, typically ``&pci->`` is passed there.
+
+Components
+----------
+
+After the card is created, you can attach the components (devices) to
+the card instance. In an ALSA driver, a component is represented as a
+struct snd_device object. A component
+can be a PCM instance, a control interface, a raw MIDI interface, etc.
+Each such instance has one component entry.
+
+A component can be created via :c:func:`snd_device_new()`
+function.
+
+::
+
+ snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_XXX, chip, &ops);
+
+This takes the card pointer, the device-level (``SNDRV_DEV_XXX``), the
+data pointer, and the callback pointers (``&ops``). The device-level
+defines the type of components and the order of registration and
+de-registration. For most components, the device-level is already
+defined. For a user-defined component, you can use
+``SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL``.
+
+This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data must be
+allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed as the
+argument. This pointer (``chip`` in the above example) is used as the
+identifier for the instance.
+
+Each pre-defined ALSA component such as ac97 and pcm calls
+:c:func:`snd_device_new()` inside its constructor. The destructor
+for each component is defined in the callback pointers. Hence, you don't
+need to take care of calling a destructor for such a component.
+
+If you wish to create your own component, you need to set the destructor
+function to the dev_free callback in the ``ops``, so that it can be
+released automatically via :c:func:`snd_card_free()`. The next
+example will show an implementation of chip-specific data.
+
+Chip-Specific Data
+------------------
+
+Chip-specific information, e.g. the I/O port address, its resource
+pointer, or the irq number, is stored in the chip-specific record.
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ ....
+ };
+
+
+In general, there are two ways of allocating the chip record.
+
+1. Allocating via :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-data-length to the 5th
+argument of :c:func:`snd_card_new()`, i.e.
+
+::
+
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
+
+struct mychip is the type of the chip record.
+
+In return, the allocated record can be accessed as
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
+
+With this method, you don't have to allocate twice. The record is
+released together with the card instance.
+
+2. Allocating an extra device.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+After allocating a card instance via :c:func:`snd_card_new()`
+(with ``0`` on the 4th arg), call :c:func:`kzalloc()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ 0, &card);
+ .....
+ chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
+
+The chip record should have the field to hold the card pointer at least,
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ ....
+ };
+
+
+Then, set the card pointer in the returned chip instance.
+
+::
+
+ chip->card = card;
+
+Next, initialize the fields, and register this chip record as a
+low-level device with a specified ``ops``,
+
+::
+
+ static const struct snd_device_ops ops = {
+ .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
+ };
+ ....
+ snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
+
+:c:func:`snd_mychip_dev_free()` is the device-destructor
+function, which will call the real destructor.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
+ {
+ return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
+ }
+
+where :c:func:`snd_mychip_free()` is the real destructor.
+
+The demerit of this method is the obviously more amount of codes.
+The merit is, however, you can trigger the own callback at registering
+and disconnecting the card via setting in snd_device_ops.
+About the registering and disconnecting the card, see the subsections
+below.
+
+
+Registration and Release
+------------------------
+
+After all components are assigned, register the card instance by calling
+:c:func:`snd_card_register()`. Access to the device files is
+enabled at this point. That is, before
+:c:func:`snd_card_register()` is called, the components are safely
+inaccessible from external side. If this call fails, exit the probe
+function after releasing the card via :c:func:`snd_card_free()`.
+
+For releasing the card instance, you can call simply
+:c:func:`snd_card_free()`. As mentioned earlier, all components
+are released automatically by this call.
+
+For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
+:c:func:`snd_card_free_when_closed()`. This one will postpone
+the destruction until all devices are closed.
+
+PCI Resource Management
+=======================
+
+Full Code Example
+-----------------
+
+In this section, we'll complete the chip-specific constructor,
+destructor and PCI entries. Example code is shown first, below.
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ struct pci_dev *pci;
+
+ unsigned long port;
+ int irq;
+ };
+
+ static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ /* disable hardware here if any */
+ .... /* (not implemented in this document) */
+
+ /* release the irq */
+ if (chip->irq >= 0)
+ free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
+ /* release the I/O ports & memory */
+ pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
+ /* disable the PCI entry */
+ pci_disable_device(chip->pci);
+ /* release the data */
+ kfree(chip);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* chip-specific constructor */
+ static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
+ struct pci_dev *pci,
+ struct mychip **rchip)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ int err;
+ static const struct snd_device_ops ops = {
+ .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
+ };
+
+ *rchip = NULL;
+
+ /* initialize the PCI entry */
+ err = pci_enable_device(pci);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ /* check PCI availability (28bit DMA) */
+ if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
+ pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
+ printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
+ pci_disable_device(pci);
+ return -ENXIO;
+ }
+
+ chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (chip == NULL) {
+ pci_disable_device(pci);
+ return -ENOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* initialize the stuff */
+ chip->card = card;
+ chip->pci = pci;
+ chip->irq = -1;
+
+ /* (1) PCI resource allocation */
+ err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
+ if (err < 0) {
+ kfree(chip);
+ pci_disable_device(pci);
+ return err;
+ }
+ chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
+ if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
+ IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
+ printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
+ snd_mychip_free(chip);
+ return -EBUSY;
+ }
+ chip->irq = pci->irq;
+ card->sync_irq = chip->irq;
+
+ /* (2) initialization of the chip hardware */
+ .... /* (not implemented in this document) */
+
+ err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
+ if (err < 0) {
+ snd_mychip_free(chip);
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ *rchip = chip;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* PCI IDs */
+ static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
+ { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
+ PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
+ ....
+ { 0, }
+ };
+ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
+
+ /* pci_driver definition */
+ static struct pci_driver driver = {
+ .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
+ .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
+ .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
+ .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
+ };
+
+ /* module initialization */
+ static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
+ {
+ return pci_register_driver(&driver);
+ }
+
+ /* module clean up */
+ static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
+ {
+ pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
+ }
+
+ module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
+ module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
+
+ EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS; /* for old kernels only */
+
+Some Hafta's
+------------
+
+The allocation of PCI resources is done in the ``probe`` function, and
+usually an extra :c:func:`xxx_create()` function is written for this
+purpose.
+
+In the case of PCI devices, you first have to call the
+:c:func:`pci_enable_device()` function before allocating
+resources. Also, you need to set the proper PCI DMA mask to limit the
+accessed I/O range. In some cases, you might need to call
+:c:func:`pci_set_master()` function, too.
+
+Suppose the 28bit mask, and the code to be added would be like:
+
+::
+
+ err = pci_enable_device(pci);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
+ pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
+ printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
+ pci_disable_device(pci);
+ return -ENXIO;
+ }
+
+
+Resource Allocation
+-------------------
+
+The allocation of I/O ports and irqs is done via standard kernel
+functions. These resources must be released in the destructor
+function (see below).
+
+Now assume that the PCI device has an I/O port with 8 bytes and an
+interrupt. Then struct mychip will have the
+following fields:
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ struct snd_card *card;
+
+ unsigned long port;
+ int irq;
+ };
+
+
+For an I/O port (and also a memory region), you need to have the
+resource pointer for the standard resource management. For an irq, you
+have to keep only the irq number (integer). But you need to initialize
+this number as -1 before actual allocation, since irq 0 is valid. The
+port address and its resource pointer can be initialized as null by
+:c:func:`kzalloc()` automatically, so you don't have to take care of
+resetting them.
+
+The allocation of an I/O port is done like this:
+
+::
+
+ err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
+ if (err < 0) {
+ kfree(chip);
+ pci_disable_device(pci);
+ return err;
+ }
+ chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
+
+It will reserve the I/O port region of 8 bytes of the given PCI device.
+The returned value, ``chip->res_port``, is allocated via
+:c:func:`kmalloc()` by :c:func:`request_region()`. The pointer
+must be released via :c:func:`kfree()`, but there is a problem with
+this. This issue will be explained later.
+
+The allocation of an interrupt source is done like this:
+
+::
+
+ if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
+ IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
+ printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
+ snd_mychip_free(chip);
+ return -EBUSY;
+ }
+ chip->irq = pci->irq;
+
+where :c:func:`snd_mychip_interrupt()` is the interrupt handler
+defined `later <#pcm-interface-interrupt-handler>`__. Note that
+``chip->irq`` should be defined only when :c:func:`request_irq()`
+succeeded.
+
+On the PCI bus, interrupts can be shared. Thus, ``IRQF_SHARED`` is used
+as the interrupt flag of :c:func:`request_irq()`.
+
+The last argument of :c:func:`request_irq()` is the data pointer
+passed to the interrupt handler. Usually, the chip-specific record is
+used for that, but you can use what you like, too.
+
+I won't give details about the interrupt handler at this point, but at
+least its appearance can be explained now. The interrupt handler looks
+usually like the following:
+
+::
+
+ static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
+ ....
+ return IRQ_HANDLED;
+ }
+
+After requesting the IRQ, you can passed it to ``card->sync_irq``
+field:
+::
+
+ card->irq = chip->irq;
+
+This allows PCM core automatically performing
+:c:func:`synchronize_irq()` at the necessary timing like ``hw_free``.
+See the later section `sync_stop callback`_ for details.
+
+Now let's write the corresponding destructor for the resources above.
+The role of destructor is simple: disable the hardware (if already
+activated) and release the resources. So far, we have no hardware part,
+so the disabling code is not written here.
+
+To release the resources, the “check-and-release” method is a safer way.
+For the interrupt, do like this:
+
+::
+
+ if (chip->irq >= 0)
+ free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
+
+Since the irq number can start from 0, you should initialize
+``chip->irq`` with a negative value (e.g. -1), so that you can check
+the validity of the irq number as above.
+
+When you requested I/O ports or memory regions via
+:c:func:`pci_request_region()` or
+:c:func:`pci_request_regions()` like in this example, release the
+resource(s) using the corresponding function,
+:c:func:`pci_release_region()` or
+:c:func:`pci_release_regions()`.
+
+::
+
+ pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
+
+When you requested manually via :c:func:`request_region()` or
+:c:func:`request_mem_region()`, you can release it via
+:c:func:`release_resource()`. Suppose that you keep the resource
+pointer returned from :c:func:`request_region()` in
+chip->res_port, the release procedure looks like:
+
+::
+
+ release_and_free_resource(chip->res_port);
+
+Don't forget to call :c:func:`pci_disable_device()` before the
+end.
+
+And finally, release the chip-specific record.
+
+::
+
+ kfree(chip);
+
+We didn't implement the hardware disabling part in the above. If you
+need to do this, please note that the destructor may be called even
+before the initialization of the chip is completed. It would be better
+to have a flag to skip hardware disabling if the hardware was not
+initialized yet.
+
+When the chip-data is assigned to the card using
+:c:func:`snd_device_new()` with ``SNDRV_DEV_LOWLELVEL`` , its
+destructor is called at the last. That is, it is assured that all other
+components like PCMs and controls have already been released. You don't
+have to stop PCMs, etc. explicitly, but just call low-level hardware
+stopping.
+
+The management of a memory-mapped region is almost as same as the
+management of an I/O port. You'll need three fields like the
+following:
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ ....
+ unsigned long iobase_phys;
+ void __iomem *iobase_virt;
+ };
+
+and the allocation would be like below:
+
+::
+
+ err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
+ if (err < 0) {
+ kfree(chip);
+ return err;
+ }
+ chip->iobase_phys = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
+ chip->iobase_virt = ioremap(chip->iobase_phys,
+ pci_resource_len(pci, 0));
+
+and the corresponding destructor would be:
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ ....
+ if (chip->iobase_virt)
+ iounmap(chip->iobase_virt);
+ ....
+ pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
+ ....
+ }
+
+Of course, a modern way with :c:func:`pci_iomap()` will make things a
+bit easier, too.
+
+::
+
+ err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
+ if (err < 0) {
+ kfree(chip);
+ return err;
+ }
+ chip->iobase_virt = pci_iomap(pci, 0, 0);
+
+which is paired with :c:func:`pci_iounmap()` at destructor.
+
+
+PCI Entries
+-----------
+
+So far, so good. Let's finish the missing PCI stuff. At first, we need a
+struct pci_device_id table for
+this chipset. It's a table of PCI vendor/device ID number, and some
+masks.
+
+For example,
+
+::
+
+ static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
+ { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
+ PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
+ ....
+ { 0, }
+ };
+ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
+
+The first and second fields of the struct pci_device_id are the vendor
+and device IDs. If you have no reason to filter the matching devices, you can
+leave the remaining fields as above. The last field of the
+struct pci_device_id contains private data for this entry. You can specify
+any value here, for example, to define specific operations for supported
+device IDs. Such an example is found in the intel8x0 driver.
+
+The last entry of this list is the terminator. You must specify this
+all-zero entry.
+
+Then, prepare the struct pci_driver
+record:
+
+::
+
+ static struct pci_driver driver = {
+ .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
+ .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
+ .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
+ .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
+ };
+
+The ``probe`` and ``remove`` functions have already been defined in
+the previous sections. The ``name`` field is the name string of this
+device. Note that you must not use a slash “/” in this string.
+
+And at last, the module entries:
+
+::
+
+ static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
+ {
+ return pci_register_driver(&driver);
+ }
+
+ static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
+ {
+ pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
+ }
+
+ module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
+ module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
+
+Note that these module entries are tagged with ``__init`` and ``__exit``
+prefixes.
+
+That's all!
+
+PCM Interface
+=============
+
+General
+-------
+
+The PCM middle layer of ALSA is quite powerful and it is only necessary
+for each driver to implement the low-level functions to access its
+hardware.
+
+For accessing to the PCM layer, you need to include ``<sound/pcm.h>``
+first. In addition, ``<sound/pcm_params.h>`` might be needed if you
+access to some functions related with hw_param.
+
+Each card device can have up to four pcm instances. A pcm instance
+corresponds to a pcm device file. The limitation of number of instances
+comes only from the available bit size of the Linux's device numbers.
+Once when 64bit device number is used, we'll have more pcm instances
+available.
+
+A pcm instance consists of pcm playback and capture streams, and each
+pcm stream consists of one or more pcm substreams. Some soundcards
+support multiple playback functions. For example, emu10k1 has a PCM
+playback of 32 stereo substreams. In this case, at each open, a free
+substream is (usually) automatically chosen and opened. Meanwhile, when
+only one substream exists and it was already opened, the successful open
+will either block or error with ``EAGAIN`` according to the file open
+mode. But you don't have to care about such details in your driver. The
+PCM middle layer will take care of such work.
+
+Full Code Example
+-----------------
+
+The example code below does not include any hardware access routines but
+shows only the skeleton, how to build up the PCM interfaces.
+
+::
+
+ #include <sound/pcm.h>
+ ....
+
+ /* hardware definition */
+ static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
+ .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
+ .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
+ .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
+ .rate_min = 8000,
+ .rate_max = 48000,
+ .channels_min = 2,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .period_bytes_min = 4096,
+ .period_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .periods_min = 1,
+ .periods_max = 1024,
+ };
+
+ /* hardware definition */
+ static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_capture_hw = {
+ .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
+ .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
+ .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
+ .rate_min = 8000,
+ .rate_max = 48000,
+ .channels_min = 2,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .period_bytes_min = 4096,
+ .period_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .periods_min = 1,
+ .periods_max = 1024,
+ };
+
+ /* open callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_playback_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
+
+ runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
+ /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* close callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_playback_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+
+ }
+
+ /* open callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_capture_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
+
+ runtime->hw = snd_mychip_capture_hw;
+ /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* close callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_capture_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* hw_params callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params)
+ {
+ /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* hw_free callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* prepare callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_pcm_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
+
+ /* set up the hardware with the current configuration
+ * for example...
+ */
+ mychip_set_sample_format(chip, runtime->format);
+ mychip_set_sample_rate(chip, runtime->rate);
+ mychip_set_channels(chip, runtime->channels);
+ mychip_set_dma_setup(chip, runtime->dma_addr,
+ chip->buffer_size,
+ chip->period_size);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* trigger callback */
+ static int snd_mychip_pcm_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ int cmd)
+ {
+ switch (cmd) {
+ case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
+ /* do something to start the PCM engine */
+ ....
+ break;
+ case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
+ /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
+ ....
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -EINVAL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* pointer callback */
+ static snd_pcm_uframes_t
+ snd_mychip_pcm_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ unsigned int current_ptr;
+
+ /* get the current hardware pointer */
+ current_ptr = mychip_get_hw_pointer(chip);
+ return current_ptr;
+ }
+
+ /* operators */
+ static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
+ .open = snd_mychip_playback_open,
+ .close = snd_mychip_playback_close,
+ .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
+ .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
+ .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
+ .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
+ .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
+ };
+
+ /* operators */
+ static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_capture_ops = {
+ .open = snd_mychip_capture_open,
+ .close = snd_mychip_capture_close,
+ .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
+ .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
+ .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
+ .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
+ .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
+ };
+
+ /*
+ * definitions of capture are omitted here...
+ */
+
+ /* create a pcm device */
+ static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ struct snd_pcm *pcm;
+ int err;
+
+ err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ pcm->private_data = chip;
+ strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
+ chip->pcm = pcm;
+ /* set operators */
+ snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
+ &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
+ snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
+ &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
+ /* pre-allocation of buffers */
+ /* NOTE: this may fail */
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
+ &chip->pci->dev,
+ 64*1024, 64*1024);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+PCM Constructor
+---------------
+
+A pcm instance is allocated by the :c:func:`snd_pcm_new()`
+function. It would be better to create a constructor for pcm, namely,
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ struct snd_pcm *pcm;
+ int err;
+
+ err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ pcm->private_data = chip;
+ strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
+ chip->pcm = pcm;
+ ....
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+The :c:func:`snd_pcm_new()` function takes four arguments. The
+first argument is the card pointer to which this pcm is assigned, and
+the second is the ID string.
+
+The third argument (``index``, 0 in the above) is the index of this new
+pcm. It begins from zero. If you create more than one pcm instances,
+specify the different numbers in this argument. For example, ``index =
+1`` for the second PCM device.
+
+The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of substreams for playback
+and capture, respectively. Here 1 is used for both arguments. When no
+playback or capture substreams are available, pass 0 to the
+corresponding argument.
+
+If a chip supports multiple playbacks or captures, you can specify more
+numbers, but they must be handled properly in open/close, etc.
+callbacks. When you need to know which substream you are referring to,
+then it can be obtained from struct snd_pcm_substream data passed to each
+callback as follows:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_pcm_substream *substream;
+ int index = substream->number;
+
+
+After the pcm is created, you need to set operators for each pcm stream.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
+ &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
+ snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
+ &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
+
+The operators are defined typically like this:
+
+::
+
+ static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
+ .open = snd_mychip_pcm_open,
+ .close = snd_mychip_pcm_close,
+ .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
+ .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
+ .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
+ .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
+ .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
+ };
+
+All the callbacks are described in the Operators_ subsection.
+
+After setting the operators, you probably will want to pre-allocate the
+buffer and set up the managed allocation mode.
+For that, simply call the following:
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
+ &chip->pci->dev,
+ 64*1024, 64*1024);
+
+It will allocate a buffer up to 64kB as default. Buffer management
+details will be described in the later section `Buffer and Memory
+Management`_.
+
+Additionally, you can set some extra information for this pcm in
+``pcm->info_flags``. The available values are defined as
+``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX`` in ``<sound/asound.h>``, which is used for the
+hardware definition (described later). When your soundchip supports only
+half-duplex, specify like this:
+
+::
+
+ pcm->info_flags = SNDRV_PCM_INFO_HALF_DUPLEX;
+
+
+... And the Destructor?
+-----------------------
+
+The destructor for a pcm instance is not always necessary. Since the pcm
+device will be released by the middle layer code automatically, you
+don't have to call the destructor explicitly.
+
+The destructor would be necessary if you created special records
+internally and needed to release them. In such a case, set the
+destructor function to ``pcm->private_free``:
+
+::
+
+ static void mychip_pcm_free(struct snd_pcm *pcm)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_chip(pcm);
+ /* free your own data */
+ kfree(chip->my_private_pcm_data);
+ /* do what you like else */
+ ....
+ }
+
+ static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ struct snd_pcm *pcm;
+ ....
+ /* allocate your own data */
+ chip->my_private_pcm_data = kmalloc(...);
+ /* set the destructor */
+ pcm->private_data = chip;
+ pcm->private_free = mychip_pcm_free;
+ ....
+ }
+
+
+
+Runtime Pointer - The Chest of PCM Information
+----------------------------------------------
+
+When the PCM substream is opened, a PCM runtime instance is allocated
+and assigned to the substream. This pointer is accessible via
+``substream->runtime``. This runtime pointer holds most information you
+need to control the PCM: the copy of hw_params and sw_params
+configurations, the buffer pointers, mmap records, spinlocks, etc.
+
+The definition of runtime instance is found in ``<sound/pcm.h>``. Here
+are the contents of this file:
+
+::
+
+ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
+ /* -- Status -- */
+ struct snd_pcm_substream *trigger_master;
+ snd_timestamp_t trigger_tstamp; /* trigger timestamp */
+ int overrange;
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t avail_max;
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_base; /* Position at buffer restart */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_interrupt; /* Position at interrupt time*/
+
+ /* -- HW params -- */
+ snd_pcm_access_t access; /* access mode */
+ snd_pcm_format_t format; /* SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_* */
+ snd_pcm_subformat_t subformat; /* subformat */
+ unsigned int rate; /* rate in Hz */
+ unsigned int channels; /* channels */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t period_size; /* period size */
+ unsigned int periods; /* periods */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t buffer_size; /* buffer size */
+ unsigned int tick_time; /* tick time */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t min_align; /* Min alignment for the format */
+ size_t byte_align;
+ unsigned int frame_bits;
+ unsigned int sample_bits;
+ unsigned int info;
+ unsigned int rate_num;
+ unsigned int rate_den;
+
+ /* -- SW params -- */
+ struct timespec tstamp_mode; /* mmap timestamp is updated */
+ unsigned int period_step;
+ unsigned int sleep_min; /* min ticks to sleep */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t start_threshold;
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t stop_threshold;
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_threshold; /* Silence filling happens when
+ noise is nearest than this */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_size; /* Silence filling size */
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t boundary; /* pointers wrap point */
+
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_start;
+ snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_size;
+
+ snd_pcm_sync_id_t sync; /* hardware synchronization ID */
+
+ /* -- mmap -- */
+ volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_status *status;
+ volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_control *control;
+ atomic_t mmap_count;
+
+ /* -- locking / scheduling -- */
+ spinlock_t lock;
+ wait_queue_head_t sleep;
+ struct timer_list tick_timer;
+ struct fasync_struct *fasync;
+
+ /* -- private section -- */
+ void *private_data;
+ void (*private_free)(struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime);
+
+ /* -- hardware description -- */
+ struct snd_pcm_hardware hw;
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_constraints hw_constraints;
+
+ /* -- timer -- */
+ unsigned int timer_resolution; /* timer resolution */
+
+ /* -- DMA -- */
+ unsigned char *dma_area; /* DMA area */
+ dma_addr_t dma_addr; /* physical bus address (not accessible from main CPU) */
+ size_t dma_bytes; /* size of DMA area */
+
+ struct snd_dma_buffer *dma_buffer_p; /* allocated buffer */
+
+ #if defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS) || defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS_MODULE)
+ /* -- OSS things -- */
+ struct snd_pcm_oss_runtime oss;
+ #endif
+ };
+
+
+For the operators (callbacks) of each sound driver, most of these
+records are supposed to be read-only. Only the PCM middle-layer changes
+/ updates them. The exceptions are the hardware description (hw) DMA
+buffer information and the private data. Besides, if you use the
+standard managed buffer allocation mode, you don't need to set the
+DMA buffer information by yourself.
+
+In the sections below, important records are explained.
+
+Hardware Description
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The hardware descriptor (struct snd_pcm_hardware) contains the definitions of
+the fundamental hardware configuration. Above all, you'll need to define this
+in the `PCM open callback`_. Note that the runtime instance holds the copy of
+the descriptor, not the pointer to the existing descriptor. That is,
+in the open callback, you can modify the copied descriptor
+(``runtime->hw``) as you need. For example, if the maximum number of
+channels is 1 only on some chip models, you can still use the same
+hardware descriptor and change the channels_max later:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
+ ...
+ runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; /* common definition */
+ if (chip->model == VERY_OLD_ONE)
+ runtime->hw.channels_max = 1;
+
+Typically, you'll have a hardware descriptor as below:
+
+::
+
+ static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
+ .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
+ SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
+ .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
+ .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
+ .rate_min = 8000,
+ .rate_max = 48000,
+ .channels_min = 2,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .period_bytes_min = 4096,
+ .period_bytes_max = 32768,
+ .periods_min = 1,
+ .periods_max = 1024,
+ };
+
+- The ``info`` field contains the type and capabilities of this
+ pcm. The bit flags are defined in ``<sound/asound.h>`` as
+ ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX``. Here, at least, you have to specify whether
+ the mmap is supported and which interleaved format is
+ supported. When the hardware supports mmap, add the
+ ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP`` flag here. When the hardware supports the
+ interleaved or the non-interleaved formats,
+ ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED`` or ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_NONINTERLEAVED``
+ flag must be set, respectively. If both are supported, you can set
+ both, too.
+
+ In the above example, ``MMAP_VALID`` and ``BLOCK_TRANSFER`` are
+ specified for the OSS mmap mode. Usually both are set. Of course,
+ ``MMAP_VALID`` is set only if the mmap is really supported.
+
+ The other possible flags are ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_PAUSE`` and
+ ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME``. The ``PAUSE`` bit means that the pcm
+ supports the “pause” operation, while the ``RESUME`` bit means that
+ the pcm supports the full “suspend/resume” operation. If the
+ ``PAUSE`` flag is set, the ``trigger`` callback below must handle
+ the corresponding (pause push/release) commands. The suspend/resume
+ trigger commands can be defined even without the ``RESUME``
+ flag. See `Power Management`_ section for details.
+
+ When the PCM substreams can be synchronized (typically,
+ synchronized start/stop of a playback and a capture streams), you
+ can give ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_SYNC_START``, too. In this case, you'll
+ need to check the linked-list of PCM substreams in the trigger
+ callback. This will be described in the later section.
+
+- ``formats`` field contains the bit-flags of supported formats
+ (``SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_XXX``). If the hardware supports more than one
+ format, give all or'ed bits. In the example above, the signed 16bit
+ little-endian format is specified.
+
+- ``rates`` field contains the bit-flags of supported rates
+ (``SNDRV_PCM_RATE_XXX``). When the chip supports continuous rates,
+ pass ``CONTINUOUS`` bit additionally. The pre-defined rate bits are
+ provided only for typical rates. If your chip supports
+ unconventional rates, you need to add the ``KNOT`` bit and set up
+ the hardware constraint manually (explained later).
+
+- ``rate_min`` and ``rate_max`` define the minimum and maximum sample
+ rate. This should correspond somehow to ``rates`` bits.
+
+- ``channel_min`` and ``channel_max`` define, as you might already
+ expected, the minimum and maximum number of channels.
+
+- ``buffer_bytes_max`` defines the maximum buffer size in
+ bytes. There is no ``buffer_bytes_min`` field, since it can be
+ calculated from the minimum period size and the minimum number of
+ periods. Meanwhile, ``period_bytes_min`` and define the minimum and
+ maximum size of the period in bytes. ``periods_max`` and
+ ``periods_min`` define the maximum and minimum number of periods in
+ the buffer.
+
+ The “period” is a term that corresponds to a fragment in the OSS
+ world. The period defines the size at which a PCM interrupt is
+ generated. This size strongly depends on the hardware. Generally,
+ the smaller period size will give you more interrupts, that is,
+ more controls. In the case of capture, this size defines the input
+ latency. On the other hand, the whole buffer size defines the
+ output latency for the playback direction.
+
+- There is also a field ``fifo_size``. This specifies the size of the
+ hardware FIFO, but currently it is neither used in the driver nor
+ in the alsa-lib. So, you can ignore this field.
+
+PCM Configurations
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Ok, let's go back again to the PCM runtime records. The most
+frequently referred records in the runtime instance are the PCM
+configurations. The PCM configurations are stored in the runtime
+instance after the application sends ``hw_params`` data via
+alsa-lib. There are many fields copied from hw_params and sw_params
+structs. For example, ``format`` holds the format type chosen by the
+application. This field contains the enum value
+``SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_XXX``.
+
+One thing to be noted is that the configured buffer and period sizes
+are stored in “frames” in the runtime. In the ALSA world, ``1 frame =
+channels \* samples-size``. For conversion between frames and bytes,
+you can use the :c:func:`frames_to_bytes()` and
+:c:func:`bytes_to_frames()` helper functions.
+
+::
+
+ period_bytes = frames_to_bytes(runtime, runtime->period_size);
+
+Also, many software parameters (sw_params) are stored in frames, too.
+Please check the type of the field. ``snd_pcm_uframes_t`` is for the
+frames as unsigned integer while ``snd_pcm_sframes_t`` is for the
+frames as signed integer.
+
+DMA Buffer Information
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The DMA buffer is defined by the following four fields, ``dma_area``,
+``dma_addr``, ``dma_bytes`` and ``dma_private``. The ``dma_area``
+holds the buffer pointer (the logical address). You can call
+:c:func:`memcpy()` from/to this pointer. Meanwhile, ``dma_addr`` holds
+the physical address of the buffer. This field is specified only when
+the buffer is a linear buffer. ``dma_bytes`` holds the size of buffer
+in bytes. ``dma_private`` is used for the ALSA DMA allocator.
+
+If you use either the managed buffer allocation mode or the standard
+API function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` for allocating the buffer,
+these fields are set by the ALSA middle layer, and you should *not*
+change them by yourself. You can read them but not write them. On the
+other hand, if you want to allocate the buffer by yourself, you'll
+need to manage it in hw_params callback. At least, ``dma_bytes`` is
+mandatory. ``dma_area`` is necessary when the buffer is mmapped. If
+your driver doesn't support mmap, this field is not
+necessary. ``dma_addr`` is also optional. You can use dma_private as
+you like, too.
+
+Running Status
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The running status can be referred via ``runtime->status``. This is
+the pointer to the struct snd_pcm_mmap_status record.
+For example, you can get the current
+DMA hardware pointer via ``runtime->status->hw_ptr``.
+
+The DMA application pointer can be referred via ``runtime->control``,
+which points to the struct snd_pcm_mmap_control record.
+However, accessing directly to this value is not recommended.
+
+Private Data
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can allocate a record for the substream and store it in
+``runtime->private_data``. Usually, this is done in the `PCM open
+callback`_. Don't mix this with ``pcm->private_data``. The
+``pcm->private_data`` usually points to the chip instance assigned
+statically at the creation of PCM, while the ``runtime->private_data``
+points to a dynamic data structure created at the PCM open
+callback.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct my_pcm_data *data;
+ ....
+ data = kmalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
+ substream->runtime->private_data = data;
+ ....
+ }
+
+
+The allocated object must be released in the `close callback`_.
+
+Operators
+---------
+
+OK, now let me give details about each pcm callback (``ops``). In
+general, every callback must return 0 if successful, or a negative
+error number such as ``-EINVAL``. To choose an appropriate error
+number, it is advised to check what value other parts of the kernel
+return when the same kind of request fails.
+
+The callback function takes at least the argument with
+struct snd_pcm_substream pointer. To retrieve the chip
+record from the given substream instance, you can use the following
+macro.
+
+::
+
+ int xxx() {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ ....
+ }
+
+The macro reads ``substream->private_data``, which is a copy of
+``pcm->private_data``. You can override the former if you need to
+assign different data records per PCM substream. For example, the
+cmi8330 driver assigns different ``private_data`` for playback and
+capture directions, because it uses two different codecs (SB- and
+AD-compatible) for different directions.
+
+PCM open callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
+
+This is called when a pcm substream is opened.
+
+At least, here you have to initialize the ``runtime->hw``
+record. Typically, this is done by like this:
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
+ struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
+
+ runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+where ``snd_mychip_playback_hw`` is the pre-defined hardware
+description.
+
+You can allocate a private data in this callback, as described in
+`Private Data`_ section.
+
+If the hardware configuration needs more constraints, set the hardware
+constraints here, too. See Constraints_ for more details.
+
+close callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
+
+
+Obviously, this is called when a pcm substream is closed.
+
+Any private instance for a pcm substream allocated in the ``open``
+callback will be released here.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ ....
+ kfree(substream->runtime->private_data);
+ ....
+ }
+
+ioctl callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is used for any special call to pcm ioctls. But usually you can
+leave it as NULL, then PCM core calls the generic ioctl callback
+function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_ioctl()`. If you need to deal with the
+unique setup of channel info or reset procedure, you can pass your own
+callback function here.
+
+hw_params callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params);
+
+This is called when the hardware parameter (``hw_params``) is set up
+by the application, that is, once when the buffer size, the period
+size, the format, etc. are defined for the pcm substream.
+
+Many hardware setups should be done in this callback, including the
+allocation of buffers.
+
+Parameters to be initialized are retrieved by
+:c:func:`params_xxx()` macros.
+
+When you set up the managed buffer allocation mode for the substream,
+a buffer is already allocated before this callback gets
+called. Alternatively, you can call a helper function below for
+allocating the buffer, too.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, params_buffer_bytes(hw_params));
+
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` is available only when the
+DMA buffers have been pre-allocated. See the section `Buffer Types`_
+for more details.
+
+Note that this and ``prepare`` callbacks may be called multiple times
+per initialization. For example, the OSS emulation may call these
+callbacks at each change via its ioctl.
+
+Thus, you need to be careful not to allocate the same buffers many
+times, which will lead to memory leaks! Calling the helper function
+above many times is OK. It will release the previous buffer
+automatically when it was already allocated.
+
+Another note is that this callback is non-atomic (schedulable) as
+default, i.e. when no ``nonatomic`` flag set. This is important,
+because the ``trigger`` callback is atomic (non-schedulable). That is,
+mutexes or any schedule-related functions are not available in
+``trigger`` callback. Please see the subsection Atomicity_ for
+details.
+
+hw_free callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
+
+This is called to release the resources allocated via
+``hw_params``.
+
+This function is always called before the close callback is called.
+Also, the callback may be called multiple times, too. Keep track
+whether the resource was already released.
+
+When you have set up the managed buffer allocation mode for the PCM
+substream, the allocated PCM buffer will be automatically released
+after this callback gets called. Otherwise you'll have to release the
+buffer manually. Typically, when the buffer was allocated from the
+pre-allocated pool, you can use the standard API function
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` like:
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);
+
+prepare callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
+
+This callback is called when the pcm is “prepared”. You can set the
+format type, sample rate, etc. here. The difference from ``hw_params``
+is that the ``prepare`` callback will be called each time
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` is called, i.e. when recovering after
+underruns, etc.
+
+Note that this callback is now non-atomic. You can use
+schedule-related functions safely in this callback.
+
+In this and the following callbacks, you can refer to the values via
+the runtime record, ``substream->runtime``. For example, to get the
+current rate, format or channels, access to ``runtime->rate``,
+``runtime->format`` or ``runtime->channels``, respectively. The
+physical address of the allocated buffer is set to
+``runtime->dma_area``. The buffer and period sizes are in
+``runtime->buffer_size`` and ``runtime->period_size``, respectively.
+
+Be careful that this callback will be called many times at each setup,
+too.
+
+trigger callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int cmd);
+
+This is called when the pcm is started, stopped or paused.
+
+Which action is specified in the second argument,
+``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_XXX`` in ``<sound/pcm.h>``. At least, the ``START``
+and ``STOP`` commands must be defined in this callback.
+
+::
+
+ switch (cmd) {
+ case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
+ /* do something to start the PCM engine */
+ break;
+ case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
+ /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -EINVAL;
+ }
+
+When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info field of
+the hardware table), the ``PAUSE_PUSH`` and ``PAUSE_RELEASE`` commands
+must be handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
+and the latter to restart the pcm again.
+
+When the pcm supports the suspend/resume operation, regardless of full
+or partial suspend/resume support, the ``SUSPEND`` and ``RESUME``
+commands must be handled, too. These commands are issued when the
+power-management status is changed. Obviously, the ``SUSPEND`` and
+``RESUME`` commands suspend and resume the pcm substream, and usually,
+they are identical to the ``STOP`` and ``START`` commands, respectively.
+See the `Power Management`_ section for details.
+
+As mentioned, this callback is atomic as default unless ``nonatomic``
+flag set, and you cannot call functions which may sleep. The
+``trigger`` callback should be as minimal as possible, just really
+triggering the DMA. The other stuff should be initialized
+``hw_params`` and ``prepare`` callbacks properly beforehand.
+
+sync_stop callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_sync_stop(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
+
+This callback is optional, and NULL can be passed. It's called after
+the PCM core stops the stream and changes the stream state
+``prepare``, ``hw_params`` or ``hw_free``.
+Since the IRQ handler might be still pending, we need to wait until
+the pending task finishes before moving to the next step; otherwise it
+might lead to a crash due to resource conflicts or access to the freed
+resources. A typical behavior is to call a synchronization function
+like :c:func:`synchronize_irq()` here.
+
+For majority of drivers that need only a call of
+:c:func:`synchronize_irq()`, there is a simpler setup, too.
+While keeping NULL to ``sync_stop`` PCM callback, the driver can set
+``card->sync_irq`` field to store the valid interrupt number after
+requesting an IRQ, instead. Then PCM core will look call
+:c:func:`synchronize_irq()` with the given IRQ appropriately.
+
+If the IRQ handler is released at the card destructor, you don't need
+to clear ``card->sync_irq``, as the card itself is being released.
+So, usually you'll need to add just a single line for assigning
+``card->sync_irq`` in the driver code unless the driver re-acquires
+the IRQ. When the driver frees and re-acquires the IRQ dynamically
+(e.g. for suspend/resume), it needs to clear and re-set
+``card->sync_irq`` again appropriately.
+
+pointer callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static snd_pcm_uframes_t snd_xxx_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+
+This callback is called when the PCM middle layer inquires the current
+hardware position on the buffer. The position must be returned in
+frames, ranging from 0 to ``buffer_size - 1``.
+
+This is called usually from the buffer-update routine in the pcm
+middle layer, which is invoked when :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`
+is called in the interrupt routine. Then the pcm middle layer updates
+the position and calculates the available space, and wakes up the
+sleeping poll threads, etc.
+
+This callback is also atomic as default.
+
+copy_user, copy_kernel and fill_silence ops
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These callbacks are not mandatory, and can be omitted in most cases.
+These callbacks are used when the hardware buffer cannot be in the
+normal memory space. Some chips have their own buffer on the hardware
+which is not mappable. In such a case, you have to transfer the data
+manually from the memory buffer to the hardware buffer. Or, if the
+buffer is non-contiguous on both physical and virtual memory spaces,
+these callbacks must be defined, too.
+
+If these two callbacks are defined, copy and set-silence operations
+are done by them. The detailed will be described in the later section
+`Buffer and Memory Management`_.
+
+ack callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This callback is also not mandatory. This callback is called when the
+``appl_ptr`` is updated in read or write operations. Some drivers like
+emu10k1-fx and cs46xx need to track the current ``appl_ptr`` for the
+internal buffer, and this callback is useful only for such a purpose.
+
+This callback is atomic as default.
+
+page callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This callback is optional too. The mmap calls this callback to get the
+page fault address.
+
+Since the recent changes, you need no special callback any longer for
+the standard SG-buffer or vmalloc-buffer. Hence this callback should
+be rarely used.
+
+mmap calllback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is another optional callback for controlling mmap behavior.
+Once when defined, PCM core calls this callback when a page is
+memory-mapped instead of dealing via the standard helper.
+If you need special handling (due to some architecture or
+device-specific issues), implement everything here as you like.
+
+
+PCM Interrupt Handler
+---------------------
+
+The rest of pcm stuff is the PCM interrupt handler. The role of PCM
+interrupt handler in the sound driver is to update the buffer position
+and to tell the PCM middle layer when the buffer position goes across
+the prescribed period size. To inform this, call the
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` function.
+
+There are several types of sound chips to generate the interrupts.
+
+Interrupts at the period (fragment) boundary
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is the most frequently found type: the hardware generates an
+interrupt at each period boundary. In this case, you can call
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` at each interrupt.
+
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` takes the substream pointer as
+its argument. Thus, you need to keep the substream pointer accessible
+from the chip instance. For example, define ``substream`` field in the
+chip record to hold the current running substream pointer, and set the
+pointer value at ``open`` callback (and reset at ``close`` callback).
+
+If you acquire a spinlock in the interrupt handler, and the lock is used
+in other pcm callbacks, too, then you have to release the lock before
+calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`, because
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` calls other pcm callbacks
+inside.
+
+Typical code would be like:
+
+::
+
+
+ static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
+ spin_lock(&chip->lock);
+ ....
+ if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
+ /* call updater, unlock before it */
+ spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
+ snd_pcm_period_elapsed(chip->substream);
+ spin_lock(&chip->lock);
+ /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
+ }
+ ....
+ spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
+ return IRQ_HANDLED;
+ }
+
+
+
+High frequency timer interrupts
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts at the period
+boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed timer rate (e.g. es1968
+or ymfpci drivers). In this case, you need to check the current hardware
+position and accumulate the processed sample length at each interrupt.
+When the accumulated size exceeds the period size, call
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` and reset the accumulator.
+
+Typical code would be like the following.
+
+::
+
+
+ static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
+ spin_lock(&chip->lock);
+ ....
+ if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
+ unsigned int last_ptr, size;
+ /* get the current hardware pointer (in frames) */
+ last_ptr = get_hw_ptr(chip);
+ /* calculate the processed frames since the
+ * last update
+ */
+ if (last_ptr < chip->last_ptr)
+ size = runtime->buffer_size + last_ptr
+ - chip->last_ptr;
+ else
+ size = last_ptr - chip->last_ptr;
+ /* remember the last updated point */
+ chip->last_ptr = last_ptr;
+ /* accumulate the size */
+ chip->size += size;
+ /* over the period boundary? */
+ if (chip->size >= runtime->period_size) {
+ /* reset the accumulator */
+ chip->size %= runtime->period_size;
+ /* call updater */
+ spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
+ snd_pcm_period_elapsed(substream);
+ spin_lock(&chip->lock);
+ }
+ /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
+ }
+ ....
+ spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
+ return IRQ_HANDLED;
+ }
+
+
+
+On calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In both cases, even if more than one period are elapsed, you don't have
+to call :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` many times. Call only
+once. And the pcm layer will check the current hardware pointer and
+update to the latest status.
+
+Atomicity
+---------
+
+One of the most important (and thus difficult to debug) problems in
+kernel programming are race conditions. In the Linux kernel, they are
+usually avoided via spin-locks, mutexes or semaphores. In general, if a
+race condition can happen in an interrupt handler, it has to be managed
+atomically, and you have to use a spinlock to protect the critical
+session. If the critical section is not in interrupt handler code and if
+taking a relatively long time to execute is acceptable, you should use
+mutexes or semaphores instead.
+
+As already seen, some pcm callbacks are atomic and some are not. For
+example, the ``hw_params`` callback is non-atomic, while ``trigger``
+callback is atomic. This means, the latter is called already in a
+spinlock held by the PCM middle layer. Please take this atomicity into
+account when you choose a locking scheme in the callbacks.
+
+In the atomic callbacks, you cannot use functions which may call
+:c:func:`schedule()` or go to :c:func:`sleep()`. Semaphores and
+mutexes can sleep, and hence they cannot be used inside the atomic
+callbacks (e.g. ``trigger`` callback). To implement some delay in such a
+callback, please use :c:func:`udelay()` or :c:func:`mdelay()`.
+
+All three atomic callbacks (trigger, pointer, and ack) are called with
+local interrupts disabled.
+
+The recent changes in PCM core code, however, allow all PCM operations
+to be non-atomic. This assumes that the all caller sides are in
+non-atomic contexts. For example, the function
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` is called typically from the
+interrupt handler. But, if you set up the driver to use a threaded
+interrupt handler, this call can be in non-atomic context, too. In such
+a case, you can set ``nonatomic`` filed of struct snd_pcm object
+after creating it. When this flag is set, mutex and rwsem are used internally
+in the PCM core instead of spin and rwlocks, so that you can call all PCM
+functions safely in a non-atomic
+context.
+
+Constraints
+-----------
+
+If your chip supports unconventional sample rates, or only the limited
+samples, you need to set a constraint for the condition.
+
+For example, in order to restrict the sample rates in the some supported
+values, use :c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list()`. You need to
+call this function in the open callback.
+
+::
+
+ static unsigned int rates[] =
+ {4000, 10000, 22050, 44100};
+ static struct snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list constraints_rates = {
+ .count = ARRAY_SIZE(rates),
+ .list = rates,
+ .mask = 0,
+ };
+
+ static int snd_mychip_pcm_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
+ {
+ int err;
+ ....
+ err = snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list(substream->runtime, 0,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE,
+ &constraints_rates);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ ....
+ }
+
+
+
+There are many different constraints. Look at ``sound/pcm.h`` for a
+complete list. You can even define your own constraint rules. For
+example, let's suppose my_chip can manage a substream of 1 channel if
+and only if the format is ``S16_LE``, otherwise it supports any format
+specified in struct snd_pcm_hardware> (or in any other
+constraint_list). You can build a rule like this:
+
+::
+
+ static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
+ {
+ struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+ struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
+ struct snd_interval ch;
+
+ snd_interval_any(&ch);
+ if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
+ ch.min = ch.max = 1;
+ ch.integer = 1;
+ return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+Then you need to call this function to add your rule:
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
+ hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
+
+The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM format, and
+it refines the number of channels accordingly. But an application may
+set the number of channels before setting the format. Thus you also need
+to define the inverse rule:
+
+::
+
+ static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
+ {
+ struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+ struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
+ struct snd_mask fmt;
+
+ snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */
+ if (c->min < 2) {
+ fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
+ return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+... and in the open callback:
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
+ hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
+
+One typical usage of the hw constraints is to align the buffer size
+with the period size. As default, ALSA PCM core doesn't enforce the
+buffer size to be aligned with the period size. For example, it'd be
+possible to have a combination like 256 period bytes with 999 buffer
+bytes.
+
+Many device chips, however, require the buffer to be a multiple of
+periods. In such a case, call
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer()` for
+``SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS``.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer(substream->runtime,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS);
+
+This assures that the number of periods is integer, hence the buffer
+size is aligned with the period size.
+
+The hw constraint is a very much powerful mechanism to define the
+preferred PCM configuration, and there are relevant helpers.
+I won't give more details here, rather I would like to say, “Luke, use
+the source.”
+
+Control Interface
+=================
+
+General
+-------
+
+The control interface is used widely for many switches, sliders, etc.
+which are accessed from user-space. Its most important use is the mixer
+interface. In other words, since ALSA 0.9.x, all the mixer stuff is
+implemented on the control kernel API.
+
+ALSA has a well-defined AC97 control module. If your chip supports only
+the AC97 and nothing else, you can skip this section.
+
+The control API is defined in ``<sound/control.h>``. Include this file
+if you want to add your own controls.
+
+Definition of Controls
+----------------------
+
+To create a new control, you need to define the following three
+callbacks: ``info``, ``get`` and ``put``. Then, define a
+struct snd_kcontrol_new record, such as:
+
+::
+
+
+ static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
+ .iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER,
+ .name = "PCM Playback Switch",
+ .index = 0,
+ .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE,
+ .private_value = 0xffff,
+ .info = my_control_info,
+ .get = my_control_get,
+ .put = my_control_put
+ };
+
+
+The ``iface`` field specifies the control type,
+``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX``, which is usually ``MIXER``. Use ``CARD``
+for global controls that are not logically part of the mixer. If the
+control is closely associated with some specific device on the sound
+card, use ``HWDEP``, ``PCM``, ``RAWMIDI``, ``TIMER``, or ``SEQUENCER``,
+and specify the device number with the ``device`` and ``subdevice``
+fields.
+
+The ``name`` is the name identifier string. Since ALSA 0.9.x, the
+control name is very important, because its role is classified from
+its name. There are pre-defined standard control names. The details
+are described in the `Control Names`_ subsection.
+
+The ``index`` field holds the index number of this control. If there
+are several different controls with the same name, they can be
+distinguished by the index number. This is the case when several
+codecs exist on the card. If the index is zero, you can omit the
+definition above.
+
+The ``access`` field contains the access type of this control. Give
+the combination of bit masks, ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_XXX``,
+there. The details will be explained in the `Access Flags`_
+subsection.
+
+The ``private_value`` field contains an arbitrary long integer value
+for this record. When using the generic ``info``, ``get`` and ``put``
+callbacks, you can pass a value through this field. If several small
+numbers are necessary, you can combine them in bitwise. Or, it's
+possible to give a pointer (casted to unsigned long) of some record to
+this field, too.
+
+The ``tlv`` field can be used to provide metadata about the control;
+see the `Metadata`_ subsection.
+
+The other three are `Control Callbacks`_.
+
+Control Names
+-------------
+
+There are some standards to define the control names. A control is
+usually defined from the three parts as “SOURCE DIRECTION FUNCTION”.
+
+The first, ``SOURCE``, specifies the source of the control, and is a
+string such as “Master”, “PCM”, “CD” and “Line”. There are many
+pre-defined sources.
+
+The second, ``DIRECTION``, is one of the following strings according to
+the direction of the control: “Playback”, “Capture”, “Bypass Playback”
+and “Bypass Capture”. Or, it can be omitted, meaning both playback and
+capture directions.
+
+The third, ``FUNCTION``, is one of the following strings according to
+the function of the control: “Switch”, “Volume” and “Route”.
+
+The example of control names are, thus, “Master Capture Switch” or “PCM
+Playback Volume”.
+
+There are some exceptions:
+
+Global capture and playback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+“Capture Source”, “Capture Switch” and “Capture Volume” are used for the
+global capture (input) source, switch and volume. Similarly, “Playback
+Switch” and “Playback Volume” are used for the global output gain switch
+and volume.
+
+Tone-controls
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+tone-control switch and volumes are specified like “Tone Control - XXX”,
+e.g. “Tone Control - Switch”, “Tone Control - Bass”, “Tone Control -
+Center”.
+
+3D controls
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+3D-control switches and volumes are specified like “3D Control - XXX”,
+e.g. “3D Control - Switch”, “3D Control - Center”, “3D Control - Space”.
+
+Mic boost
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+Mic-boost switch is set as “Mic Boost” or “Mic Boost (6dB)”.
+
+More precise information can be found in
+``Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst``.
+
+Access Flags
+------------
+
+The access flag is the bitmask which specifies the access type of the
+given control. The default access type is
+``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE``, which means both read and write are
+allowed to this control. When the access flag is omitted (i.e. = 0), it
+is considered as ``READWRITE`` access as default.
+
+When the control is read-only, pass ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READ``
+instead. In this case, you don't have to define the ``put`` callback.
+Similarly, when the control is write-only (although it's a rare case),
+you can use the ``WRITE`` flag instead, and you don't need the ``get``
+callback.
+
+If the control value changes frequently (e.g. the VU meter),
+``VOLATILE`` flag should be given. This means that the control may be
+changed without `Change notification`_. Applications should poll such
+a control constantly.
+
+When the control is inactive, set the ``INACTIVE`` flag, too. There are
+``LOCK`` and ``OWNER`` flags to change the write permissions.
+
+Control Callbacks
+-----------------
+
+info callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``info`` callback is used to get detailed information on this
+control. This must store the values of the given
+struct snd_ctl_elem_info object. For example,
+for a boolean control with a single element:
+
+::
+
+
+ static int snd_myctl_mono_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
+ {
+ uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
+ uinfo->count = 1;
+ uinfo->value.integer.min = 0;
+ uinfo->value.integer.max = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+
+The ``type`` field specifies the type of the control. There are
+``BOOLEAN``, ``INTEGER``, ``ENUMERATED``, ``BYTES``, ``IEC958`` and
+``INTEGER64``. The ``count`` field specifies the number of elements in
+this control. For example, a stereo volume would have count = 2. The
+``value`` field is a union, and the values stored are depending on the
+type. The boolean and integer types are identical.
+
+The enumerated type is a bit different from others. You'll need to set
+the string for the currently given item index.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
+ {
+ static char *texts[4] = {
+ "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
+ };
+ uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_ENUMERATED;
+ uinfo->count = 1;
+ uinfo->value.enumerated.items = 4;
+ if (uinfo->value.enumerated.item > 3)
+ uinfo->value.enumerated.item = 3;
+ strcpy(uinfo->value.enumerated.name,
+ texts[uinfo->value.enumerated.item]);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+The above callback can be simplified with a helper function,
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_enum_info()`. The final code looks like below.
+(You can pass ``ARRAY_SIZE(texts)`` instead of 4 in the third argument;
+it's a matter of taste.)
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
+ {
+ static char *texts[4] = {
+ "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
+ };
+ return snd_ctl_enum_info(uinfo, 1, 4, texts);
+ }
+
+
+Some common info callbacks are available for your convenience:
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_mono_info()` and
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_stereo_info()`. Obviously, the former
+is an info callback for a mono channel boolean item, just like
+:c:func:`snd_myctl_mono_info()` above, and the latter is for a
+stereo channel boolean item.
+
+get callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This callback is used to read the current value of the control and to
+return to user-space.
+
+For example,
+
+::
+
+
+ static int snd_myctl_get(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
+ ucontrol->value.integer.value[0] = get_some_value(chip);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+
+The ``value`` field depends on the type of control as well as on the
+info callback. For example, the sb driver uses this field to store the
+register offset, the bit-shift and the bit-mask. The ``private_value``
+field is set as follows:
+
+::
+
+ .private_value = reg | (shift << 16) | (mask << 24)
+
+and is retrieved in callbacks like
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_sbmixer_get_single(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
+ {
+ int reg = kcontrol->private_value & 0xff;
+ int shift = (kcontrol->private_value >> 16) & 0xff;
+ int mask = (kcontrol->private_value >> 24) & 0xff;
+ ....
+ }
+
+In the ``get`` callback, you have to fill all the elements if the
+control has more than one elements, i.e. ``count > 1``. In the example
+above, we filled only one element (``value.integer.value[0]``) since
+it's assumed as ``count = 1``.
+
+put callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This callback is used to write a value from user-space.
+
+For example,
+
+::
+
+
+ static int snd_myctl_put(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
+ struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
+ int changed = 0;
+ if (chip->current_value !=
+ ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]) {
+ change_current_value(chip,
+ ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]);
+ changed = 1;
+ }
+ return changed;
+ }
+
+
+
+As seen above, you have to return 1 if the value is changed. If the
+value is not changed, return 0 instead. If any fatal error happens,
+return a negative error code as usual.
+
+As in the ``get`` callback, when the control has more than one
+elements, all elements must be evaluated in this callback, too.
+
+Callbacks are not atomic
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+All these three callbacks are basically not atomic.
+
+Control Constructor
+-------------------
+
+When everything is ready, finally we can create a new control. To create
+a control, there are two functions to be called,
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` and :c:func:`snd_ctl_add()`.
+
+In the simplest way, you can do like this:
+
+::
+
+ err = snd_ctl_add(card, snd_ctl_new1(&my_control, chip));
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+
+where ``my_control`` is the struct snd_kcontrol_new object defined above,
+and chip is the object pointer to be passed to kcontrol->private_data which
+can be referred to in callbacks.
+
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` allocates a new struct snd_kcontrol instance, and
+:c:func:`snd_ctl_add()` assigns the given control component to the
+card.
+
+Change Notification
+-------------------
+
+If you need to change and update a control in the interrupt routine, you
+can call :c:func:`snd_ctl_notify()`. For example,
+
+::
+
+ snd_ctl_notify(card, SNDRV_CTL_EVENT_MASK_VALUE, id_pointer);
+
+This function takes the card pointer, the event-mask, and the control id
+pointer for the notification. The event-mask specifies the types of
+notification, for example, in the above example, the change of control
+values is notified. The id pointer is the pointer of struct snd_ctl_elem_id
+to be notified. You can find some examples in ``es1938.c`` or ``es1968.c``
+for hardware volume interrupts.
+
+Metadata
+--------
+
+To provide information about the dB values of a mixer control, use on of
+the ``DECLARE_TLV_xxx`` macros from ``<sound/tlv.h>`` to define a
+variable containing this information, set the ``tlv.p`` field to point to
+this variable, and include the ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ`` flag
+in the ``access`` field; like this:
+
+::
+
+ static DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE(db_scale_my_control, -4050, 150, 0);
+
+ static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
+ ...
+ .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE |
+ SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ,
+ ...
+ .tlv.p = db_scale_my_control,
+ };
+
+
+The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE()` macro defines information
+about a mixer control where each step in the control's value changes the
+dB value by a constant dB amount. The first parameter is the name of the
+variable to be defined. The second parameter is the minimum value, in
+units of 0.01 dB. The third parameter is the step size, in units of 0.01
+dB. Set the fourth parameter to 1 if the minimum value actually mutes
+the control.
+
+The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_LINEAR()` macro defines information
+about a mixer control where the control's value affects the output
+linearly. The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined.
+The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB. The
+third parameter is the maximum value, in units of 0.01 dB. If the
+minimum value mutes the control, set the second parameter to
+``TLV_DB_GAIN_MUTE``.
+
+API for AC97 Codec
+==================
+
+General
+-------
+
+The ALSA AC97 codec layer is a well-defined one, and you don't have to
+write much code to control it. Only low-level control routines are
+necessary. The AC97 codec API is defined in ``<sound/ac97_codec.h>``.
+
+Full Code Example
+-----------------
+
+::
+
+ struct mychip {
+ ....
+ struct snd_ac97 *ac97;
+ ....
+ };
+
+ static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
+ unsigned short reg)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
+ ....
+ /* read a register value here from the codec */
+ return the_register_value;
+ }
+
+ static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
+ unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
+ ....
+ /* write the given register value to the codec */
+ }
+
+ static int snd_mychip_ac97(struct mychip *chip)
+ {
+ struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
+ struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
+ int err;
+ static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
+ .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
+ .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
+ };
+
+ err = snd_ac97_bus(chip->card, 0, &ops, NULL, &bus);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
+ ac97.private_data = chip;
+ return snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
+ }
+
+
+AC97 Constructor
+----------------
+
+To create an ac97 instance, first call :c:func:`snd_ac97_bus()`
+with an ``ac97_bus_ops_t`` record with callback functions.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
+ static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
+ .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
+ .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
+ };
+
+ snd_ac97_bus(card, 0, &ops, NULL, &pbus);
+
+The bus record is shared among all belonging ac97 instances.
+
+And then call :c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` with an struct snd_ac97_template
+record together with the bus pointer created above.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
+ int err;
+
+ memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
+ ac97.private_data = chip;
+ snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
+
+where chip->ac97 is a pointer to a newly created ``ac97_t``
+instance. In this case, the chip pointer is set as the private data,
+so that the read/write callback functions can refer to this chip
+instance. This instance is not necessarily stored in the chip
+record. If you need to change the register values from the driver, or
+need the suspend/resume of ac97 codecs, keep this pointer to pass to
+the corresponding functions.
+
+AC97 Callbacks
+--------------
+
+The standard callbacks are ``read`` and ``write``. Obviously they
+correspond to the functions for read and write accesses to the
+hardware low-level codes.
+
+The ``read`` callback returns the register value specified in the
+argument.
+
+::
+
+ static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
+ unsigned short reg)
+ {
+ struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
+ ....
+ return the_register_value;
+ }
+
+Here, the chip can be cast from ``ac97->private_data``.
+
+Meanwhile, the ``write`` callback is used to set the register
+value
+
+::
+
+ static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
+ unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
+
+
+These callbacks are non-atomic like the control API callbacks.
+
+There are also other callbacks: ``reset``, ``wait`` and ``init``.
+
+The ``reset`` callback is used to reset the codec. If the chip
+requires a special kind of reset, you can define this callback.
+
+The ``wait`` callback is used to add some waiting time in the standard
+initialization of the codec. If the chip requires the extra waiting
+time, define this callback.
+
+The ``init`` callback is used for additional initialization of the
+codec.
+
+Updating Registers in The Driver
+--------------------------------
+
+If you need to access to the codec from the driver, you can call the
+following functions: :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()`,
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_read()`, :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` and
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()`.
+
+Both :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()` and
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` functions are used to set a value to
+the given register (``AC97_XXX``). The difference between them is that
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` doesn't write a value if the given
+value has been already set, while :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()`
+always rewrites the value.
+
+::
+
+ snd_ac97_write(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
+ snd_ac97_update(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
+
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_read()` is used to read the value of the given
+register. For example,
+
+::
+
+ value = snd_ac97_read(ac97, AC97_MASTER);
+
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()` is used to update some bits in
+the given register.
+
+::
+
+ snd_ac97_update_bits(ac97, reg, mask, value);
+
+Also, there is a function to change the sample rate (of a given register
+such as ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE``) when VRA or DRA is supported by the
+codec: :c:func:`snd_ac97_set_rate()`.
+
+::
+
+ snd_ac97_set_rate(ac97, AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE, 44100);
+
+
+The following registers are available to set the rate:
+``AC97_PCM_MIC_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE``,
+``AC97_PCM_LR_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_SPDIF``. When ``AC97_SPDIF`` is
+specified, the register is not really changed but the corresponding
+IEC958 status bits will be updated.
+
+Clock Adjustment
+----------------
+
+In some chips, the clock of the codec isn't 48000 but using a PCI clock
+(to save a quartz!). In this case, change the field ``bus->clock`` to
+the corresponding value. For example, intel8x0 and es1968 drivers have
+their own function to read from the clock.
+
+Proc Files
+----------
+
+The ALSA AC97 interface will create a proc file such as
+``/proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0`` and ``ac97#0-0+regs``. You
+can refer to these files to see the current status and registers of
+the codec.
+
+Multiple Codecs
+---------------
+
+When there are several codecs on the same card, you need to call
+:c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` multiple times with ``ac97.num=1`` or
+greater. The ``num`` field specifies the codec number.
+
+If you set up multiple codecs, you either need to write different
+callbacks for each codec or check ``ac97->num`` in the callback
+routines.
+
+MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface
+============================
+
+General
+-------
+
+Many soundcards have built-in MIDI (MPU401-UART) interfaces. When the
+soundcard supports the standard MPU401-UART interface, most likely you
+can use the ALSA MPU401-UART API. The MPU401-UART API is defined in
+``<sound/mpu401.h>``.
+
+Some soundchips have a similar but slightly different implementation of
+mpu401 stuff. For example, emu10k1 has its own mpu401 routines.
+
+MIDI Constructor
+----------------
+
+To create a rawmidi object, call :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
+ snd_mpu401_uart_new(card, 0, MPU401_HW_MPU401, port, info_flags,
+ irq, &rmidi);
+
+
+The first argument is the card pointer, and the second is the index of
+this component. You can create up to 8 rawmidi devices.
+
+The third argument is the type of the hardware, ``MPU401_HW_XXX``. If
+it's not a special one, you can use ``MPU401_HW_MPU401``.
+
+The 4th argument is the I/O port address. Many backward-compatible
+MPU401 have an I/O port such as 0x330. Or, it might be a part of its own
+PCI I/O region. It depends on the chip design.
+
+The 5th argument is a bitflag for additional information. When the I/O
+port address above is part of the PCI I/O region, the MPU401 I/O port
+might have been already allocated (reserved) by the driver itself. In
+such a case, pass a bit flag ``MPU401_INFO_INTEGRATED``, and the
+mpu401-uart layer will allocate the I/O ports by itself.
+
+When the controller supports only the input or output MIDI stream, pass
+the ``MPU401_INFO_INPUT`` or ``MPU401_INFO_OUTPUT`` bitflag,
+respectively. Then the rawmidi instance is created as a single stream.
+
+``MPU401_INFO_MMIO`` bitflag is used to change the access method to MMIO
+(via readb and writeb) instead of iob and outb. In this case, you have
+to pass the iomapped address to :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`.
+
+When ``MPU401_INFO_TX_IRQ`` is set, the output stream isn't checked in
+the default interrupt handler. The driver needs to call
+:c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt_tx()` by itself to start
+processing the output stream in the irq handler.
+
+If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt with the other logical
+devices on the card, set ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK`` (see
+`below <#MIDI-Interrupt-Handler>`__).
+
+Usually, the port address corresponds to the command port and port + 1
+corresponds to the data port. If not, you may change the ``cport``
+field of struct snd_mpu401 manually afterward.
+However, struct snd_mpu401 pointer is
+not returned explicitly by :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`. You
+need to cast ``rmidi->private_data`` to struct snd_mpu401 explicitly,
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_mpu401 *mpu;
+ mpu = rmidi->private_data;
+
+and reset the ``cport`` as you like:
+
+::
+
+ mpu->cport = my_own_control_port;
+
+The 6th argument specifies the ISA irq number that will be allocated. If
+no interrupt is to be allocated (because your code is already allocating
+a shared interrupt, or because the device does not use interrupts), pass
+-1 instead. For a MPU-401 device without an interrupt, a polling timer
+will be used instead.
+
+MIDI Interrupt Handler
+----------------------
+
+When the interrupt is allocated in
+:c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`, an exclusive ISA interrupt
+handler is automatically used, hence you don't have anything else to do
+than creating the mpu401 stuff. Otherwise, you have to set
+``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK``, and call
+:c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()` explicitly from your own
+interrupt handler when it has determined that a UART interrupt has
+occurred.
+
+In this case, you need to pass the private_data of the returned rawmidi
+object from :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()` as the second
+argument of :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()`.
+
+::
+
+ snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt(irq, rmidi->private_data, regs);
+
+
+RawMIDI Interface
+=================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The raw MIDI interface is used for hardware MIDI ports that can be
+accessed as a byte stream. It is not used for synthesizer chips that do
+not directly understand MIDI.
+
+ALSA handles file and buffer management. All you have to do is to write
+some code to move data between the buffer and the hardware.
+
+The rawmidi API is defined in ``<sound/rawmidi.h>``.
+
+RawMIDI Constructor
+-------------------
+
+To create a rawmidi device, call the :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_new()`
+function:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
+ err = snd_rawmidi_new(chip->card, "MyMIDI", 0, outs, ins, &rmidi);
+ if (err < 0)
+ return err;
+ rmidi->private_data = chip;
+ strcpy(rmidi->name, "My MIDI");
+ rmidi->info_flags = SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT |
+ SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT |
+ SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX;
+
+The first argument is the card pointer, the second argument is the ID
+string.
+
+The third argument is the index of this component. You can create up to
+8 rawmidi devices.
+
+The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of output and input
+substreams, respectively, of this device (a substream is the equivalent
+of a MIDI port).
+
+Set the ``info_flags`` field to specify the capabilities of the
+device. Set ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT`` if there is at least one
+output port, ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT`` if there is at least one
+input port, and ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX`` if the device can handle
+output and input at the same time.
+
+After the rawmidi device is created, you need to set the operators
+(callbacks) for each substream. There are helper functions to set the
+operators for all the substreams of a device:
+
+::
+
+ snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT, &snd_mymidi_output_ops);
+ snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT, &snd_mymidi_input_ops);
+
+The operators are usually defined like this:
+
+::
+
+ static struct snd_rawmidi_ops snd_mymidi_output_ops = {
+ .open = snd_mymidi_output_open,
+ .close = snd_mymidi_output_close,
+ .trigger = snd_mymidi_output_trigger,
+ };
+
+These callbacks are explained in the `RawMIDI Callbacks`_ section.
+
+If there are more than one substream, you should give a unique name to
+each of them:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
+ list_for_each_entry(substream,
+ &rmidi->streams[SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT].substreams,
+ list {
+ sprintf(substream->name, "My MIDI Port %d", substream->number + 1);
+ }
+ /* same for SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT */
+
+RawMIDI Callbacks
+-----------------
+
+In all the callbacks, the private data that you've set for the rawmidi
+device can be accessed as ``substream->rmidi->private_data``.
+
+If there is more than one port, your callbacks can determine the port
+index from the struct snd_rawmidi_substream data passed to each
+callback:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
+ int index = substream->number;
+
+RawMIDI open callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
+
+
+This is called when a substream is opened. You can initialize the
+hardware here, but you shouldn't start transmitting/receiving data yet.
+
+RawMIDI close callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
+
+Guess what.
+
+The ``open`` and ``close`` callbacks of a rawmidi device are
+serialized with a mutex, and can sleep.
+
+Rawmidi trigger callback for output substreams
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static void snd_xxx_output_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
+
+
+This is called with a nonzero ``up`` parameter when there is some data
+in the substream buffer that must be transmitted.
+
+To read data from the buffer, call
+:c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek()`. It will return the number
+of bytes that have been read; this will be less than the number of bytes
+requested when there are no more data in the buffer. After the data have
+been transmitted successfully, call
+:c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack()` to remove the data from the
+substream buffer:
+
+::
+
+ unsigned char data;
+ while (snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek(substream, &data, 1) == 1) {
+ if (snd_mychip_try_to_transmit(data))
+ snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack(substream, 1);
+ else
+ break; /* hardware FIFO full */
+ }
+
+If you know beforehand that the hardware will accept data, you can use
+the :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit()` function which reads some
+data and removes them from the buffer at once:
+
+::
+
+ while (snd_mychip_transmit_possible()) {
+ unsigned char data;
+ if (snd_rawmidi_transmit(substream, &data, 1) != 1)
+ break; /* no more data */
+ snd_mychip_transmit(data);
+ }
+
+If you know beforehand how many bytes you can accept, you can use a
+buffer size greater than one with the ``snd_rawmidi_transmit*()`` functions.
+
+The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep. If the hardware FIFO is full
+before the substream buffer has been emptied, you have to continue
+transmitting data later, either in an interrupt handler, or with a
+timer if the hardware doesn't have a MIDI transmit interrupt.
+
+The ``trigger`` callback is called with a zero ``up`` parameter when
+the transmission of data should be aborted.
+
+RawMIDI trigger callback for input substreams
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static void snd_xxx_input_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
+
+
+This is called with a nonzero ``up`` parameter to enable receiving data,
+or with a zero ``up`` parameter do disable receiving data.
+
+The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep; the actual reading of data
+from the device is usually done in an interrupt handler.
+
+When data reception is enabled, your interrupt handler should call
+:c:func:`snd_rawmidi_receive()` for all received data:
+
+::
+
+ void snd_mychip_midi_interrupt(...)
+ {
+ while (mychip_midi_available()) {
+ unsigned char data;
+ data = mychip_midi_read();
+ snd_rawmidi_receive(substream, &data, 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+drain callback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+::
+
+ static void snd_xxx_drain(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
+
+
+This is only used with output substreams. This function should wait
+until all data read from the substream buffer have been transmitted.
+This ensures that the device can be closed and the driver unloaded
+without losing data.
+
+This callback is optional. If you do not set ``drain`` in the struct
+snd_rawmidi_ops structure, ALSA will simply wait for 50 milliseconds
+instead.
+
+Miscellaneous Devices
+=====================
+
+FM OPL3
+-------
+
+The FM OPL3 is still used in many chips (mainly for backward
+compatibility). ALSA has a nice OPL3 FM control layer, too. The OPL3 API
+is defined in ``<sound/opl3.h>``.
+
+FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API, defined
+in ``<sound/asound_fm.h>``. In ALSA native mode, FM registers are
+accessed through the Hardware-Dependent Device direct-FM extension API,
+whereas in OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the
+OSS direct-FM compatible API in ``/dev/dmfmX`` device.
+
+To create the OPL3 component, you have two functions to call. The first
+one is a constructor for the ``opl3_t`` instance.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
+ snd_opl3_create(card, lport, rport, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX,
+ integrated, &opl3);
+
+The first argument is the card pointer, the second one is the left port
+address, and the third is the right port address. In most cases, the
+right port is placed at the left port + 2.
+
+The fourth argument is the hardware type.
+
+When the left and right ports have been already allocated by the card
+driver, pass non-zero to the fifth argument (``integrated``). Otherwise,
+the opl3 module will allocate the specified ports by itself.
+
+When the accessing the hardware requires special method instead of the
+standard I/O access, you can create opl3 instance separately with
+:c:func:`snd_opl3_new()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
+ snd_opl3_new(card, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX, &opl3);
+
+Then set ``command``, ``private_data`` and ``private_free`` for the
+private access function, the private data and the destructor. The
+``l_port`` and ``r_port`` are not necessarily set. Only the command
+must be set properly. You can retrieve the data from the
+``opl3->private_data`` field.
+
+After creating the opl3 instance via :c:func:`snd_opl3_new()`,
+call :c:func:`snd_opl3_init()` to initialize the chip to the
+proper state. Note that :c:func:`snd_opl3_create()` always calls
+it internally.
+
+If the opl3 instance is created successfully, then create a hwdep device
+for this opl3.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_hwdep *opl3hwdep;
+ snd_opl3_hwdep_new(opl3, 0, 1, &opl3hwdep);
+
+The first argument is the ``opl3_t`` instance you created, and the
+second is the index number, usually 0.
+
+The third argument is the index-offset for the sequencer client assigned
+to the OPL3 port. When there is an MPU401-UART, give 1 for here (UART
+always takes 0).
+
+Hardware-Dependent Devices
+--------------------------
+
+Some chips need user-space access for special controls or for loading
+the micro code. In such a case, you can create a hwdep
+(hardware-dependent) device. The hwdep API is defined in
+``<sound/hwdep.h>``. You can find examples in opl3 driver or
+``isa/sb/sb16_csp.c``.
+
+The creation of the ``hwdep`` instance is done via
+:c:func:`snd_hwdep_new()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_hwdep *hw;
+ snd_hwdep_new(card, "My HWDEP", 0, &hw);
+
+where the third argument is the index number.
+
+You can then pass any pointer value to the ``private_data``. If you
+assign a private data, you should define the destructor, too. The
+destructor function is set in the ``private_free`` field.
+
+::
+
+ struct mydata *p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), GFP_KERNEL);
+ hw->private_data = p;
+ hw->private_free = mydata_free;
+
+and the implementation of the destructor would be:
+
+::
+
+ static void mydata_free(struct snd_hwdep *hw)
+ {
+ struct mydata *p = hw->private_data;
+ kfree(p);
+ }
+
+The arbitrary file operations can be defined for this instance. The file
+operators are defined in the ``ops`` table. For example, assume that
+this chip needs an ioctl.
+
+::
+
+ hw->ops.open = mydata_open;
+ hw->ops.ioctl = mydata_ioctl;
+ hw->ops.release = mydata_release;
+
+And implement the callback functions as you like.
+
+IEC958 (S/PDIF)
+---------------
+
+Usually the controls for IEC958 devices are implemented via the control
+interface. There is a macro to compose a name string for IEC958
+controls, :c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` defined in
+``<include/asound.h>``.
+
+There are some standard controls for IEC958 status bits. These controls
+use the type ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_IEC958``, and the size of element is
+fixed as 4 bytes array (value.iec958.status[x]). For the ``info``
+callback, you don't specify the value field for this type (the count
+field must be set, though).
+
+“IEC958 Playback Con Mask” is used to return the bit-mask for the IEC958
+status bits of consumer mode. Similarly, “IEC958 Playback Pro Mask”
+returns the bitmask for professional mode. They are read-only controls,
+and are defined as MIXER controls (iface =
+``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER``).
+
+Meanwhile, “IEC958 Playback Default” control is defined for getting and
+setting the current default IEC958 bits. Note that this one is usually
+defined as a PCM control (iface = ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM``),
+although in some places it's defined as a MIXER control.
+
+In addition, you can define the control switches to enable/disable or to
+set the raw bit mode. The implementation will depend on the chip, but
+the control should be named as “IEC958 xxx”, preferably using the
+:c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` macro.
+
+You can find several cases, for example, ``pci/emu10k1``,
+``pci/ice1712``, or ``pci/cmipci.c``.
+
+Buffer and Memory Management
+============================
+
+Buffer Types
+------------
+
+ALSA provides several different buffer allocation functions depending on
+the bus and the architecture. All these have a consistent API. The
+allocation of physically-contiguous pages is done via
+:c:func:`snd_malloc_xxx_pages()` function, where xxx is the bus
+type.
+
+The allocation of pages with fallback is
+:c:func:`snd_malloc_xxx_pages_fallback()`. This function tries
+to allocate the specified pages but if the pages are not available, it
+tries to reduce the page sizes until enough space is found.
+
+The release the pages, call :c:func:`snd_free_xxx_pages()`
+function.
+
+Usually, ALSA drivers try to allocate and reserve a large contiguous
+physical space at the time the module is loaded for the later use. This
+is called “pre-allocation”. As already written, you can call the
+following function at pcm instance construction time (in the case of PCI
+bus).
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
+ &pci->dev, size, max);
+
+where ``size`` is the byte size to be pre-allocated and the ``max`` is
+the maximum size to be changed via the ``prealloc`` proc file. The
+allocator will try to get an area as large as possible within the
+given size.
+
+The second argument (type) and the third argument (device pointer) are
+dependent on the bus. For normal devices, pass the device pointer
+(typically identical as ``card->dev``) to the third argument with
+``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV`` type. For the continuous buffer unrelated to the
+bus can be pre-allocated with ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_CONTINUOUS`` type.
+You can pass NULL to the device pointer in that case, which is the
+default mode implying to allocate with ``GFP_KERNEL`` flag.
+If you need a different GFP flag, you can pass it by encoding the flag
+into the device pointer via a special macro
+:c:func:`snd_dma_continuous_data()`.
+For the scatter-gather buffers, use ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG`` with the
+device pointer (see the `Non-Contiguous Buffers`_ section).
+
+Once the buffer is pre-allocated, you can use the allocator in the
+``hw_params`` callback:
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, size);
+
+Note that you have to pre-allocate to use this function.
+
+Most of drivers use, though, rather the newly introduced "managed
+buffer allocation mode" instead of the manual allocation or release.
+This is done by calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all()`
+instead of :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all()`.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
+ &pci->dev, size, max);
+
+where passed arguments are identical in both functions.
+The difference in the managed mode is that PCM core will call
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` internally already before calling
+the PCM ``hw_params`` callback, and call :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_free_pages()`
+after the PCM ``hw_free`` callback automatically. So the driver
+doesn't have to call these functions explicitly in its callback any
+longer. This made many driver code having NULL ``hw_params`` and
+``hw_free`` entries.
+
+External Hardware Buffers
+-------------------------
+
+Some chips have their own hardware buffers and the DMA transfer from the
+host memory is not available. In such a case, you need to either 1)
+copy/set the audio data directly to the external hardware buffer, or 2)
+make an intermediate buffer and copy/set the data from it to the
+external hardware buffer in interrupts (or in tasklets, preferably).
+
+The first case works fine if the external hardware buffer is large
+enough. This method doesn't need any extra buffers and thus is more
+effective. You need to define the ``copy_user`` and ``copy_kernel``
+callbacks for the data transfer, in addition to ``fill_silence``
+callback for playback. However, there is a drawback: it cannot be
+mmapped. The examples are GUS's GF1 PCM or emu8000's wavetable PCM.
+
+The second case allows for mmap on the buffer, although you have to
+handle an interrupt or a tasklet to transfer the data from the
+intermediate buffer to the hardware buffer. You can find an example in
+the vxpocket driver.
+
+Another case is when the chip uses a PCI memory-map region for the
+buffer instead of the host memory. In this case, mmap is available only
+on certain architectures like the Intel one. In non-mmap mode, the data
+cannot be transferred as in the normal way. Thus you need to define the
+``copy_user``, ``copy_kernel`` and ``fill_silence`` callbacks as well,
+as in the cases above. The examples are found in ``rme32.c`` and
+``rme96.c``.
+
+The implementation of the ``copy_user``, ``copy_kernel`` and
+``silence`` callbacks depends upon whether the hardware supports
+interleaved or non-interleaved samples. The ``copy_user`` callback is
+defined like below, a bit differently depending whether the direction
+is playback or capture:
+
+::
+
+ static int playback_copy_user(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ int channel, unsigned long pos,
+ void __user *src, unsigned long count);
+ static int capture_copy_user(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ int channel, unsigned long pos,
+ void __user *dst, unsigned long count);
+
+In the case of interleaved samples, the second argument (``channel``) is
+not used. The third argument (``pos``) points the current position
+offset in bytes.
+
+The meaning of the fourth argument is different between playback and
+capture. For playback, it holds the source data pointer, and for
+capture, it's the destination data pointer.
+
+The last argument is the number of bytes to be copied.
+
+What you have to do in this callback is again different between playback
+and capture directions. In the playback case, you copy the given amount
+of data (``count``) at the specified pointer (``src``) to the specified
+offset (``pos``) on the hardware buffer. When coded like memcpy-like
+way, the copy would be like:
+
+::
+
+ my_memcpy_from_user(my_buffer + pos, src, count);
+
+For the capture direction, you copy the given amount of data (``count``)
+at the specified offset (``pos``) on the hardware buffer to the
+specified pointer (``dst``).
+
+::
+
+ my_memcpy_to_user(dst, my_buffer + pos, count);
+
+Here the functions are named as ``from_user`` and ``to_user`` because
+it's the user-space buffer that is passed to these callbacks. That
+is, the callback is supposed to copy from/to the user-space data
+directly to/from the hardware buffer.
+
+Careful readers might notice that these callbacks receive the
+arguments in bytes, not in frames like other callbacks. It's because
+it would make coding easier like the examples above, and also it makes
+easier to unify both the interleaved and non-interleaved cases, as
+explained in the following.
+
+In the case of non-interleaved samples, the implementation will be a bit
+more complicated. The callback is called for each channel, passed by
+the second argument, so totally it's called for N-channels times per
+transfer.
+
+The meaning of other arguments are almost same as the interleaved
+case. The callback is supposed to copy the data from/to the given
+user-space buffer, but only for the given channel. For the detailed
+implementations, please check ``isa/gus/gus_pcm.c`` or
+"pci/rme9652/rme9652.c" as examples.
+
+The above callbacks are the copy from/to the user-space buffer. There
+are some cases where we want copy from/to the kernel-space buffer
+instead. In such a case, ``copy_kernel`` callback is called. It'd
+look like:
+
+::
+
+ static int playback_copy_kernel(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ int channel, unsigned long pos,
+ void *src, unsigned long count);
+ static int capture_copy_kernel(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
+ int channel, unsigned long pos,
+ void *dst, unsigned long count);
+
+As found easily, the only difference is that the buffer pointer is
+without ``__user`` prefix; that is, a kernel-buffer pointer is passed
+in the fourth argument. Correspondingly, the implementation would be
+a version without the user-copy, such as:
+
+::
+
+ my_memcpy(my_buffer + pos, src, count);
+
+Usually for the playback, another callback ``fill_silence`` is
+defined. It's implemented in a similar way as the copy callbacks
+above:
+
+::
+
+ static int silence(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int channel,
+ unsigned long pos, unsigned long count);
+
+The meanings of arguments are the same as in the ``copy_user`` and
+``copy_kernel`` callbacks, although there is no buffer pointer
+argument. In the case of interleaved samples, the channel argument has
+no meaning, as well as on ``copy_*`` callbacks.
+
+The role of ``fill_silence`` callback is to set the given amount
+(``count``) of silence data at the specified offset (``pos``) on the
+hardware buffer. Suppose that the data format is signed (that is, the
+silent-data is 0), and the implementation using a memset-like function
+would be like:
+
+::
+
+ my_memset(my_buffer + pos, 0, count);
+
+In the case of non-interleaved samples, again, the implementation
+becomes a bit more complicated, as it's called N-times per transfer
+for each channel. See, for example, ``isa/gus/gus_pcm.c``.
+
+Non-Contiguous Buffers
+----------------------
+
+If your hardware supports the page table as in emu10k1 or the buffer
+descriptors as in via82xx, you can use the scatter-gather (SG) DMA. ALSA
+provides an interface for handling SG-buffers. The API is provided in
+``<sound/pcm.h>``.
+
+For creating the SG-buffer handler, call
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer()` or
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all()` with
+``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG`` in the PCM constructor like other PCI
+pre-allocator. You need to pass ``&pci->dev``, where pci is
+the struct pci_dev pointer of the chip as
+well.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG,
+ &pci->dev, size, max);
+
+The ``struct snd_sg_buf`` instance is created as
+``substream->dma_private`` in turn. You can cast the pointer like:
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_sg_buf *sgbuf = (struct snd_sg_buf *)substream->dma_private;
+
+Then in :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` call, the common SG-buffer
+handler will allocate the non-contiguous kernel pages of the given size
+and map them onto the virtually contiguous memory. The virtual pointer
+is addressed in runtime->dma_area. The physical address
+(``runtime->dma_addr``) is set to zero, because the buffer is
+physically non-contiguous. The physical address table is set up in
+``sgbuf->table``. You can get the physical address at a certain offset
+via :c:func:`snd_pcm_sgbuf_get_addr()`.
+
+If you need to release the SG-buffer data explicitly, call the
+standard API function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_free_pages()` as usual.
+
+Vmalloc'ed Buffers
+------------------
+
+It's possible to use a buffer allocated via :c:func:`vmalloc()`, for
+example, for an intermediate buffer. In the recent version of kernel,
+you can simply allocate it via standard
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` and co after setting up the
+buffer preallocation with ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_VMALLOC`` type.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_VMALLOC,
+ NULL, 0, 0);
+
+The NULL is passed to the device pointer argument, which indicates
+that the default pages (GFP_KERNEL and GFP_HIGHMEM) will be
+allocated.
+
+Also, note that zero is passed to both the size and the max size
+arguments here. Since each vmalloc call should succeed at any time,
+we don't need to pre-allocate the buffers like other continuous
+pages.
+
+If you need the 32bit DMA allocation, pass the device pointer encoded
+by :c:func:`snd_dma_continuous_data()` with ``GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_DMA32``
+argument.
+
+::
+
+ snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_VMALLOC,
+ snd_dma_continuous_data(GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_DMA32), 0, 0);
+
+Proc Interface
+==============
+
+ALSA provides an easy interface for procfs. The proc files are very
+useful for debugging. I recommend you set up proc files if you write a
+driver and want to get a running status or register dumps. The API is
+found in ``<sound/info.h>``.
+
+To create a proc file, call :c:func:`snd_card_proc_new()`.
+
+::
+
+ struct snd_info_entry *entry;
+ int err = snd_card_proc_new(card, "my-file", &entry);
+
+where the second argument specifies the name of the proc file to be
+created. The above example will create a file ``my-file`` under the
+card directory, e.g. ``/proc/asound/card0/my-file``.
+
+Like other components, the proc entry created via
+:c:func:`snd_card_proc_new()` will be registered and released
+automatically in the card registration and release functions.
+
+When the creation is successful, the function stores a new instance in
+the pointer given in the third argument. It is initialized as a text
+proc file for read only. To use this proc file as a read-only text file
+as it is, set the read callback with a private data via
+:c:func:`snd_info_set_text_ops()`.
+
+::
+
+ snd_info_set_text_ops(entry, chip, my_proc_read);
+
+where the second argument (``chip``) is the private data to be used in
+the callbacks. The third parameter specifies the read buffer size and
+the fourth (``my_proc_read``) is the callback function, which is
+defined like
+
+::
+
+ static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
+ struct snd_info_buffer *buffer);
+
+In the read callback, use :c:func:`snd_iprintf()` for output
+strings, which works just like normal :c:func:`printf()`. For
+example,
+
+::
+
+ static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
+ struct snd_info_buffer *buffer)
+ {
+ struct my_chip *chip = entry->private_data;
+
+ snd_iprintf(buffer, "This is my chip!\n");
+ snd_iprintf(buffer, "Port = %ld\n", chip->port);
+ }
+
+The file permissions can be changed afterwards. As default, it's set as
+read only for all users. If you want to add write permission for the
+user (root as default), do as follows:
+
+::
+
+ entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR;
+
+and set the write buffer size and the callback
+
+::
+
+ entry->c.text.write = my_proc_write;
+
+For the write callback, you can use :c:func:`snd_info_get_line()`
+to get a text line, and :c:func:`snd_info_get_str()` to retrieve
+a string from the line. Some examples are found in
+``core/oss/mixer_oss.c``, core/oss/and ``pcm_oss.c``.
+
+For a raw-data proc-file, set the attributes as follows:
+
+::
+
+ static const struct snd_info_entry_ops my_file_io_ops = {
+ .read = my_file_io_read,
+ };
+
+ entry->content = SNDRV_INFO_CONTENT_DATA;
+ entry->private_data = chip;
+ entry->c.ops = &my_file_io_ops;
+ entry->size = 4096;
+ entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO;
+
+For the raw data, ``size`` field must be set properly. This specifies
+the maximum size of the proc file access.
+
+The read/write callbacks of raw mode are more direct than the text mode.
+You need to use a low-level I/O functions such as
+:c:func:`copy_from_user()` and :c:func:`copy_to_user()` to transfer the data.
+
+::
+
+ static ssize_t my_file_io_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
+ void *file_private_data,
+ struct file *file,
+ char *buf,
+ size_t count,
+ loff_t pos)
+ {
+ if (copy_to_user(buf, local_data + pos, count))
+ return -EFAULT;
+ return count;
+ }
+
+If the size of the info entry has been set up properly, ``count`` and
+``pos`` are guaranteed to fit within 0 and the given size. You don't
+have to check the range in the callbacks unless any other condition is
+required.
+
+Power Management
+================
+
+If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/resume functions, you need
+to add power-management code to the driver. The additional code for
+power-management should be ifdef-ed with ``CONFIG_PM``, or annotated
+with __maybe_unused attribute; otherwise the compiler will complain
+you.
+
+If the driver *fully* supports suspend/resume that is, the device can be
+properly resumed to its state when suspend was called, you can set the
+``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag in the pcm info field. Usually, this is
+possible when the registers of the chip can be safely saved and restored
+to RAM. If this is set, the trigger callback is called with
+``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` after the resume callback completes.
+
+Even if the driver doesn't support PM fully but partial suspend/resume
+is still possible, it's still worthy to implement suspend/resume
+callbacks. In such a case, applications would reset the status by
+calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` and restart the stream
+appropriately. Hence, you can define suspend/resume callbacks below but
+don't set ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` info flag to the PCM.
+
+Note that the trigger with SUSPEND can always be called when
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` is called, regardless of the
+``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag. The ``RESUME`` flag affects only the
+behavior of :c:func:`snd_pcm_resume()`. (Thus, in theory,
+``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` isn't needed to be handled in the trigger
+callback when no ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag is set. But, it's better
+to keep it for compatibility reasons.)
+
+In the earlier version of ALSA drivers, a common power-management layer
+was provided, but it has been removed. The driver needs to define the
+suspend/resume hooks according to the bus the device is connected to. In
+the case of PCI drivers, the callbacks look like below:
+
+::
+
+ static int __maybe_unused snd_my_suspend(struct device *dev)
+ {
+ .... /* do things for suspend */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ static int __maybe_unused snd_my_resume(struct device *dev)
+ {
+ .... /* do things for suspend */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+The scheme of the real suspend job is as follows.
+
+1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.
+
+2. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` with
+ ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot`` to change the power status.
+
+3. If AC97 codecs are used, call :c:func:`snd_ac97_suspend()` for
+ each codec.
+
+4. Save the register values if necessary.
+
+5. Stop the hardware if necessary.
+
+A typical code would be like:
+
+::
+
+ static int __maybe_unused mychip_suspend(struct device *dev)
+ {
+ /* (1) */
+ struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
+ struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
+ /* (2) */
+ snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot);
+ /* (3) */
+ snd_ac97_suspend(chip->ac97);
+ /* (4) */
+ snd_mychip_save_registers(chip);
+ /* (5) */
+ snd_mychip_stop_hardware(chip);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+The scheme of the real resume job is as follows.
+
+1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.
+
+2. Re-initialize the chip.
+
+3. Restore the saved registers if necessary.
+
+4. Resume the mixer, e.g. calling :c:func:`snd_ac97_resume()`.
+
+5. Restart the hardware (if any).
+
+6. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` with
+ ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0`` to notify the processes.
+
+A typical code would be like:
+
+::
+
+ static int __maybe_unused mychip_resume(struct pci_dev *pci)
+ {
+ /* (1) */
+ struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
+ struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
+ /* (2) */
+ snd_mychip_reinit_chip(chip);
+ /* (3) */
+ snd_mychip_restore_registers(chip);
+ /* (4) */
+ snd_ac97_resume(chip->ac97);
+ /* (5) */
+ snd_mychip_restart_chip(chip);
+ /* (6) */
+ snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+Note that, at the time this callback gets called, the PCM stream has
+been already suspended via its own PM ops calling
+:c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` internally.
+
+OK, we have all callbacks now. Let's set them up. In the initialization
+of the card, make sure that you can get the chip data from the card
+instance, typically via ``private_data`` field, in case you created the
+chip data individually.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+ const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+ {
+ ....
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ int err;
+ ....
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ 0, &card);
+ ....
+ chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
+ ....
+ card->private_data = chip;
+ ....
+ }
+
+When you created the chip data with :c:func:`snd_card_new()`, it's
+anyway accessible via ``private_data`` field.
+
+::
+
+ static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+ const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+ {
+ ....
+ struct snd_card *card;
+ struct mychip *chip;
+ int err;
+ ....
+ err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
+ sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
+ ....
+ chip = card->private_data;
+ ....
+ }
+
+If you need a space to save the registers, allocate the buffer for it
+here, too, since it would be fatal if you cannot allocate a memory in
+the suspend phase. The allocated buffer should be released in the
+corresponding destructor.
+
+And next, set suspend/resume callbacks to the pci_driver.
+
+::
+
+ static SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS(snd_my_pm_ops, mychip_suspend, mychip_resume);
+
+ static struct pci_driver driver = {
+ .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
+ .id_table = snd_my_ids,
+ .probe = snd_my_probe,
+ .remove = snd_my_remove,
+ .driver.pm = &snd_my_pm_ops,
+ };
+
+Module Parameters
+=================
+
+There are standard module options for ALSA. At least, each module should
+have the ``index``, ``id`` and ``enable`` options.
+
+If the module supports multiple cards (usually up to 8 = ``SNDRV_CARDS``
+cards), they should be arrays. The default initial values are defined
+already as constants for easier programming:
+
+::
+
+ static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
+ static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
+ static int enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
+
+If the module supports only a single card, they could be single
+variables, instead. ``enable`` option is not always necessary in this
+case, but it would be better to have a dummy option for compatibility.
+
+The module parameters must be declared with the standard
+``module_param()``, ``module_param_array()`` and
+:c:func:`MODULE_PARM_DESC()` macros.
+
+The typical coding would be like below:
+
+::
+
+ #define CARD_NAME "My Chip"
+
+ module_param_array(index, int, NULL, 0444);
+ MODULE_PARM_DESC(index, "Index value for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
+ module_param_array(id, charp, NULL, 0444);
+ MODULE_PARM_DESC(id, "ID string for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
+ module_param_array(enable, bool, NULL, 0444);
+ MODULE_PARM_DESC(enable, "Enable " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
+
+Also, don't forget to define the module description and the license.
+Especially, the recent modprobe requires to define the
+module license as GPL, etc., otherwise the system is shown as “tainted”.
+
+::
+
+ MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Sound driver for My Chip");
+ MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+
+
+How To Put Your Driver Into ALSA Tree
+=====================================
+
+General
+-------
+
+So far, you've learned how to write the driver codes. And you might have
+a question now: how to put my own driver into the ALSA driver tree? Here
+(finally :) the standard procedure is described briefly.
+
+Suppose that you create a new PCI driver for the card “xyz”. The card
+module name would be snd-xyz. The new driver is usually put into the
+alsa-driver tree, ``sound/pci`` directory in the case of PCI
+cards.
+
+In the following sections, the driver code is supposed to be put into
+Linux kernel tree. The two cases are covered: a driver consisting of a
+single source file and one consisting of several source files.
+
+Driver with A Single Source File
+--------------------------------
+
+1. Modify sound/pci/Makefile
+
+ Suppose you have a file xyz.c. Add the following two lines
+
+::
+
+ snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o
+ obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
+
+2. Create the Kconfig entry
+
+ Add the new entry of Kconfig for your xyz driver. config SND_XYZ
+ tristate "Foobar XYZ" depends on SND select SND_PCM help Say Y here
+ to include support for Foobar XYZ soundcard. To compile this driver
+ as a module, choose M here: the module will be called snd-xyz. the
+ line, select SND_PCM, specifies that the driver xyz supports PCM. In
+ addition to SND_PCM, the following components are supported for
+ select command: SND_RAWMIDI, SND_TIMER, SND_HWDEP,
+ SND_MPU401_UART, SND_OPL3_LIB, SND_OPL4_LIB, SND_VX_LIB,
+ SND_AC97_CODEC. Add the select command for each supported
+ component.
+
+ Note that some selections imply the lowlevel selections. For example,
+ PCM includes TIMER, MPU401_UART includes RAWMIDI, AC97_CODEC
+ includes PCM, and OPL3_LIB includes HWDEP. You don't need to give
+ the lowlevel selections again.
+
+ For the details of Kconfig script, refer to the kbuild documentation.
+
+Drivers with Several Source Files
+---------------------------------
+
+Suppose that the driver snd-xyz have several source files. They are
+located in the new subdirectory, sound/pci/xyz.
+
+1. Add a new directory (``sound/pci/xyz``) in ``sound/pci/Makefile``
+ as below
+
+::
+
+ obj-$(CONFIG_SND) += sound/pci/xyz/
+
+
+2. Under the directory ``sound/pci/xyz``, create a Makefile
+
+::
+
+ snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o abc.o def.o
+ obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
+
+3. Create the Kconfig entry
+
+ This procedure is as same as in the last section.
+
+
+Useful Functions
+================
+
+:c:func:`snd_printk()` and friends
+----------------------------------
+
+.. note:: This subsection describes a few helper functions for
+ decorating a bit more on the standard :c:func:`printk()` & co.
+ However, in general, the use of such helpers is no longer recommended.
+ If possible, try to stick with the standard functions like
+ :c:func:`dev_err()` or :c:func:`pr_err()`.
+
+ALSA provides a verbose version of the :c:func:`printk()` function.
+If a kernel config ``CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PRINTK`` is set, this function
+prints the given message together with the file name and the line of the
+caller. The ``KERN_XXX`` prefix is processed as well as the original
+:c:func:`printk()` does, so it's recommended to add this prefix,
+e.g. snd_printk(KERN_ERR "Oh my, sorry, it's extremely bad!\\n");
+
+There are also :c:func:`printk()`'s for debugging.
+:c:func:`snd_printd()` can be used for general debugging purposes.
+If ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG`` is set, this function is compiled, and works
+just like :c:func:`snd_printk()`. If the ALSA is compiled without
+the debugging flag, it's ignored.
+
+:c:func:`snd_printdd()` is compiled in only when
+``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE`` is set.
+
+:c:func:`snd_BUG()`
+-------------------
+
+It shows the ``BUG?`` message and stack trace as well as
+:c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` at the point. It's useful to show that a
+fatal error happens there.
+
+When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
+
+:c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()`
+----------------------
+
+:c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` macro is similar with
+:c:func:`WARN_ON()` macro. For example, snd_BUG_ON(!pointer); or
+it can be used as the condition, if (snd_BUG_ON(non_zero_is_bug))
+return -EINVAL;
+
+The macro takes an conditional expression to evaluate. When
+``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG``, is set, if the expression is non-zero, it shows
+the warning message such as ``BUG? (xxx)`` normally followed by stack
+trace. In both cases it returns the evaluated value.
+
+Acknowledgments
+===============
+
+I would like to thank Phil Kerr for his help for improvement and
+corrections of this document.
+
+Kevin Conder reformatted the original plain-text to the DocBook format.
+
+Giuliano Pochini corrected typos and contributed the example codes in
+the hardware constraints section.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/clocking.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/clocking.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32122d687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/clocking.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+==============
+Audio Clocking
+==============
+
+This text describes the audio clocking terms in ASoC and digital audio in
+general. Note: Audio clocking can be complex!
+
+
+Master Clock
+------------
+
+Every audio subsystem is driven by a master clock (sometimes referred to as MCLK
+or SYSCLK). This audio master clock can be derived from a number of sources
+(e.g. crystal, PLL, CPU clock) and is responsible for producing the correct
+audio playback and capture sample rates.
+
+Some master clocks (e.g. PLLs and CPU based clocks) are configurable in that
+their speed can be altered by software (depending on the system use and to save
+power). Other master clocks are fixed at a set frequency (i.e. crystals).
+
+
+DAI Clocks
+----------
+The Digital Audio Interface is usually driven by a Bit Clock (often referred to
+as BCLK). This clock is used to drive the digital audio data across the link
+between the codec and CPU.
+
+The DAI also has a frame clock to signal the start of each audio frame. This
+clock is sometimes referred to as LRC (left right clock) or FRAME. This clock
+runs at exactly the sample rate (LRC = Rate).
+
+Bit Clock can be generated as follows:-
+
+- BCLK = MCLK / x, or
+- BCLK = LRC * x, or
+- BCLK = LRC * Channels * Word Size
+
+This relationship depends on the codec or SoC CPU in particular. In general
+it is best to configure BCLK to the lowest possible speed (depending on your
+rate, number of channels and word size) to save on power.
+
+It is also desirable to use the codec (if possible) to drive (or master) the
+audio clocks as it usually gives more accurate sample rates than the CPU.
+
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4eaa9a0c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+==============================================
+Creating codec to codec dai link for ALSA dapm
+==============================================
+
+Mostly the flow of audio is always from CPU to codec so your system
+will look as below:
+::
+
+ --------- ---------
+ | | dai | |
+ CPU -------> codec
+ | | | |
+ --------- ---------
+
+In case your system looks as below:
+::
+
+ ---------
+ | |
+ codec-2
+ | |
+ ---------
+ |
+ dai-2
+ |
+ ---------- ---------
+ | | dai-1 | |
+ CPU -------> codec-1
+ | | | |
+ ---------- ---------
+ |
+ dai-3
+ |
+ ---------
+ | |
+ codec-3
+ | |
+ ---------
+
+Suppose codec-2 is a bluetooth chip and codec-3 is connected to
+a speaker and you have a below scenario:
+codec-2 will receive the audio data and the user wants to play that
+audio through codec-3 without involving the CPU.This
+aforementioned case is the ideal case when codec to codec
+connection should be used.
+
+Your dai_link should appear as below in your machine
+file:
+::
+
+ /*
+ * this pcm stream only supports 24 bit, 2 channel and
+ * 48k sampling rate.
+ */
+ static const struct snd_soc_pcm_stream dsp_codec_params = {
+ .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S24_LE,
+ .rate_min = 48000,
+ .rate_max = 48000,
+ .channels_min = 2,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ };
+
+ {
+ .name = "CPU-DSP",
+ .stream_name = "CPU-DSP",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "samsung-i2s.0",
+ .codec_name = "codec-2,
+ .codec_dai_name = "codec-2-dai_name",
+ .platform_name = "samsung-i2s.0",
+ .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF
+ | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM,
+ .ignore_suspend = 1,
+ .params = &dsp_codec_params,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "DSP-CODEC",
+ .stream_name = "DSP-CODEC",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "wm0010-sdi2",
+ .codec_name = "codec-3,
+ .codec_dai_name = "codec-3-dai_name",
+ .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF
+ | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM,
+ .ignore_suspend = 1,
+ .params = &dsp_codec_params,
+ },
+
+Above code snippet is motivated from sound/soc/samsung/speyside.c.
+
+Note the "params" callback which lets the dapm know that this
+dai_link is a codec to codec connection.
+
+In dapm core a route is created between cpu_dai playback widget
+and codec_dai capture widget for playback path and vice-versa is
+true for capture path. In order for this aforementioned route to get
+triggered, DAPM needs to find a valid endpoint which could be either
+a sink or source widget corresponding to playback and capture path
+respectively.
+
+In order to trigger this dai_link widget, a thin codec driver for
+the speaker amp can be created as demonstrated in wm8727.c file, it
+sets appropriate constraints for the device even if it needs no control.
+
+Make sure to name your corresponding cpu and codec playback and capture
+dai names ending with "Playback" and "Capture" respectively as dapm core
+will link and power those dais based on the name.
+
+A dai_link in a "simple-audio-card" will automatically be detected as
+codec to codec when all DAIs on the link belong to codec components.
+The dai_link will be initialized with the subset of stream parameters
+(channels, format, sample rate) supported by all DAIs on the link. Since
+there is no way to provide these parameters in the device tree, this is
+mostly useful for communication with simple fixed-function codecs, such
+as a Bluetooth controller or cellular modem.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a9737eb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+=======================
+ASoC Codec Class Driver
+=======================
+
+The codec class driver is generic and hardware independent code that configures
+the codec, FM, MODEM, BT or external DSP to provide audio capture and playback.
+It should contain no code that is specific to the target platform or machine.
+All platform and machine specific code should be added to the platform and
+machine drivers respectively.
+
+Each codec class driver *must* provide the following features:-
+
+1. Codec DAI and PCM configuration
+2. Codec control IO - using RegMap API
+3. Mixers and audio controls
+4. Codec audio operations
+5. DAPM description.
+6. DAPM event handler.
+
+Optionally, codec drivers can also provide:-
+
+7. DAC Digital mute control.
+
+Its probably best to use this guide in conjunction with the existing codec
+driver code in sound/soc/codecs/
+
+ASoC Codec driver breakdown
+===========================
+
+Codec DAI and PCM configuration
+-------------------------------
+Each codec driver must have a struct snd_soc_dai_driver to define its DAI and
+PCM capabilities and operations. This struct is exported so that it can be
+registered with the core by your machine driver.
+
+e.g.
+::
+
+ static struct snd_soc_dai_ops wm8731_dai_ops = {
+ .prepare = wm8731_pcm_prepare,
+ .hw_params = wm8731_hw_params,
+ .shutdown = wm8731_shutdown,
+ .digital_mute = wm8731_mute,
+ .set_sysclk = wm8731_set_dai_sysclk,
+ .set_fmt = wm8731_set_dai_fmt,
+ };
+
+ struct snd_soc_dai_driver wm8731_dai = {
+ .name = "wm8731-hifi",
+ .playback = {
+ .stream_name = "Playback",
+ .channels_min = 1,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ .rates = WM8731_RATES,
+ .formats = WM8731_FORMATS,},
+ .capture = {
+ .stream_name = "Capture",
+ .channels_min = 1,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ .rates = WM8731_RATES,
+ .formats = WM8731_FORMATS,},
+ .ops = &wm8731_dai_ops,
+ .symmetric_rates = 1,
+ };
+
+
+Codec control IO
+----------------
+The codec can usually be controlled via an I2C or SPI style interface
+(AC97 combines control with data in the DAI). The codec driver should use the
+Regmap API for all codec IO. Please see include/linux/regmap.h and existing
+codec drivers for example regmap usage.
+
+
+Mixers and audio controls
+-------------------------
+All the codec mixers and audio controls can be defined using the convenience
+macros defined in soc.h.
+::
+
+ #define SOC_SINGLE(xname, reg, shift, mask, invert)
+
+Defines a single control as follows:-
+::
+
+ xname = Control name e.g. "Playback Volume"
+ reg = codec register
+ shift = control bit(s) offset in register
+ mask = control bit size(s) e.g. mask of 7 = 3 bits
+ invert = the control is inverted
+
+Other macros include:-
+::
+
+ #define SOC_DOUBLE(xname, reg, shift_left, shift_right, mask, invert)
+
+A stereo control
+::
+
+ #define SOC_DOUBLE_R(xname, reg_left, reg_right, shift, mask, invert)
+
+A stereo control spanning 2 registers
+::
+
+ #define SOC_ENUM_SINGLE(xreg, xshift, xmask, xtexts)
+
+Defines an single enumerated control as follows:-
+::
+
+ xreg = register
+ xshift = control bit(s) offset in register
+ xmask = control bit(s) size
+ xtexts = pointer to array of strings that describe each setting
+
+ #define SOC_ENUM_DOUBLE(xreg, xshift_l, xshift_r, xmask, xtexts)
+
+Defines a stereo enumerated control
+
+
+Codec Audio Operations
+----------------------
+The codec driver also supports the following ALSA PCM operations:-
+::
+
+ /* SoC audio ops */
+ struct snd_soc_ops {
+ int (*startup)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ void (*shutdown)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ int (*hw_params)(struct snd_pcm_substream *, struct snd_pcm_hw_params *);
+ int (*hw_free)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ int (*prepare)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ };
+
+Please refer to the ALSA driver PCM documentation for details.
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
+
+
+DAPM description
+----------------
+The Dynamic Audio Power Management description describes the codec power
+components and their relationships and registers to the ASoC core.
+Please read dapm.rst for details of building the description.
+
+Please also see the examples in other codec drivers.
+
+
+DAPM event handler
+------------------
+This function is a callback that handles codec domain PM calls and system
+domain PM calls (e.g. suspend and resume). It is used to put the codec
+to sleep when not in use.
+
+Power states:-
+::
+
+ SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0: /* full On */
+ /* vref/mid, clk and osc on, active */
+
+ SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D1: /* partial On */
+ SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D2: /* partial On */
+
+ SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot: /* Off, with power */
+ /* everything off except vref/vmid, inactive */
+
+ SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3cold: /* Everything Off, without power */
+
+
+Codec DAC digital mute control
+------------------------------
+Most codecs have a digital mute before the DACs that can be used to
+minimise any system noise. The mute stops any digital data from
+entering the DAC.
+
+A callback can be created that is called by the core for each codec DAI
+when the mute is applied or freed.
+
+i.e.
+::
+
+ static int wm8974_mute(struct snd_soc_dai *dai, int mute)
+ {
+ struct snd_soc_component *component = dai->component;
+ u16 mute_reg = snd_soc_component_read32(component, WM8974_DAC) & 0xffbf;
+
+ if (mute)
+ snd_soc_component_write(component, WM8974_DAC, mute_reg | 0x40);
+ else
+ snd_soc_component_write(component, WM8974_DAC, mute_reg);
+ return 0;
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..009b07e5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+==================================
+ASoC Digital Audio Interface (DAI)
+==================================
+
+ASoC currently supports the three main Digital Audio Interfaces (DAI) found on
+SoC controllers and portable audio CODECs today, namely AC97, I2S and PCM.
+
+
+AC97
+====
+
+AC97 is a five wire interface commonly found on many PC sound cards. It is
+now also popular in many portable devices. This DAI has a reset line and time
+multiplexes its data on its SDATA_OUT (playback) and SDATA_IN (capture) lines.
+The bit clock (BCLK) is always driven by the CODEC (usually 12.288MHz) and the
+frame (FRAME) (usually 48kHz) is always driven by the controller. Each AC97
+frame is 21uS long and is divided into 13 time slots.
+
+The AC97 specification can be found at :
+https://www.intel.com/p/en_US/business/design
+
+
+I2S
+===
+
+I2S is a common 4 wire DAI used in HiFi, STB and portable devices. The Tx and
+Rx lines are used for audio transmission, while the bit clock (BCLK) and
+left/right clock (LRC) synchronise the link. I2S is flexible in that either the
+controller or CODEC can drive (master) the BCLK and LRC clock lines. Bit clock
+usually varies depending on the sample rate and the master system clock
+(SYSCLK). LRCLK is the same as the sample rate. A few devices support separate
+ADC and DAC LRCLKs, this allows for simultaneous capture and playback at
+different sample rates.
+
+I2S has several different operating modes:-
+
+I2S
+ MSB is transmitted on the falling edge of the first BCLK after LRC
+ transition.
+
+Left Justified
+ MSB is transmitted on transition of LRC.
+
+Right Justified
+ MSB is transmitted sample size BCLKs before LRC transition.
+
+PCM
+===
+
+PCM is another 4 wire interface, very similar to I2S, which can support a more
+flexible protocol. It has bit clock (BCLK) and sync (SYNC) lines that are used
+to synchronise the link while the Tx and Rx lines are used to transmit and
+receive the audio data. Bit clock usually varies depending on sample rate
+while sync runs at the sample rate. PCM also supports Time Division
+Multiplexing (TDM) in that several devices can use the bus simultaneously (this
+is sometimes referred to as network mode).
+
+Common PCM operating modes:-
+
+Mode A
+ MSB is transmitted on falling edge of first BCLK after FRAME/SYNC.
+
+Mode B
+ MSB is transmitted on rising edge of FRAME/SYNC.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/dapm.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/dapm.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e4410793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/dapm.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+===================================================
+Dynamic Audio Power Management for Portable Devices
+===================================================
+
+Description
+===========
+
+Dynamic Audio Power Management (DAPM) is designed to allow portable
+Linux devices to use the minimum amount of power within the audio
+subsystem at all times. It is independent of other kernel PM and as
+such, can easily co-exist with the other PM systems.
+
+DAPM is also completely transparent to all user space applications as
+all power switching is done within the ASoC core. No code changes or
+recompiling are required for user space applications. DAPM makes power
+switching decisions based upon any audio stream (capture/playback)
+activity and audio mixer settings within the device.
+
+DAPM spans the whole machine. It covers power control within the entire
+audio subsystem, this includes internal codec power blocks and machine
+level power systems.
+
+There are 4 power domains within DAPM
+
+Codec bias domain
+ VREF, VMID (core codec and audio power)
+
+ Usually controlled at codec probe/remove and suspend/resume, although
+ can be set at stream time if power is not needed for sidetone, etc.
+
+Platform/Machine domain
+ physically connected inputs and outputs
+
+ Is platform/machine and user action specific, is configured by the
+ machine driver and responds to asynchronous events e.g when HP
+ are inserted
+
+Path domain
+ audio subsystem signal paths
+
+ Automatically set when mixer and mux settings are changed by the user.
+ e.g. alsamixer, amixer.
+
+Stream domain
+ DACs and ADCs.
+
+ Enabled and disabled when stream playback/capture is started and
+ stopped respectively. e.g. aplay, arecord.
+
+All DAPM power switching decisions are made automatically by consulting an audio
+routing map of the whole machine. This map is specific to each machine and
+consists of the interconnections between every audio component (including
+internal codec components). All audio components that effect power are called
+widgets hereafter.
+
+
+DAPM Widgets
+============
+
+Audio DAPM widgets fall into a number of types:-
+
+Mixer
+ Mixes several analog signals into a single analog signal.
+Mux
+ An analog switch that outputs only one of many inputs.
+PGA
+ A programmable gain amplifier or attenuation widget.
+ADC
+ Analog to Digital Converter
+DAC
+ Digital to Analog Converter
+Switch
+ An analog switch
+Input
+ A codec input pin
+Output
+ A codec output pin
+Headphone
+ Headphone (and optional Jack)
+Mic
+ Mic (and optional Jack)
+Line
+ Line Input/Output (and optional Jack)
+Speaker
+ Speaker
+Supply
+ Power or clock supply widget used by other widgets.
+Regulator
+ External regulator that supplies power to audio components.
+Clock
+ External clock that supplies clock to audio components.
+AIF IN
+ Audio Interface Input (with TDM slot mask).
+AIF OUT
+ Audio Interface Output (with TDM slot mask).
+Siggen
+ Signal Generator.
+DAI IN
+ Digital Audio Interface Input.
+DAI OUT
+ Digital Audio Interface Output.
+DAI Link
+ DAI Link between two DAI structures
+Pre
+ Special PRE widget (exec before all others)
+Post
+ Special POST widget (exec after all others)
+Buffer
+ Inter widget audio data buffer within a DSP.
+Scheduler
+ DSP internal scheduler that schedules component/pipeline processing
+ work.
+Effect
+ Widget that performs an audio processing effect.
+SRC
+ Sample Rate Converter within DSP or CODEC
+ASRC
+ Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter within DSP or CODEC
+Encoder
+ Widget that encodes audio data from one format (usually PCM) to another
+ usually more compressed format.
+Decoder
+ Widget that decodes audio data from a compressed format to an
+ uncompressed format like PCM.
+
+
+(Widgets are defined in include/sound/soc-dapm.h)
+
+Widgets can be added to the sound card by any of the component driver types.
+There are convenience macros defined in soc-dapm.h that can be used to quickly
+build a list of widgets of the codecs and machines DAPM widgets.
+
+Most widgets have a name, register, shift and invert. Some widgets have extra
+parameters for stream name and kcontrols.
+
+
+Stream Domain Widgets
+---------------------
+
+Stream Widgets relate to the stream power domain and only consist of ADCs
+(analog to digital converters), DACs (digital to analog converters),
+AIF IN and AIF OUT.
+
+Stream widgets have the following format:-
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_DAC(name, stream name, reg, shift, invert),
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_AIF_IN(name, stream, slot, reg, shift, invert)
+
+NOTE: the stream name must match the corresponding stream name in your codec
+snd_soc_codec_dai.
+
+e.g. stream widgets for HiFi playback and capture
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_DAC("HiFi DAC", "HiFi Playback", REG, 3, 1),
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_ADC("HiFi ADC", "HiFi Capture", REG, 2, 1),
+
+e.g. stream widgets for AIF
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_AIF_IN("AIF1RX", "AIF1 Playback", 0, SND_SOC_NOPM, 0, 0),
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_AIF_OUT("AIF1TX", "AIF1 Capture", 0, SND_SOC_NOPM, 0, 0),
+
+
+Path Domain Widgets
+-------------------
+
+Path domain widgets have a ability to control or affect the audio signal or
+audio paths within the audio subsystem. They have the following form:-
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_PGA(name, reg, shift, invert, controls, num_controls)
+
+Any widget kcontrols can be set using the controls and num_controls members.
+
+e.g. Mixer widget (the kcontrols are declared first)
+::
+
+ /* Output Mixer */
+ static const snd_kcontrol_new_t wm8731_output_mixer_controls[] = {
+ SOC_DAPM_SINGLE("Line Bypass Switch", WM8731_APANA, 3, 1, 0),
+ SOC_DAPM_SINGLE("Mic Sidetone Switch", WM8731_APANA, 5, 1, 0),
+ SOC_DAPM_SINGLE("HiFi Playback Switch", WM8731_APANA, 4, 1, 0),
+ };
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER("Output Mixer", WM8731_PWR, 4, 1, wm8731_output_mixer_controls,
+ ARRAY_SIZE(wm8731_output_mixer_controls)),
+
+If you don't want the mixer elements prefixed with the name of the mixer widget,
+you can use SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER_NAMED_CTL instead. the parameters are the same
+as for SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER.
+
+
+Machine domain Widgets
+----------------------
+
+Machine widgets are different from codec widgets in that they don't have a
+codec register bit associated with them. A machine widget is assigned to each
+machine audio component (non codec or DSP) that can be independently
+powered. e.g.
+
+* Speaker Amp
+* Microphone Bias
+* Jack connectors
+
+A machine widget can have an optional call back.
+
+e.g. Jack connector widget for an external Mic that enables Mic Bias
+when the Mic is inserted:-::
+
+ static int spitz_mic_bias(struct snd_soc_dapm_widget* w, int event)
+ {
+ gpio_set_value(SPITZ_GPIO_MIC_BIAS, SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event));
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_MIC("Mic Jack", spitz_mic_bias),
+
+
+Codec (BIAS) Domain
+-------------------
+
+The codec bias power domain has no widgets and is handled by the codecs DAPM
+event handler. This handler is called when the codec powerstate is changed wrt
+to any stream event or by kernel PM events.
+
+
+Virtual Widgets
+---------------
+
+Sometimes widgets exist in the codec or machine audio map that don't have any
+corresponding soft power control. In this case it is necessary to create
+a virtual widget - a widget with no control bits e.g.
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER("AC97 Mixer", SND_SOC_DAPM_NOPM, 0, 0, NULL, 0),
+
+This can be used to merge to signal paths together in software.
+
+After all the widgets have been defined, they can then be added to the DAPM
+subsystem individually with a call to snd_soc_dapm_new_control().
+
+
+Codec/DSP Widget Interconnections
+=================================
+
+Widgets are connected to each other within the codec, platform and machine by
+audio paths (called interconnections). Each interconnection must be defined in
+order to create a map of all audio paths between widgets.
+
+This is easiest with a diagram of the codec or DSP (and schematic of the machine
+audio system), as it requires joining widgets together via their audio signal
+paths.
+
+e.g., from the WM8731 output mixer (wm8731.c)
+
+The WM8731 output mixer has 3 inputs (sources)
+
+1. Line Bypass Input
+2. DAC (HiFi playback)
+3. Mic Sidetone Input
+
+Each input in this example has a kcontrol associated with it (defined in example
+above) and is connected to the output mixer via its kcontrol name. We can now
+connect the destination widget (wrt audio signal) with its source widgets.
+::
+
+ /* output mixer */
+ {"Output Mixer", "Line Bypass Switch", "Line Input"},
+ {"Output Mixer", "HiFi Playback Switch", "DAC"},
+ {"Output Mixer", "Mic Sidetone Switch", "Mic Bias"},
+
+So we have :-
+
+* Destination Widget <=== Path Name <=== Source Widget, or
+* Sink, Path, Source, or
+* ``Output Mixer`` is connected to the ``DAC`` via the ``HiFi Playback Switch``.
+
+When there is no path name connecting widgets (e.g. a direct connection) we
+pass NULL for the path name.
+
+Interconnections are created with a call to:-
+::
+
+ snd_soc_dapm_connect_input(codec, sink, path, source);
+
+Finally, snd_soc_dapm_new_widgets(codec) must be called after all widgets and
+interconnections have been registered with the core. This causes the core to
+scan the codec and machine so that the internal DAPM state matches the
+physical state of the machine.
+
+
+Machine Widget Interconnections
+-------------------------------
+Machine widget interconnections are created in the same way as codec ones and
+directly connect the codec pins to machine level widgets.
+
+e.g. connects the speaker out codec pins to the internal speaker.
+::
+
+ /* ext speaker connected to codec pins LOUT2, ROUT2 */
+ {"Ext Spk", NULL , "ROUT2"},
+ {"Ext Spk", NULL , "LOUT2"},
+
+This allows the DAPM to power on and off pins that are connected (and in use)
+and pins that are NC respectively.
+
+
+Endpoint Widgets
+================
+An endpoint is a start or end point (widget) of an audio signal within the
+machine and includes the codec. e.g.
+
+* Headphone Jack
+* Internal Speaker
+* Internal Mic
+* Mic Jack
+* Codec Pins
+
+Endpoints are added to the DAPM graph so that their usage can be determined in
+order to save power. e.g. NC codecs pins will be switched OFF, unconnected
+jacks can also be switched OFF.
+
+
+DAPM Widget Events
+==================
+
+Some widgets can register their interest with the DAPM core in PM events.
+e.g. A Speaker with an amplifier registers a widget so the amplifier can be
+powered only when the spk is in use.
+::
+
+ /* turn speaker amplifier on/off depending on use */
+ static int corgi_amp_event(struct snd_soc_dapm_widget *w, int event)
+ {
+ gpio_set_value(CORGI_GPIO_APM_ON, SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event));
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* corgi machine dapm widgets */
+ static const struct snd_soc_dapm_widget wm8731_dapm_widgets =
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_SPK("Ext Spk", corgi_amp_event);
+
+Please see soc-dapm.h for all other widgets that support events.
+
+
+Event types
+-----------
+
+The following event types are supported by event widgets.
+::
+
+ /* dapm event types */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_PRE_PMU 0x1 /* before widget power up */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_POST_PMU 0x2 /* after widget power up */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_PRE_PMD 0x4 /* before widget power down */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_POST_PMD 0x8 /* after widget power down */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_PRE_REG 0x10 /* before audio path setup */
+ #define SND_SOC_DAPM_POST_REG 0x20 /* after audio path setup */
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77f67ded5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+===========
+Dynamic PCM
+===========
+
+Description
+===========
+
+Dynamic PCM allows an ALSA PCM device to digitally route its PCM audio to
+various digital endpoints during the PCM stream runtime. e.g. PCM0 can route
+digital audio to I2S DAI0, I2S DAI1 or PDM DAI2. This is useful for on SoC DSP
+drivers that expose several ALSA PCMs and can route to multiple DAIs.
+
+The DPCM runtime routing is determined by the ALSA mixer settings in the same
+way as the analog signal is routed in an ASoC codec driver. DPCM uses a DAPM
+graph representing the DSP internal audio paths and uses the mixer settings to
+determine the path used by each ALSA PCM.
+
+DPCM re-uses all the existing component codec, platform and DAI drivers without
+any modifications.
+
+
+Phone Audio System with SoC based DSP
+-------------------------------------
+
+Consider the following phone audio subsystem. This will be used in this
+document for all examples :-
+::
+
+ | Front End PCMs | SoC DSP | Back End DAIs | Audio devices |
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <------------> * * <----DAI0-----> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <----DAI1-----> Codec Speakers
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <----DAI2-----> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <----DAI3-----> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+This diagram shows a simple smart phone audio subsystem. It supports Bluetooth,
+FM digital radio, Speakers, Headset Jack, digital microphones and cellular
+modem. This sound card exposes 4 DSP front end (FE) ALSA PCM devices and
+supports 6 back end (BE) DAIs. Each FE PCM can digitally route audio data to any
+of the BE DAIs. The FE PCM devices can also route audio to more than 1 BE DAI.
+
+
+
+Example - DPCM Switching playback from DAI0 to DAI1
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Audio is being played to the Headset. After a while the user removes the headset
+and audio continues playing on the speakers.
+
+Playback on PCM0 to Headset would look like :-
+::
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <============> * * <====DAI0=====> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <----DAI1-----> Codec Speakers
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <----DAI2-----> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <----DAI3-----> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+The headset is removed from the jack by user so the speakers must now be used :-
+::
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <============> * * <----DAI0-----> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <====DAI1=====> Codec Speakers
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <----DAI2-----> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <----DAI3-----> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+The audio driver processes this as follows :-
+
+1. Machine driver receives Jack removal event.
+
+2. Machine driver OR audio HAL disables the Headset path.
+
+3. DPCM runs the PCM trigger(stop), hw_free(), shutdown() operations on DAI0
+ for headset since the path is now disabled.
+
+4. Machine driver or audio HAL enables the speaker path.
+
+5. DPCM runs the PCM ops for startup(), hw_params(), prepare() and
+ trigger(start) for DAI1 Speakers since the path is enabled.
+
+In this example, the machine driver or userspace audio HAL can alter the routing
+and then DPCM will take care of managing the DAI PCM operations to either bring
+the link up or down. Audio playback does not stop during this transition.
+
+
+
+DPCM machine driver
+===================
+
+The DPCM enabled ASoC machine driver is similar to normal machine drivers
+except that we also have to :-
+
+1. Define the FE and BE DAI links.
+
+2. Define any FE/BE PCM operations.
+
+3. Define widget graph connections.
+
+
+FE and BE DAI links
+-------------------
+::
+
+ | Front End PCMs | SoC DSP | Back End DAIs | Audio devices |
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <------------> * * <----DAI0-----> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <----DAI1-----> Codec Speakers
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <----DAI2-----> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <----DAI3-----> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+For the example above we have to define 4 FE DAI links and 6 BE DAI links. The
+FE DAI links are defined as follows :-
+::
+
+ static struct snd_soc_dai_link machine_dais[] = {
+ {
+ .name = "PCM0 System",
+ .stream_name = "System Playback",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "System Pin",
+ .platform_name = "dsp-audio",
+ .codec_name = "snd-soc-dummy",
+ .codec_dai_name = "snd-soc-dummy-dai",
+ .dynamic = 1,
+ .trigger = {SND_SOC_DPCM_TRIGGER_POST, SND_SOC_DPCM_TRIGGER_POST},
+ .dpcm_playback = 1,
+ },
+ .....< other FE and BE DAI links here >
+ };
+
+This FE DAI link is pretty similar to a regular DAI link except that we also
+set the DAI link to a DPCM FE with the ``dynamic = 1``. The supported FE stream
+directions should also be set with the ``dpcm_playback`` and ``dpcm_capture``
+flags. There is also an option to specify the ordering of the trigger call for
+each FE. This allows the ASoC core to trigger the DSP before or after the other
+components (as some DSPs have strong requirements for the ordering DAI/DSP
+start and stop sequences).
+
+The FE DAI above sets the codec and code DAIs to dummy devices since the BE is
+dynamic and will change depending on runtime config.
+
+The BE DAIs are configured as follows :-
+::
+
+ static struct snd_soc_dai_link machine_dais[] = {
+ .....< FE DAI links here >
+ {
+ .name = "Codec Headset",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "ssp-dai.0",
+ .platform_name = "snd-soc-dummy",
+ .no_pcm = 1,
+ .codec_name = "rt5640.0-001c",
+ .codec_dai_name = "rt5640-aif1",
+ .ignore_suspend = 1,
+ .ignore_pmdown_time = 1,
+ .be_hw_params_fixup = hswult_ssp0_fixup,
+ .ops = &haswell_ops,
+ .dpcm_playback = 1,
+ .dpcm_capture = 1,
+ },
+ .....< other BE DAI links here >
+ };
+
+This BE DAI link connects DAI0 to the codec (in this case RT5460 AIF1). It sets
+the ``no_pcm`` flag to mark it has a BE and sets flags for supported stream
+directions using ``dpcm_playback`` and ``dpcm_capture`` above.
+
+The BE has also flags set for ignoring suspend and PM down time. This allows
+the BE to work in a hostless mode where the host CPU is not transferring data
+like a BT phone call :-
+::
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <------------> * * <----DAI0-----> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <----DAI1-----> Codec Speakers
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <====DAI2=====> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <====DAI3=====> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+This allows the host CPU to sleep while the DSP, MODEM DAI and the BT DAI are
+still in operation.
+
+A BE DAI link can also set the codec to a dummy device if the codec is a device
+that is managed externally.
+
+Likewise a BE DAI can also set a dummy cpu DAI if the CPU DAI is managed by the
+DSP firmware.
+
+
+FE/BE PCM operations
+--------------------
+
+The BE above also exports some PCM operations and a ``fixup`` callback. The fixup
+callback is used by the machine driver to (re)configure the DAI based upon the
+FE hw params. i.e. the DSP may perform SRC or ASRC from the FE to BE.
+
+e.g. DSP converts all FE hw params to run at fixed rate of 48k, 16bit, stereo for
+DAI0. This means all FE hw_params have to be fixed in the machine driver for
+DAI0 so that the DAI is running at desired configuration regardless of the FE
+configuration.
+::
+
+ static int dai0_fixup(struct snd_soc_pcm_runtime *rtd,
+ struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params)
+ {
+ struct snd_interval *rate = hw_param_interval(params,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE);
+ struct snd_interval *channels = hw_param_interval(params,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+
+ /* The DSP will convert the FE rate to 48k, stereo */
+ rate->min = rate->max = 48000;
+ channels->min = channels->max = 2;
+
+ /* set DAI0 to 16 bit */
+ params_set_format(params, SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_S16_LE);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+The other PCM operation are the same as for regular DAI links. Use as necessary.
+
+
+Widget graph connections
+------------------------
+
+The BE DAI links will normally be connected to the graph at initialisation time
+by the ASoC DAPM core. However, if the BE codec or BE DAI is a dummy then this
+has to be set explicitly in the driver :-
+::
+
+ /* BE for codec Headset - DAI0 is dummy and managed by DSP FW */
+ {"DAI0 CODEC IN", NULL, "AIF1 Capture"},
+ {"AIF1 Playback", NULL, "DAI0 CODEC OUT"},
+
+
+Writing a DPCM DSP driver
+=========================
+
+The DPCM DSP driver looks much like a standard platform class ASoC driver
+combined with elements from a codec class driver. A DSP platform driver must
+implement :-
+
+1. Front End PCM DAIs - i.e. struct snd_soc_dai_driver.
+
+2. DAPM graph showing DSP audio routing from FE DAIs to BEs.
+
+3. DAPM widgets from DSP graph.
+
+4. Mixers for gains, routing, etc.
+
+5. DMA configuration.
+
+6. BE AIF widgets.
+
+Items 6 is important for routing the audio outside of the DSP. AIF need to be
+defined for each BE and each stream direction. e.g for BE DAI0 above we would
+have :-
+::
+
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_AIF_IN("DAI0 RX", NULL, 0, SND_SOC_NOPM, 0, 0),
+ SND_SOC_DAPM_AIF_OUT("DAI0 TX", NULL, 0, SND_SOC_NOPM, 0, 0),
+
+The BE AIF are used to connect the DSP graph to the graphs for the other
+component drivers (e.g. codec graph).
+
+
+Hostless PCM streams
+====================
+
+A hostless PCM stream is a stream that is not routed through the host CPU. An
+example of this would be a phone call from handset to modem.
+::
+
+ *************
+ PCM0 <------------> * * <----DAI0-----> Codec Headset
+ * *
+ PCM1 <------------> * * <====DAI1=====> Codec Speakers/Mic
+ * DSP *
+ PCM2 <------------> * * <====DAI2=====> MODEM
+ * *
+ PCM3 <------------> * * <----DAI3-----> BT
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI4-----> DMIC
+ * *
+ * * <----DAI5-----> FM
+ *************
+
+In this case the PCM data is routed via the DSP. The host CPU in this use case
+is only used for control and can sleep during the runtime of the stream.
+
+The host can control the hostless link either by :-
+
+ 1. Configuring the link as a CODEC <-> CODEC style link. In this case the link
+ is enabled or disabled by the state of the DAPM graph. This usually means
+ there is a mixer control that can be used to connect or disconnect the path
+ between both DAIs.
+
+ 2. Hostless FE. This FE has a virtual connection to the BE DAI links on the DAPM
+ graph. Control is then carried out by the FE as regular PCM operations.
+ This method gives more control over the DAI links, but requires much more
+ userspace code to control the link. Its recommended to use CODEC<->CODEC
+ unless your HW needs more fine grained sequencing of the PCM ops.
+
+
+CODEC <-> CODEC link
+--------------------
+
+This DAI link is enabled when DAPM detects a valid path within the DAPM graph.
+The machine driver sets some additional parameters to the DAI link i.e.
+::
+
+ static const struct snd_soc_pcm_stream dai_params = {
+ .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S32_LE,
+ .rate_min = 8000,
+ .rate_max = 8000,
+ .channels_min = 2,
+ .channels_max = 2,
+ };
+
+ static struct snd_soc_dai_link dais[] = {
+ < ... more DAI links above ... >
+ {
+ .name = "MODEM",
+ .stream_name = "MODEM",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "dai2",
+ .codec_dai_name = "modem-aif1",
+ .codec_name = "modem",
+ .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF
+ | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM,
+ .params = &dai_params,
+ }
+ < ... more DAI links here ... >
+
+These parameters are used to configure the DAI hw_params() when DAPM detects a
+valid path and then calls the PCM operations to start the link. DAPM will also
+call the appropriate PCM operations to disable the DAI when the path is no
+longer valid.
+
+
+Hostless FE
+-----------
+
+The DAI link(s) are enabled by a FE that does not read or write any PCM data.
+This means creating a new FE that is connected with a virtual path to both
+DAI links. The DAI links will be started when the FE PCM is started and stopped
+when the FE PCM is stopped. Note that the FE PCM cannot read or write data in
+this configuration.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e57df2dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+==============
+ALSA SoC Layer
+==============
+
+The documentation is spilt into the following sections:-
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ overview
+ codec
+ dai
+ dapm
+ platform
+ machine
+ pops-clicks
+ clocking
+ jack
+ dpcm
+ codec-to-codec
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/jack.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/jack.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..644b99ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/jack.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+===================
+ASoC jack detection
+===================
+
+ALSA has a standard API for representing physical jacks to user space,
+the kernel side of which can be seen in include/sound/jack.h. ASoC
+provides a version of this API adding two additional features:
+
+ - It allows more than one jack detection method to work together on one
+ user visible jack. In embedded systems it is common for multiple
+ to be present on a single jack but handled by separate bits of
+ hardware.
+
+ - Integration with DAPM, allowing DAPM endpoints to be updated
+ automatically based on the detected jack status (eg, turning off the
+ headphone outputs if no headphones are present).
+
+This is done by splitting the jacks up into three things working
+together: the jack itself represented by a struct snd_soc_jack, sets of
+snd_soc_jack_pins representing DAPM endpoints to update and blocks of
+code providing jack reporting mechanisms.
+
+For example, a system may have a stereo headset jack with two reporting
+mechanisms, one for the headphone and one for the microphone. Some
+systems won't be able to use their speaker output while a headphone is
+connected and so will want to make sure to update both speaker and
+headphone when the headphone jack status changes.
+
+The jack - struct snd_soc_jack
+==============================
+
+This represents a physical jack on the system and is what is visible to
+user space. The jack itself is completely passive, it is set up by the
+machine driver and updated by jack detection methods.
+
+Jacks are created by the machine driver calling snd_soc_jack_new().
+
+snd_soc_jack_pin
+================
+
+These represent a DAPM pin to update depending on some of the status
+bits supported by the jack. Each snd_soc_jack has zero or more of these
+which are updated automatically. They are created by the machine driver
+and associated with the jack using snd_soc_jack_add_pins(). The status
+of the endpoint may configured to be the opposite of the jack status if
+required (eg, enabling a built in microphone if a microphone is not
+connected via a jack).
+
+Jack detection methods
+======================
+
+Actual jack detection is done by code which is able to monitor some
+input to the system and update a jack by calling snd_soc_jack_report(),
+specifying a subset of bits to update. The jack detection code should
+be set up by the machine driver, taking configuration for the jack to
+update and the set of things to report when the jack is connected.
+
+Often this is done based on the status of a GPIO - a handler for this is
+provided by the snd_soc_jack_add_gpio() function. Other methods are
+also available, for example integrated into CODECs. One example of
+CODEC integrated jack detection can be see in the WM8350 driver.
+
+Each jack may have multiple reporting mechanisms, though it will need at
+least one to be useful.
+
+Machine drivers
+===============
+
+These are all hooked together by the machine driver depending on the
+system hardware. The machine driver will set up the snd_soc_jack and
+the list of pins to update then set up one or more jack detection
+mechanisms to update that jack based on their current status.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/machine.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/machine.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..515c9444d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/machine.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+===================
+ASoC Machine Driver
+===================
+
+The ASoC machine (or board) driver is the code that glues together all the
+component drivers (e.g. codecs, platforms and DAIs). It also describes the
+relationships between each component which include audio paths, GPIOs,
+interrupts, clocking, jacks and voltage regulators.
+
+The machine driver can contain codec and platform specific code. It registers
+the audio subsystem with the kernel as a platform device and is represented by
+the following struct:-
+::
+
+ /* SoC machine */
+ struct snd_soc_card {
+ char *name;
+
+ ...
+
+ int (*probe)(struct platform_device *pdev);
+ int (*remove)(struct platform_device *pdev);
+
+ /* the pre and post PM functions are used to do any PM work before and
+ * after the codec and DAIs do any PM work. */
+ int (*suspend_pre)(struct platform_device *pdev, pm_message_t state);
+ int (*suspend_post)(struct platform_device *pdev, pm_message_t state);
+ int (*resume_pre)(struct platform_device *pdev);
+ int (*resume_post)(struct platform_device *pdev);
+
+ ...
+
+ /* CPU <--> Codec DAI links */
+ struct snd_soc_dai_link *dai_link;
+ int num_links;
+
+ ...
+ };
+
+probe()/remove()
+----------------
+probe/remove are optional. Do any machine specific probe here.
+
+
+suspend()/resume()
+------------------
+The machine driver has pre and post versions of suspend and resume to take care
+of any machine audio tasks that have to be done before or after the codec, DAIs
+and DMA is suspended and resumed. Optional.
+
+
+Machine DAI Configuration
+-------------------------
+The machine DAI configuration glues all the codec and CPU DAIs together. It can
+also be used to set up the DAI system clock and for any machine related DAI
+initialisation e.g. the machine audio map can be connected to the codec audio
+map, unconnected codec pins can be set as such.
+
+struct snd_soc_dai_link is used to set up each DAI in your machine. e.g.
+::
+
+ /* corgi digital audio interface glue - connects codec <--> CPU */
+ static struct snd_soc_dai_link corgi_dai = {
+ .name = "WM8731",
+ .stream_name = "WM8731",
+ .cpu_dai_name = "pxa-is2-dai",
+ .codec_dai_name = "wm8731-hifi",
+ .platform_name = "pxa-pcm-audio",
+ .codec_name = "wm8713-codec.0-001a",
+ .init = corgi_wm8731_init,
+ .ops = &corgi_ops,
+ };
+
+struct snd_soc_card then sets up the machine with its DAIs. e.g.
+::
+
+ /* corgi audio machine driver */
+ static struct snd_soc_card snd_soc_corgi = {
+ .name = "Corgi",
+ .dai_link = &corgi_dai,
+ .num_links = 1,
+ };
+
+
+Machine Power Map
+-----------------
+
+The machine driver can optionally extend the codec power map and to become an
+audio power map of the audio subsystem. This allows for automatic power up/down
+of speaker/HP amplifiers, etc. Codec pins can be connected to the machines jack
+sockets in the machine init function.
+
+
+Machine Controls
+----------------
+
+Machine specific audio mixer controls can be added in the DAI init function.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/overview.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/overview.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc8370bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/overview.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+=======================
+ALSA SoC Layer Overview
+=======================
+
+The overall project goal of the ALSA System on Chip (ASoC) layer is to
+provide better ALSA support for embedded system-on-chip processors (e.g.
+pxa2xx, au1x00, iMX, etc) and portable audio codecs. Prior to the ASoC
+subsystem there was some support in the kernel for SoC audio, however it
+had some limitations:-
+
+ * Codec drivers were often tightly coupled to the underlying SoC
+ CPU. This is not ideal and leads to code duplication - for example,
+ Linux had different wm8731 drivers for 4 different SoC platforms.
+
+ * There was no standard method to signal user initiated audio events (e.g.
+ Headphone/Mic insertion, Headphone/Mic detection after an insertion
+ event). These are quite common events on portable devices and often require
+ machine specific code to re-route audio, enable amps, etc., after such an
+ event.
+
+ * Drivers tended to power up the entire codec when playing (or
+ recording) audio. This is fine for a PC, but tends to waste a lot of
+ power on portable devices. There was also no support for saving
+ power via changing codec oversampling rates, bias currents, etc.
+
+
+ASoC Design
+===========
+
+The ASoC layer is designed to address these issues and provide the following
+features :-
+
+ * Codec independence. Allows reuse of codec drivers on other platforms
+ and machines.
+
+ * Easy I2S/PCM audio interface setup between codec and SoC. Each SoC
+ interface and codec registers its audio interface capabilities with the
+ core and are subsequently matched and configured when the application
+ hardware parameters are known.
+
+ * Dynamic Audio Power Management (DAPM). DAPM automatically sets the codec to
+ its minimum power state at all times. This includes powering up/down
+ internal power blocks depending on the internal codec audio routing and any
+ active streams.
+
+ * Pop and click reduction. Pops and clicks can be reduced by powering the
+ codec up/down in the correct sequence (including using digital mute). ASoC
+ signals the codec when to change power states.
+
+ * Machine specific controls: Allow machines to add controls to the sound card
+ (e.g. volume control for speaker amplifier).
+
+To achieve all this, ASoC basically splits an embedded audio system into
+multiple re-usable component drivers :-
+
+ * Codec class drivers: The codec class driver is platform independent and
+ contains audio controls, audio interface capabilities, codec DAPM
+ definition and codec IO functions. This class extends to BT, FM and MODEM
+ ICs if required. Codec class drivers should be generic code that can run
+ on any architecture and machine.
+
+ * Platform class drivers: The platform class driver includes the audio DMA
+ engine driver, digital audio interface (DAI) drivers (e.g. I2S, AC97, PCM)
+ and any audio DSP drivers for that platform.
+
+ * Machine class driver: The machine driver class acts as the glue that
+ describes and binds the other component drivers together to form an ALSA
+ "sound card device". It handles any machine specific controls and
+ machine level audio events (e.g. turning on an amp at start of playback).
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1badea53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+====================
+ASoC Platform Driver
+====================
+
+An ASoC platform driver class can be divided into audio DMA drivers, SoC DAI
+drivers and DSP drivers. The platform drivers only target the SoC CPU and must
+have no board specific code.
+
+Audio DMA
+=========
+
+The platform DMA driver optionally supports the following ALSA operations:-
+::
+
+ /* SoC audio ops */
+ struct snd_soc_ops {
+ int (*startup)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ void (*shutdown)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ int (*hw_params)(struct snd_pcm_substream *, struct snd_pcm_hw_params *);
+ int (*hw_free)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ int (*prepare)(struct snd_pcm_substream *);
+ int (*trigger)(struct snd_pcm_substream *, int);
+ };
+
+The platform driver exports its DMA functionality via struct
+snd_soc_component_driver:-
+::
+
+ struct snd_soc_component_driver {
+ const char *name;
+
+ ...
+ int (*probe)(struct snd_soc_component *);
+ void (*remove)(struct snd_soc_component *);
+ int (*suspend)(struct snd_soc_component *);
+ int (*resume)(struct snd_soc_component *);
+
+ /* pcm creation and destruction */
+ int (*pcm_new)(struct snd_soc_pcm_runtime *);
+ void (*pcm_free)(struct snd_pcm *);
+
+ ...
+ const struct snd_pcm_ops *ops;
+ const struct snd_compr_ops *compr_ops;
+ ...
+ };
+
+Please refer to the ALSA driver documentation for details of audio DMA.
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
+
+An example DMA driver is soc/pxa/pxa2xx-pcm.c
+
+
+SoC DAI Drivers
+===============
+
+Each SoC DAI driver must provide the following features:-
+
+1. Digital audio interface (DAI) description
+2. Digital audio interface configuration
+3. PCM's description
+4. SYSCLK configuration
+5. Suspend and resume (optional)
+
+Please see codec.rst for a description of items 1 - 4.
+
+
+SoC DSP Drivers
+===============
+
+Each SoC DSP driver usually supplies the following features :-
+
+1. DAPM graph
+2. Mixer controls
+3. DMA IO to/from DSP buffers (if applicable)
+4. Definition of DSP front end (FE) PCM devices.
+
+Please see DPCM.txt for a description of item 4.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/pops-clicks.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/pops-clicks.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de7eb2a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/pops-clicks.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+=====================
+Audio Pops and Clicks
+=====================
+
+Pops and clicks are unwanted audio artifacts caused by the powering up and down
+of components within the audio subsystem. This is noticeable on PCs when an
+audio module is either loaded or unloaded (at module load time the sound card is
+powered up and causes a popping noise on the speakers).
+
+Pops and clicks can be more frequent on portable systems with DAPM. This is
+because the components within the subsystem are being dynamically powered
+depending on the audio usage and this can subsequently cause a small pop or
+click every time a component power state is changed.
+
+
+Minimising Playback Pops and Clicks
+===================================
+
+Playback pops in portable audio subsystems cannot be completely eliminated
+currently, however future audio codec hardware will have better pop and click
+suppression. Pops can be reduced within playback by powering the audio
+components in a specific order. This order is different for startup and
+shutdown and follows some basic rules:-
+::
+
+ Startup Order :- DAC --> Mixers --> Output PGA --> Digital Unmute
+
+ Shutdown Order :- Digital Mute --> Output PGA --> Mixers --> DAC
+
+This assumes that the codec PCM output path from the DAC is via a mixer and then
+a PGA (programmable gain amplifier) before being output to the speakers.
+
+
+Minimising Capture Pops and Clicks
+==================================
+
+Capture artifacts are somewhat easier to get rid as we can delay activating the
+ADC until all the pops have occurred. This follows similar power rules to
+playback in that components are powered in a sequence depending upon stream
+startup or shutdown.
+::
+
+ Startup Order - Input PGA --> Mixers --> ADC
+
+ Shutdown Order - ADC --> Mixers --> Input PGA
+
+
+Zipper Noise
+============
+An unwanted zipper noise can occur within the audio playback or capture stream
+when a volume control is changed near its maximum gain value. The zipper noise
+is heard when the gain increase or decrease changes the mean audio signal
+amplitude too quickly. It can be minimised by enabling the zero cross setting
+for each volume control. The ZC forces the gain change to occur when the signal
+crosses the zero amplitude line.